485BPOS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on December 18, 2008

+
FILE NOS. 33-31675
                    811-5979

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Pre-Effective Amendment No.
Post-Effective Amendment No. 33
and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

Amendment No. 36
(Check appropriate box or boxes)

JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE INCOME FUND

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number including Area Code
(617) 663-4324

ALFRED P. OUELLETTE, ESQ.
John Hancock Advisers, LLC
601 Congress Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING:

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

o immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

þ on January 1, 2009 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

o 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

o on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

o 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) (2) of Rule 485

o on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

if appropriate, check the following box:

o This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

John Hancock

California Tax-Free Income Fund

PROSPECTUS 1–1–09

4 CLASS A, B AND C SHARES

As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) has not approved or disapproved this fund or determined whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.

A Tax-Free Income Fund

Table of contents

Fund summary

A concise look at the fund’s investment goal, its main strategies and main risks, its past performance and the costs of investing.

2 California Tax-Free Income Fund

Fund details

More about topics covered in the summary section, including descriptions of the various risk factors that investors should understand before investing.

4	Risks of investing
5	Who’s who
7	Financial highlights

Your account

How to place an order to buy, sell or exchange fund shares, as well as information about the fund’s business policies and any distributions it may pay.

9	Choosing a share class
10	How sales charges are calculated
10	Sales charge reductions and waivers
11	Opening an account
13	Buying shares
14	Selling shares
16	Transaction policies
18	Dividends and account policies
18	Additional investor services
	For more informationSee back cover
EX-99.B1 Amendment Dated March 11, 2008
EX-99.H1 Amendment Dated June 1, 2008
EX-99.I Opinion of Alfred Oullette
EX-99.J Auditor's Consent
EX-99.P2 Code of Ethics

 Fund summary

John Hancock

California Tax-Free Income Fund

Day-to-day investment management: MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC

Class / Ticker      A / TACAX      B / TSCAX      C / TCCAX

Goal and strategy

To seek a high level of current income, consistent with preservation of capital, that is exempt from federal and California personal income taxes.

Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus amounts borrowed for investment, in securities of any maturity exempt from federal and California personal income taxes. Most of these securities are investment-grade when purchased, but the fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in junk bonds rated BB by S&P or Ba by Moody’s or their unrated equivalents.

The fund may buy bonds of any maturity. If a bond’s credit rating falls, the fund does not have to sell it unless the adviser or subadviser determines a sale is in the fund’s best interest. The fund is non-diversified and may invest more than 5% of net assets in securities of any given issuer. The fund may make limited investments in certain derivatives (contracts whose value is based on indexes or other securities), generally for use in managing interest rate risk.

The subadviser looks for bonds that are undervalued, based on both broad and security-specific factors, such as issuer creditworthiness, bond structure, general credit trends and the relative attractiveness of different types of issuers. The subadviser uses detailed analysis of an appropriate index to model portfolio performance and composition, then blends the macro assessment with security analysis in a comprehensive and disciplined fashion. The fund does not intend to use frequent trading as part of its strategy.

In general, the subadviser favors bonds backed by revenue from a specific public project or facility, such as a power plant (revenue bonds), as they tend to offer higher yields than general obligation bonds. The subadviser also favors bonds that have limitations on being paid off early (call protection), as this can help minimize the effect that falling interest rates may have on the fund’s yield. To the extent that the fund invests in bonds that are subject to the alternative minimum tax (AMT), the income paid by the fund may not be entirely tax-free to all investors.

In unusual circumstances, the fund can invest more than 20% of net assets in taxable investment-grade short-term securities as a temporary defensive measure. In these and other cases, the fund might not achieve its goal.

Main risks

An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The fund’s shares will go up and down in price, meaning that you could lose money by investing in the fund. Many factors influence a mutual fund’s performance. The fund’s main risk factors are listed below. Before investing, be sure to read the additional descriptions of these risks beginning on page 4.

Active management risk The fund team’s investment strategy may fail to produce the intended result.

Fixed-income securities risk A rise in interest rates typically causes bond prices to fall. The longer the average maturity of the bonds held by the fund, the more sensitive the fund is likely to be to interest rate changes. There is the possibility that the issuer of the security will not repay all or a portion of the principal borrowed and will not make all interest payments. Lower-rated fixed-income securities and high-yield securities involve a higher degree of risk than fixed-income securities in higher-rated categories.

Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk Investing in derivatives can magnify losses incurred by the underlying assets.

Municipal bond risk Municipal bond prices can decline due to fiscal mismanagement or tax shortfalls. Revenue bond prices can decline if related projects become unprofitable.

Non-diversified risk Overall risk can be reduced by investing in securities from a diversified pool of issuers, while overall risk is increased by investing in securities of a small number of issuers.

State-specific risk Because the fund invests mainly in bonds from a single state, its performance is affected by local, state and regional factors.

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Fund summary

2

Past performance

Calendar year total returns – Class A (%)
Best quarter: Q3 ’02, 5.11   Worst quarter: Q2 ’04, –2.82   Year-to-date as of 9-30-08: –5.02
1998	1999	2000	2001	2002	2003	2004	2005	2006	2007
6.65	–2.84	11.26	3.87	7.99	3.94	4.46	4.12	5.03	1.38

Average annual total returns (%)	1 Year		5 Year		10 Year		Inception
as of 12-31-07								4-1-99
Class A before tax		–3.21		2.83		4.04		—
After tax on distributions		–3.23		2.83		4.04		—
After tax on distributions, with sale		–0.62		3.07		4.14		—
Class B before tax		–4.33		2.56		3.86		—
Class C before tax		–0.45		2.90		—		3.44
Barclays Capital Municipal Bond Index		3.36		4.30		5.18		5.07

Calendar year total returns

These do not include sales charges and would have been lower if they did. They are shown only for Class A and would be different for other classes. How the fund’s returns vary from year to year can give an idea of its risk; however, as always, past performance (before and after taxes) does not indicate future results. All figures assume dividend reinvestment.

Average annual total returns

These include sales charges. Performance of broad-based market indexes is included for comparison and can give an idea of the fund’s risks. Indexes have no sales charges and you cannot invest in them directly. All figures assume dividend reinvestment.

After-tax returns These are shown only for Class A and would be different for other classes. They reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates in effect at the time and do not reflect any state or local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns may be different. After-tax returns are not relevant to shares held in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged investment plan.

Barclays Capital Municipal Bond Index is an unmanaged index of municipal bonds.

Investor costs

Shareholder transaction expenses1 (%)	Class A			Class B		Class C
Maximum front-end sales charge (load) on purchases as a % of purchase price		4.50			—		—
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) as a % of purchase or sale price, whichever is less		—	2		5.00		1.00

Annual operating expenses (%)	Class A		Class B		Class C
Management fee		0.55		0.55		0.55
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees		0.15		1.00		1.00
Other expenses		0.11		0.11		0.11
Total fund operating expenses		0.81		1.66		1.66

Expense example

A hypothetical example showing the expenses on a $10,000 investment during the various time frames indicated. The example assumes a 5% average annual return and the reinvestment of all dividends. The example is for comparison only and does not reflect actual expenses and returns, either past or future.

Expenses ($)	Class A		Class B					Class C
				Shares sold		Shares kept			Shares sold	Shares kept
1 Year		529		669		169			269	169
3 Years		697		823		523			523	523
5 Years		879		1,102		902			902	902
10 Years		1,407		1,739	3	1,739	3		1,965	1,965

Annual operating expenses

These are paid from the fund’s assets; shareholders, therefore, pay these costs indirectly.

1 A $4.00 fee will be charged for wire redemptions.

2 Except for investments of $1 million or more; see “How sales charges are calculated.”

3 Reflects conversion of Class B shares to Class A shares after eight years.

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Fund summary

3

 Fund details

Risks of investing

Below are descriptions of the main factors that may play a role in shaping the fund’s overall risk profile. The descriptions appear in alphabetical order, not in order of importance. For further details about fund risks, including additional risk factors that are not discussed in this prospectus because they are not considered primary factors, see the fund’s Statement of Additional Information (SAI).

Active management risk

A fund is subject to management risk because it relies on the subadviser’s ability to pursue the fund’s objective. The subadviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The fund generally does not attempt to time the market and instead generally stays fully invested in the relevant asset class, such as domestic equities or foreign equities. Notwithstanding its benchmark, the fund may buy securities not included in its benchmark or hold securities in very different proportions than its benchmark. To the extent the fund invests in those securities, its performance depends on the ability of the subadviser to choose securities that perform better than securities that are included in the benchmark.

Fixed-income securities risk

Fixed-income securities are generally subject to two principal types of risks: (a) interest-rate risk and (b) credit quality risk.

Interest-rate risk. Fixed-income securities are affected by changes in interest rates. When interest rates decline, the market value of the fixed-income securities generally can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the market value of fixed-income securities generally can be expected to decline. The longer the duration or maturity of a fixed-income security, the more susceptible it is to interest-rate risk.

Credit quality risk. Fixed-income securities are subject to the risk that the issuer of the security will not repay all or a portion of the principal borrowed and will not make all interest payments. If the credit quality of a fixed-income security deteriorates after a fund has purchased the security, the market value of the security may decrease and lead to a decrease in the value of the fund’s investments. Funds that may invest in lower-rated fixed-income securities, commonly referred to as “junk” securities, are riskier than funds that may invest in higher-rated fixed-income securities. Additional information on the risks of investing in investment-grade fixed-income securities in the lowest-rating category and lower-rated fixed-income securities is set forth below.

Investment-grade fixed-income securities in the lowest-rating category risk. Investment-grade fixed-income securities in the lowest-rating category (rated “Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by S&P and comparable unrated securities) involve a higher degree of risk than fixed-income securities in the higher-rating categories. While such securities are considered investment-grade quality and are deemed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, such securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and have speculative characteristics as well. For example, changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case with higher-grade securities.

Lower-rated fixed-income securities risk and high-yield securities risk. Lower-rated fixed-income securities are defined as securities rated below investment grade (rated “Ba” and below by Moody’s, and “BB” and below by S&P) (also called junk bonds). The general risks of investing in these securities are as follows:

•  Risk to principal and income. Investing in lower-rated fixed-income securities is considered speculative. While these securities generally provide greater income potential than investments in higher-rated securities, there is a greater risk that principal and interest payments will not be made. Issuers of these securities may even go into default or become bankrupt.

•  Price volatility. The price of lower-rated fixed-income securities may be more volatile than securities in the higher-rating categories. This volatility may increase during periods of economic uncertainty or change. The price of these securities is affected more than higher-rated fixed-income securities by the market’s perception of their credit quality, especially during times of adverse publicity. In the past, economic downturns or an increase in interest rates have, at times, caused more defaults by issuers of these securities and may do so in the future. Economic downturns and increases in interest rates have an even greater affect on highly leveraged issuers of these securities.

•  Liquidity. The market for lower-rated fixed-income securities may have more limited trading than the market for investment-grade fixed-income securities. Therefore, it may be more difficult to sell these securities, and these securities may have to be sold at prices below their market value in order to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in market conditions.

•  Dependence on subadviser’s own credit analysis. While a subadviser may rely on ratings by established credit-rating agencies, it will also supplement such ratings with its own independent review of the credit quality of the issuer. Therefore, the assessment of the credit risk of lower-rated fixed-income securities is more dependent on the subadviser’s evaluation than the assessment of the credit risk of higher-rated securities.

Prepayment of principal. Many types of debt securities, including floating-rate loans, are subject to prepayment risk. Prepayment risk occurs when the issuer of a security can repay principal prior to the security’s maturity. Securities subject to prepayment risk can offer less potential for gains when the credit quality of the issuer improves.

Hedging, derivatives and other strategic transactions risk

The ability of a fund to utilize hedging and other strategic transactions successfully will depend in part on its subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements and market risk, counterparty risk, credit risk, interest risk and other risk factors, none of which can be assured. The skills required to successfully utilize hedging and other strategic transactions are different from those needed to select a fund’s securities. Even if the subadviser only uses hedging and other strategic transactions in a fund primarily for hedging purposes or to gain exposure to a particular securities market, if the transaction is not successful, it could result in a significant loss to a fund. These transactions may also increase the volatility of a fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risks assumed, thereby magnifying the impact of any resulting gain or loss. For example, the potential loss from the use of futures can exceed a fund’s initial investment in such contracts. In addition, these transactions could result in a loss to a fund if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised.

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Fund details

4

A fund may invest in derivatives, which are financial contracts with a value that depends on, or is derived from, the value of underlying assets, reference rates or indexes. Derivatives may relate to bonds interest rates and related indexes. Funds may use derivatives for many purposes, including for hedging, and as a substitute for direct investment in securities or other assets. Funds also may use derivatives as a way to adjust efficiently the exposure of the funds to various securities and markets without the funds actually having to sell existing investments and make new investments. This generally will be done when the adjustment is expected to be relatively temporary or in anticipation of effecting the sale of fund assets and making new investments over time. For a description of the various derivative instruments the fund may utilize, refer to the SAI.

The use of derivative instruments may involve risks different from, or potentially greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional assets. In particular, the use of derivative instruments exposes a fund to the risk that the counterparty to an over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives contract will be unable or unwilling to make timely settlement payments or otherwise to honor its obligations. OTC derivatives transactions typically can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction, although either party may engage in an offsetting transaction that puts that party in the same economic position as if it had closed out the transaction with the counterparty or may obtain the other party’s consent to assign the transaction to a third party. If the counterparty defaults, the fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that the counterparty will meet its contractual obligations or that, in the event of default, the fund will succeed in enforcing them. For example, because the contract for each OTC derivatives transaction is individually negotiated with a specific counterparty, a fund is subject to the risk that a counterparty may interpret contractual terms (e.g., the definition of default) differently than the fund when the fund seeks to enforce its contractual rights. If that occurs, the cost and unpredictability of the legal proceedings required for the fund to enforce its contractual rights may lead it to decide not to pursue its claims against the counterparty. The fund, therefore, assumes the risk that it may be unable to obtain payments owed to it under OTC derivatives contracts or that those payments may be delayed or made only after the fund has incurred the costs of litigation. While a subadviser intends to monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties, there can be no assurance that a counterparty will meet its obligations, especially during unusually adverse market conditions. To the extent a fund contracts with a limited number of counterparties, the fund’s risk will be concentrated and events that affect the creditworthiness of any of those counterparties may have a pronounced effect on the fund. Derivatives also are subject to a number of other risks, including market risk and liquidity risk. Since the value of derivatives is calculated and derived from the value of other assets, instruments or references, there is a risk that they will be improperly valued. Derivatives also involve the risk that changes in their value may not correlate perfectly with the assets, rates or indexes they are designed to hedge or closely track. Suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. In addition, a subadviser may determine not to use derivatives to hedge or otherwise reduce risk exposure. A detailed discussion of various hedging and other strategic transactions, including applicable regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the requirement to segregate assets with respect to these transactions, appears in the SAI. To the extent the fund utilizes hedging and other strategic transactions, it will be subject to the same risks.

Municipal bond risk

With general obligation bonds, which are backed by the municipal issuer’s ability to levy taxes, the main risk is that the issuer’s overall credit quality will decline. In extreme cases, a municipal issuer could declare bankruptcy or otherwise become unable to honor its commitments to bondholders. Although rare, this can be prompted by many possible reasons, ranging from fiscal mismanagement to erosion of the tax base. With revenue bonds, which are backed only by income associated with a specific facility (such as a power plant or stadium), the risk is generally higher, because any circumstance that reduces or threatens the economic viability of that particular facility can affect the bond’s credit quality.

Non-diversified risk

Overall risk can be reduced by investing in securities from a diversified pool of issuers, while overall risk is increased by investing in securities of a small number of issuers. Certain funds are not “diversified” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). This means they are allowed to invest in the securities of a relatively small number of issuers with greater concentrations of risk. As a result, credit, market and other risks associated with a fund’s investment strategies or techniques may be more pronounced for these funds than for funds that are “diversified.”

State-specific risk

Because the fund invests mainly in bonds from a single state, its performance is affected by local, state and regional factors. These may include economic or policy changes, erosion of the tax base, and state legislative changes (especially those regarding budgeting and taxes). Although the fund invests mainly in investment-grade bonds, which generally have a relatively low level of credit risk, any factors that might lead to a credit decline statewide would be likely to cause widespread decline in the credit quality of the fund’s holdings.

These investment strategies and securities are described further in the SAI.

Who’s who

Below are the names of the various entities involved with the fund’s investment and business operations, along with brief descriptions of the role each entity performs.

Trustees

Oversee the fund’s business activities and retain the services of the various firms that carry out the fund’s operations. The Board of Trustees can change the fund’s investment goal and strategy without shareholder approval. Change in its 80% investment policy, however, requires shareholder approval.

Investment adviser

Manages the fund’s business and investment activities.

John Hancock Advisers, LLC
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805

Founded in 1968, John Hancock Advisers, LLC is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Financial Services, Inc., which in turn is a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation.

The adviser administers the business and affairs of the fund and retains and compensates an investment subadviser to manage the assets of the fund. As of September 30, 2008, the adviser had total assets under management of approximately $21 billion.

The adviser does not itself manage any of the fund’s portfolio assets but has ultimate responsibility to oversee the subadviser. In this connection, the adviser: (i) monitors the compliance of the subadviser with the investment objectives and related policies of the fund, (ii) reviews the

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Fund details

5

performance of the subadviser and (iii) reports periodically on such performance to the Board of Trustees.

Management fee for California Tax-Free Income Fund

The fund pays the adviser a management fee for its services to the fund. The fee is stated as an annual percentage of the current value of the net assets of the fund determined in accordance with the following schedule, and that rate is applied to the average daily assets of the fund.

	Annual
Average Daily Net Assets	Rate
First $500 million		0	.55%
Excess over $500 million		0	.50%

During its most recent full fiscal year, the fund paid the following management fee as a percentage of net assets to the investment adviser.

California Tax-Free Income Fund: 0.55%

Out of these fees, the investment adviser in turn pays the fees of the subadviser and certain other service providers.

The basis for the Trustees’ approval of the advisory fees, and of the investment advisory agreement overall, including the subadvisory agreement, is discussed in the fund’s August 31, 2008 shareholder report.

Subadviser

Handles the fund’s day-to-day portfolio management.

MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
101 Huntington Avenue
Boston, MA 02199

MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC (MFC Global (U.S.)) was founded in 1979 and provides investment advisory services to individual and institutional investors. MFC Global (U.S.) is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Financial Services, Inc. (a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation) and, as of September 30, 2008, had total assets under management of approximately $25 billion.

Below are brief biographical profiles of the leaders of the fund’s investment management team, in alphabetical order. These managers share portfolio management responsibilities. For more about these individuals, including information about their compensation, other accounts they manage and any investments they may have in the fund, see the SAI.

Frank A. Lucibella, CFA

•  Served on fund team (1988–2002) and re-joined in 2005

•  Vice president, MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC (since 2006)

•  Vice president, John Hancock Advisers (8/2005–12/2005)

•  Senior fixed-income trader, Columbia Management Group (2002–2005)

•  Second vice president, John Hancock Advisers (1988–2002)

•  Began business career in 1982

Dianne M. Sales, CFA

•  Joined fund team in 1995

•  Vice president, MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC (since 2006)

•  Vice president, John Hancock Advisers (1989–2005)

•  Began business career in 1984

Custodian

Holds the fund’s assets, settles all portfolio trades and collects most of the valuation data required for calculating the fund’s net asset value (NAV).

The Bank of New York Mellon
One Wall Street
New York, NY 10286

Principal distributor

Markets the fund and distributes shares through selling brokers, financial planners and other financial representatives.

John Hancock Funds, LLC
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210-2805

Transfer agent

Handles shareholder services, including recordkeeping and statements, distribution of dividends and processing of buy and sell requests.

John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
P.O. Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Fund details

6

Financial highlights

These tables detail the financial performance of Class A, B and C shares, including total return information showing how much an investment in the fund has increased or decreased each year.

The financial statements of the fund as of August 31, 2008, have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. The report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is included, along with the fund’s financial statements, in the fund’s annual report, which has been incorporated by reference into the SAI and is available upon request.

Class A Shares

Per share operating performance	period ended     8-31-041			8-31-051			8-31-06			8-31-07			8-31-08
Net asset value, beginning of year		$10.60			$10.91			$11.08			$10.93			$10.61
Net investment income2		0.52			0.51			0.49			0.47			0.47
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments		0.30			0.16			(0.15	)		(0.32	)		(0.25	)
Total from investment operations		0.82			0.67			0.34			0.15			0.22
Less distributions
From net investment income		(0.51	)		(0.50	)		(0.49	)		(0.47	)		(0.46	)
From net realized gain		—			—			—			—			(0.01	)
Total distributions		(0.51	)		(0.50	)		(0.49	)		(0.47	)		(0.47	)
Net asset value, end of year		$10.91			$11.08			$10.93			$10.61			$10.36
Total return3 (%)		7.84			6.24			3.19	4		1.34	4		2.18	4
Ratios and supplemental data
Net assets, end of year (in millions)		$308			$306			$296			$304			$294
Ratios (as a percentage of average net assets):
Expenses before reductions		0.83			0.86			0.82			0.81			0.81
Expenses net of all fee waivers		0.83			0.86			0.82			0.81			0.81
Expenses net of all fee waivers and credits		0.83			0.86			0.82			0.81			0.81
Net investment income		4.72			4.59			4.53			4.33			4.45
Portfolio turnover (%)		21			13			33			41			22
Class B Shares
Per share operating performance	period ended     8-31-041			8-31-051			8-31-06			8-31-07			8-31-08
Net asset value, beginning of year		$10.60			$10.91			$11.08			$10.93			$10.61
Net investment income2		0.42			0.41			0.40			0.38			0.38
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments		0.31			0.16			(0.15	)		(0.32	)		(0.25	)
Total from investment operations		0.73			0.57			0.25			0.06			0.13
Less distributions
From net investment income		(0.42	)		(0.40	)		(0.40	)		(0.38	)		(0.37	)
From net realized gain		—			—			—			—			(0.01	)
Total distributions		(0.42	)		(0.40	)		(0.40	)		(0.38	)		(0.38	)
Net asset value, end of year		$10.91			$11.08			$10.93			$10.61			$10.36
Total return3 (%)		6.93			5.35			2.32	4		0.48	4		1.31	4
Ratios and supplemental data
Net assets, end of year (in millions)		$43			$32			$24			$15			$10
Ratios (as a percentage of average net assets):
Expenses before reductions		1.69			1.71			1.67			1.66			1.66
Expenses net of all fee waivers		1.69			1.71			1.67			1.66			1.66
Expenses net of all fee waivers and credits		1.69			1.71			1.67			1.66			1.66
Net investment income		3.87			3.75			3.68			3.47			3.59
Portfolio turnover (%)		21			13			33			41			22

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Fund details

7

Financial highlights, continued

Class C Shares

Per share operating performance	period ended     8-31-041			8-31-051			8-31-06			8-31-07			8-31-08
Net asset value, beginning of year		$10.60			$10.91			$11.08			$10.93			$10.61
Net investment income2		0.42			0.41			0.40			0.37			0.38
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments		0.31			0.16			(0.15	)		(0.31	)		(0.25	)
Total from investment operations		0.73			0.57			0.25			0.06			0.13
Less distributions
From net investment income		(0.42	)		(0.40	)		(0.40	)		(0.38	)		(0.37	)
From net realized gain		—			—			—			—			(0.01	)
Total distributions		(0.42	)		(0.40	)		(0.40	)		(0.38	)		(0.38	)
Net asset value, end of year		$10.91			$11.08			$10.93			$10.61			$10.36
Total return3 (%)		6.93			5.35			2.32	4		0.48	4		1.31	4
Ratios and supplemental data
Net assets, end of year (in millions)		$7			$7			$8			$10			$14
Ratios (as a percentage of average net assets):
Expenses before reductions		1.69			1.71			1.67			1.66			1.66
Expenses net of all fee waivers		1.69			1.71			1.67			1.66			1.66
Expenses net of all fee waivers and credits		1.69			1.71			1.67			1.66			1.66
Net investment income		3.87			3.74			3.68			3.47			3.60
Portfolio turnover (%)		21			13			33			41			22

1	Audited by previous Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
2	Based on the average of the shares outstanding.
3	Assumes dividend reinvestment and does not reflect the effect of sales charges.
4	Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been reduced during the periods shown.

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Fund details

8

 Your account

Choosing a share class

Each share class has its own cost structure, including a Rule 12b-1 plan that allows it to pay fees for the sale, distribution and service of its shares. Your financial representative can help you decide which share class is best for you.

Class A

•  A front-end sales charge, as described in the section “How sales charges are calculated.”

•  Distribution and service (Rule 12b-1) fees of 0.15%.

Class B

•  No front-end sales charge; all your money goes to work right away for you.

•  Distribution and service (Rule 12b-1) fees of 1.00%.

•  A contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC), as described in the section “How sales charges are calculated.”

•  Automatic conversion to Class A shares after eight years, thus reducing future annual expenses.

Class C

•  No front-end sales charge; all your money goes to work right away for you.

•  Distribution and service (Rule 12b-1) fees of 1.00%.

•  A 1.00% CDSC on shares sold within one year of purchase.

•  No automatic conversion to Class A shares, so annual expenses continue at the Class C level throughout the life of your investment.

The maximum amount you may invest in Class B shares with any single purchase request is $99,999.99, and the maximum amount you may invest in Class C shares with any single purchase is $999,999.99. John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (Signature Services), the transfer agent for the fund, may accept a purchase request for Class B shares for $100,000 or more, or for Class C shares for $1,000,000 or more when the purchase is pursuant to the Reinstatement Privilege (see “Sales charge reductions and waivers”).

12b-1 fees

Rule 12b-1 fees will be paid to the fund’s distributor, John Hancock Funds, LLC, and may be used by the distributor for expenses relating to the distribution of, and shareholder or administrative services for holders of, the shares of the class and for the payment of service fees that come within Rule 2830(d)(5) of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of the fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time they will increase the cost of your investment and may cost shareholders more than other types of sales charges.

Other classes of shares of the fund, which have their own expense structure, may be offered in separate prospectuses.

Your broker-dealer or agent may charge you a fee to effect transactions in fund shares.

Additional payments to financial intermediaries

Shares of the fund are primarily sold through financial intermediaries (firms), such as brokers, banks, registered investment advisers, financial planners and retirement plan administrators. These firms may be compensated for selling shares of the fund in two principal ways:

•  directly, by the payment of sales commissions, if any; and

•  indirectly, as a result of the fund paying Rule 12b-1 fees.

Certain firms may request, and the distributor may agree to make, payments in addition to sales commissions and 12b-1 fees out of the distributor’s own resources. These additional payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” These payments assist in the distributor’s efforts to promote the sale of the fund’s shares. The distributor agrees with the firm on the methods for calculating any additional compensation, which may include the level of sales or assets attributable to the firm. Not all firms receive additional compensation and the amount of compensation varies. These payments could be significant to a firm. The distributor determines which firms to support and the extent of the payments it is willing to make. The distributor generally chooses to compensate firms that have a strong capability to distribute shares of the fund and that are willing to cooperate with the distributor’s promotional efforts.

The distributor hopes to benefit from revenue sharing by increasing the fund’s net assets, which, as well as benefiting the fund, would result in additional management and other fees for the adviser and its affiliates. In consideration for revenue sharing, a firm may feature the fund in its sales system or give preferential access to members of its sales force or management. In addition, the firm may agree to participate in the distributor’s marketing efforts by allowing us to participate in conferences, seminars or other programs attended by the intermediary’s sales force. Although an intermediary may seek revenue-sharing payments to offset costs incurred by the firm in servicing its clients who have invested in the fund, the intermediary may earn a profit on these payments. Revenue-sharing payments may provide your firm with an incentive to favor the fund.

The SAI discusses the distributor’s revenue-sharing arrangements in more detail. Your intermediary may charge you additional fees other than those disclosed in this prospectus. You can ask your firm about any payments it receives from the distributor or the fund, as well as about fees and/or commissions it charges.

The distributor, adviser and their affiliates may have other relationships with your firm relating to the provisions of services to the fund, such as providing omnibus account services, transaction-processing services or effecting portfolio transactions for the fund. If your intermediary provides these services, the adviser or the fund may compensate the intermediary for these services. In addition, your intermediary may have other compensated relationships with the adviser or its affiliates that are not related to the fund.

Rollover program compensation

The broker-dealer of record for a pension, profit-sharing or other plan qualified under Section 401(a) or described in Section 457(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which is funded by certain group annuity contracts issued by John Hancock insurance companies, is eligible to receive ongoing compensation (Rollover Compensation) when a plan participant terminates from the qualified plan and rolls over assets into a John Hancock sponsored custodial IRA or a John Hancock custodial Roth IRA invested in shares of John

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Your account

9

Hancock funds. The Rollover Compensation is paid from a fund’s 12b-1 fees to the plan’s broker-dealer of record at an annual rate not expected to exceed 0.25% of the average daily net eligible assets held in John Hancock funds (0.15% for the John Hancock Money Market Fund) under the rollover program. Rollover Compensation is made in the first year and continues thereafter, quarterly in arrears. A John Hancock insurance company may also pay the third-party administrator for the plan a one-time nominal fee not expected to exceed $25 per participant rollover into a John Hancock fund for facilitating the transaction.

How sales charges are calculated

Class A sales charges are as follows:

	As a % of			As a % of
Your investment	offering price*			your investment
Up to $99,999		4	.50%		4	.71%
$100,000 – $249,999		3	.75%		3	.90%
$250,000 – $499,999		3	.00%		3	.09%
$500,000 – $999,999		2	.00%		2	.04%
$1,000,000 and over		See below

* Offering price is the net asset value per share plus any initial sales charge.

You may qualify for a reduced Class A sales charge if you own or are purchasing Class A, Class B, Class C, Class T, Class ADV, all Class R shares, Class I2 or Class I shares of a John Hancock open-end mutual fund. To receive the reduced sales charge, you must tell your broker or financial representative at the time you purchase the fund’s Class A shares about any other John Hancock mutual funds held by you, your spouse or your children under the age of 21 living in the same household. This includes investments held in a retirement account, an employee benefit plan, or with a broker or financial representative other than the one handling your current purchase. John Hancock will credit the combined value, at the current offering price, of all eligible accounts to determine whether you qualify for a reduced sales charge on your current purchase. You may need to provide documentation for these accounts, such as an account statement. For more information about these reduced sales charges, you may visit the fund’s Web site at www.jhfunds.com. You may also consult your broker or financial adviser, or refer to the section entitled “Initial Sales Charge on Class A Shares” in the fund’s SAI. You may request a SAI from your broker or financial adviser, access the funds’ Web site at www.jhfunds.com or call Signature Services at 1-800-225-5291.

Investments of $1 million or more

Class A shares are available with no front-end sales charge on investments of $1 million or more. There is a CDSC on any Class A shares upon which a commission or finder’s fee was paid that are sold within one year of purchase, as follows:

Class A deferred charges on $1 million investments or more

	CDSC on shares
Your investment	being sold
First $1M – $4,999,999		1	.00%
Next $1 – $5M above that		0	.50%
Next $1 or more above that		0	.25%

For purposes of this CDSC, all purchases made during a calendar month are counted as having been made on the first day of that month.

The CDSC is based on the lesser of the original purchase cost or the current market value of the shares being sold, and is not charged on shares you acquired by reinvesting your dividends. To keep your CDSC as low as possible, each time you place a request to sell shares we will first sell any shares in your account that are not subject to a CDSC.

Class B and Class C

Shares are offered at their net asset value per share, without any initial sales charge.

A CDSC may be charged if a commission has been paid and you sell Class B or Class C shares within a certain time after you bought them, as described in the tables below. There is no CDSC on shares acquired through reinvestment of dividends. The CDSC is based on the original purchase cost or the current market value of the shares being sold, whichever is less. The CDSCs are as follows:

Class B deferred charges

Years after purchase	CDSC
1st year		5	.00%
2nd year		4	.00%
3rd or 4th year		3	.00%
5th year		2	.00%
6th year		1	.00%
After 6th year		None

Class C deferred charges

Years after purchase	CDSC
1st year		1	.00%
After 1st year		None

For purposes of these CDSCs, all purchases made during a calendar month are counted as having been made on the first day of that month.

To keep your CDSC as low as possible, each time you place a request to sell shares, we will first sell any shares in your account that carry no CDSC. If there are not enough of these shares to meet your request, we will sell those shares that have the lowest CDSC.

Sales charge reductions and waivers

Reducing your Class A sales charges

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of shares of John Hancock funds to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. The first three ways can be combined in any manner.

•  Accumulation Privilege — lets you add the value of any class of shares of any John Hancock open-end fund you already own to the amount of your next Class A investment for purposes of calculating the sales charge. However, Class A shares of money market funds will not qualify unless you have already paid a sales charge on those shares.

•  Letter of Intention — lets you purchase Class A shares of a fund over a 13-month period and receive the same sales charge as if all shares had been purchased at once. You can use a Letter of Intention to qualify for reduced sales charges if you plan to invest at least $100,000 in a fund’s Class A and Class T shares during the next 13 months. The calculation of this amount would include accumulations and combinations as well as your current holdings of all classes of John Hancock funds, which include any reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions. However, Class A shares of money market funds will be excluded unless you have already paid a sales charge. When you sign this letter, the fund agrees to charge you the reduced sales charges. Completing a Letter of Intention does not obligate you to purchase additional shares. However, if you do not buy enough shares to qualify for the lower sales charges by the earlier of the end of the 13-month period or when you sell your

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Your account

10

shares, your sales charges will be recalculated to reflect your actual purchase level. Also available for individual retirement plan investors is a 48-month Letter of Intention, described in the SAI.

•  Combination Privilege — lets you combine shares of all funds for purposes of calculating the Class A sales charge.

To utilize any reduction, you must complete the appropriate section of your application, or contact your financial representative or Signature Services. Consult the SAI for additional details (see the back cover of this prospectus).

Group investment program

A group may be treated as a single purchaser under the accumulation and combination privileges. Each investor has an individual account, but the group’s investments are lumped together for sales charge purposes, making the investors potentially eligible for reduced sales charges. There is no charge or obligation to invest (although initial investments per account opened must satisfy minimum initial investment requirements specified in the section entitled “Opening an account”), and individual investors may close their accounts at any time.

To utilize this program, you must contact your financial representative or Signature Services to find out how to qualify. Consult the SAI for additional details (see the back cover of this prospectus).

CDSC waivers

As long as Signature Services is notified at the time you sell, the CDSC for each share class will be waived in the following cases:

•  to make payments through certain systematic withdrawal plans

•  certain retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch, The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc. or PruSolutions^SM programs

•  redemptions pursuant to the fund’s right to liquidate an account less than $1,000

•  redemptions of Class A shares made after one year from the inception of a retirement plan at John Hancock

•  to make certain distributions from a retirement plan

•  because of shareholder death or disability

•  rollovers, contract exchanges or transfers of John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account assets required by John Hancock funds as a result of its decision to discontinue maintaining and administering 403(b)(7) accounts

To utilize a waiver, you must contact your financial representative or Signature Services. Consult the SAI for additional details (see the back cover of this prospectus).

Reinstatement privilege

If you sell shares of a John Hancock fund, you may reinvest some or all of the proceeds back into the same share class of the same fund and account from which it was removed, within 120 days without a sales charge, as long as Signature Services or your financial representative is notified before you reinvest. If you paid a CDSC when you sold your shares, you will be credited with the amount of the CDSC.

To utilize this privilege, you must contact your financial representative or Signature Services.

Waivers for certain investors

Class A shares may be offered without front-end sales charges or CDSCs to the following individuals and institutions:

•  selling brokers and their employees and sales representatives (and their Immediate Family, as defined in the SAI)

•  financial representatives utilizing fund shares in fee-based or wrap investment products under a signed fee-based or wrap agreement with the distributor

•  fund trustees and other individuals who are affiliated with these or other John Hancock funds (and their Immediate Family, as defined in the SAI)

•  individuals transferring assets held in a SIMPLE IRA, SEP or SAR-SEP invested in John Hancock funds directly to an IRA

•  individuals converting assets held in an IRA, SIMPLE IRA, SEP or SAR-SEP invested in John Hancock funds directly to a Roth IRA

•  individuals recharacterizing assets from an IRA, Roth IRA, SEP, SAR-SEP or SIMPLE IRA invested in John Hancock funds back to the original account type from which it was converted

•  participants in certain 529 plans that have a signed agreement with the distributor (one-year CDSC may apply)

•  participants in certain retirement plans with at least 100 eligible employees (one-year CDSC applies)

•  certain retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch, The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc. or PruSolutions^SM programs

•  terminating participants rolling over assets held in a pension, profit-sharing or other plan qualified under Section 401(a) or described in Section 457(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which is funded by certain John Hancock group annuity contracts, directly to a John Hancock custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial Roth IRA investing in John Hancock funds, including subsequent investments

•  individuals rolling over assets held in a John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account into a John Hancock custodial IRA account

To utilize a waiver, you must contact your financial representative or Signature Services. Consult the SAI for additional details (see the back cover of this prospectus).

Other waivers

Front-end sales charges and CDSCs are not imposed in connection with the following transactions:

•  exchanges from one John Hancock fund to the same class of any other John Hancock fund (see “Transaction policies” in this prospectus for additional details)

•  dividend reinvestments (see “Dividends and account policies” in this prospectus for additional details)

Opening an account

1	Read this prospectus carefully.
2	Determine how much you want to invest. The minimum initial investments for the Class A, B and C shares of the fund are as follows:

•  non-retirement account: $1,000

•  retirement account: $500; there is no minimum initial investment for certain group retirement plans using salary deduction or similar group methods of payment

•  group investments: $250

•  Monthly Automatic Accumulation Program (MAAP): $25 to open; you must invest at least $25 a month

•  there is no minimum initial investment for fee-based or wrap accounts of selling firms that have executed a fee-based or wrap agreement with the distributor

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Your account

11

3	All shareholders must complete the account application, carefully following the instructions. If you have any questions, contact your financial representative or call Signature Services at 1-800-225-5291.
4	Complete the appropriate parts of the account privileges application. By applying for privileges now, you can avoid the delay and inconvenience of having to file an additional application if you want to add privileges later.
5	Make your initial investment using the instructions under “Buying shares.” You and your financial representative can initiate any purchase, exchange or sale of shares.

Important information about opening a new account

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act) requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or entity that opens an account.

For individual investors opening an account When you open an account, you will be asked for your name, residential address, date of birth and Social Security number.

For investors other than individuals When you open an account, you will be asked for the name of the entity, its principal place of business and taxpayer identification number (TIN) and may be requested to provide information on persons with authority or control over the account, such as name, residential address, date of birth and Social Security number. You may also be asked to provide documents, such as articles of incorporation, trust instruments or partnership agreements and other information that will help Signature Services identify the entity. Please see the Mutual Fund Account Application for more details.

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Your account

12

Buying shares

Opening an account	Adding to an account
By check
• Make out a check for the investment amount, payable to “John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.” • Deliver the check and your completed application to your financial representative or mail them to Signature Services (address below).	• Make out a check for the investment amount, payable to “John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.” • Fill out the detachable investment slip from an account statement. If no slip is available, include a note specifying the fund name, the share class, your account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered. • Deliver the check and your investment slip or note to your financial representative, or mail them to Signature Services (address below).
By exchange
• Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange.	• Log on to the Web site below to process exchanges between funds. • Call EASI-Line for automated service. • Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange.
By wire
• Deliver your completed application to your financial representative or mail it to Signature Services. • Obtain your account number by calling your financial representative or Signature Services. • Obtain wiring instructions by calling Signature Services. • Instruct your bank to wire the amount of your investment. Specify the fund name, the share class, your account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered. Your bank may charge a fee to wire funds.	• Obtain wiring instructions by calling Signature Services. • Instruct your bank to wire the amount of your investment. Specify the fund name, the share class, your account number and the name(s) in which the account is registered. Your bank may charge a fee to wire funds.
By Internet
• See “By exchange” and “By wire.”	• Verify that your bank or credit union is a member of the Automated Clearing House (ACH) system. • Complete the “Bank information” section on your account application. • Log on to the Web site below to initiate purchases using your authorized bank account.
By phone
• See “By exchange” and “By wire.”	• Verify that your bank or credit union is a member of the ACH system. • Complete the “To purchase, exchange or redeem shares via telephone” and “Bank information” sections on your account application. • Call EASI-Line for automated service. • Call your financial representative or call Signature Services between 8:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on most business days. To open or add to an account using the Monthly Automatic Accumulation Program, see “Additional investor services.”

Regular mail	Express delivery	Web site	EASI-Line	Signature Services, Inc.
Mutual Fund Operations John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. P.O. Box 9510 Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510	Mutual Fund Operations John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. 164 Corporate Drive Portsmouth, NH 03801	www.jhfunds.com	(24/7 automated service) 1-800-338-8080	1-800-225-5291

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Your account

13

Selling shares

	To sell some or all of your shares
By letter
• Accounts of any type. • Sales of any amount.	• Write a letter of instruction or complete a stock power indicating the fund name, the share class, your account number, the name(s) in which the account is registered and the dollar value or number of shares you wish to sell. • Include all signatures and any additional documents that may be required (see next page). • Mail the materials to Signature Services (address below). • A check will be mailed to the name(s) and address in which the account is registered, or otherwise according to your letter of instruction.
By Internet
• Most accounts. • Sales of up to $100,000.	• Log on to the Web site below to initiate redemptions from your fund.
By phone
• Most accounts. • Sales of up to $100,000.	• Call EASI-Line for automated service. • Call your financial representative or call Signature Services between 8:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on most business days.
By wire or electronic funds transfer (EFT)
• Requests by letter to sell any amount. • Requests by Internet or phone to sell up to $100,000.	• To verify that the Internet or telephone redemption privilege is in place on an account, or to request the form to add it to an existing account, call Signature Services. • Funds requested by wire will be wired the next business day. A $4 fee will be deducted from your account. Your bank may also charge you a fee for this service. • Funds requested by EFT are generally available by the second business day. Your bank may charge you a fee for this service.
By exchange
• Accounts of any type. • Sales of any amount.	• Obtain a current prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging by accessing the fund’s Web site by Internet, or by calling your financial representative or Signature Services. • Log on to the Web site below to process exchanges between your funds. • Call EASI-Line for automated service. • Call your financial representative or Signature Services to request an exchange. To sell shares through a systematic withdrawal plan, see “Additional investor services.”

Regular mail	Express delivery	Web site	EASI-Line	Signature Services, Inc.
Mutual Fund Operations John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. P.O. Box 9510 Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510	Mutual Fund Operations John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. 164 Corporate Drive Portsmouth, NH 03801	www.jhfunds.com	(24/7 automated service) 1-800-338-8080	1-800-225-5291

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Your account

14

Selling shares in writing

In certain circumstances, you will need to make your request to sell shares in writing. You may need to include additional items with your request, unless they were previously provided to Signature Services and are still accurate. These items are shown in the table below. You may also need to include a signature guarantee, which protects you against fraudulent orders. You will need a signature guarantee if:

•  your address of record has changed within the past 30 days;

•  you are selling more than $100,000 worth of shares (this requirement is waived for certain entities operating under a signed fax trading agreement with John Hancock); or

•  you are requesting payment other than by a check mailed to the address/bank of record and payable to the registered owner(s).

You will need to obtain your signature guarantee from a member of the Signature Guarantee Medallion Program. Most broker-dealers, banks, credit unions and securities exchanges are members of this program. A notary public CANNOT provide a signature guarantee.

Seller	Requirements for written requests
Owners of individual, joint or UGMA/UTMA accounts (custodial accounts for minors)	• Letter of instruction. • On the letter, the signatures and titles of all persons authorized to sign for the account, exactly as the account is registered. • Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
Owners of corporate, sole proprietorship, general partner or association accounts	• Letter of instruction. • Corporate business/organization resolution, certified within the past 12 months, or a John Hancock funds business/organization certification form. • On the letter and the resolution, the signature of the person(s) authorized to sign for the account. • Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
Owners or trustees of trust accounts	• Letter of instruction. • On the letter, the signature(s) of the trustee(s). • Copy of the trust document, certified within the past 12 months, or a John Hancock funds trust certification form. • Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above).
Joint tenancy shareholders with rights of survivorship with a deceased co-tenant(s)	• Letter of instruction signed by surviving tenant. • Copy of death certificate. • Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above). • Inheritance tax waiver, if applicable.
Executors of shareholder estates	• Letter of instruction signed by executor. • Copy of order appointing executor, certified within the past 12 months. • Medallion signature guarantee, if applicable (see above). • Inheritance tax waiver, if applicable.
Administrators, conservators, guardians and other sellers or account types not listed above	• Call Signature Services for instructions.

Regular mail	Express delivery	Web site	EASI-Line	Signature Services, Inc.
Mutual Fund Operations John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. P.O. Box 9510 Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510	Mutual Fund Operations John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. 164 Corporate Drive Portsmouth, NH 03801	www.jhfunds.com	(24/7 automated service) 1-800-338-8080	1-800-225-5291

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Your account

15

Transaction policies

Valuation of shares

The NAV per share for each class of shares of the fund is determined at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (typically 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time) on each business day that the New York Stock Exchange is open. Securities held by the fund (except securities held by a money market fund, shares of other open-end investment companies held by a fund of funds, and debt instruments with remaining maturities of 60 days or less) are valued at their market value if market quotations are readily available. Otherwise, the fund’s portfolio securities are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Trustees. The Trustees have delegated the responsibility to fair value securities to the fund’s Pricing Committee, and actual calculation of fair value may be made by persons acting pursuant to the direction of the Trustees. Shares of other open-end investment companies held by the fund are valued at NAV. Securities held by a money market fund and debt instruments with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost.

Generally, trading (i) in non-U.S. securities; (ii) U.S. government securities; and (iii) money market instruments is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of trading of the NYSE. The values of such securities used in computing the fund’s NAV are generally determined as of such times. If market quotations or official closing prices are not readily available or do not accurately reflect fair value for a security or if a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded (for example, a foreign exchange or market), that security may be valued by another method that the Trustees or their designee believe accurately reflects its fair value.

In deciding whether to make a fair value adjustment to the price of a security, the Trustees or their designee may review a variety of factors, including: (i) in the case of foreign securities: developments in foreign markets, the performance of U.S. securities markets, the performance of instruments trading in U.S. markets that represent foreign securities and baskets of foreign securities and the fact that the fund is calculating its NAV when a particular foreign market is closed, (ii) in the case of fixed-income securities, actions by the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee and other significant trends in U.S. fixed-income markets; and (iii) in the case of all securities: political or other developments affecting the economy or markets in which an issuer conducts its operations or its securities are traded, announcements concerning matters such as trading suspensions, acquisitions, recapitalizations, or litigation developments, a natural disaster affecting the issuer’s operations or regulatory changes or market developments affecting the issuer’s industry, and events affecting the securities markets in general (such as market disruptions or closings and significant fluctuations in U.S. and/or foreign markets). In view of the factors in the case of foreign securities, it is likely that a fund investing significant amounts of assets in securities in foreign markets will be fair valued more frequently than funds investing significant amounts of assets in frequently traded, U.S. exchange listed securities of large capitalization U.S. issuers.

Fair value pricing of securities is intended to help ensure that the fund’s NAV reflects the value of the fund’s portfolio securities as of the close of the NYSE (as opposed to a value that is no longer accurate as of such close), thus limiting the opportunity for aggressive traders to purchase shares of the fund at deflated prices, reflecting stale security valuations, and promptly sell such shares at a gain. However, a security’s valuation may differ depending on the method used for determining value, and no assurance can be given that fair value pricing of securities will successfully eliminate all potential opportunities for such trading gains. The use of fair value pricing has the effect of valuing a security based upon the price the fund might reasonably expect to receive if it sold that security, but does not guarantee that the security can be sold at the fair value price. Further, because of the inherent uncertainty and subjective nature of fair valuation, a fair valuation price may differ significantly from the value that would have been used had a ready market for the investment existed, and these differences could be material. With respect to any portion of a fund’s assets that is invested in other open-end investment companies, that portion of the fund’s NAV is calculated based on the NAV of that investment company. The prospectus for the other investment company explains the circumstances and effects of fair value pricing for that other investment company.

If the fund has portfolio securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or other days when the fund does not price its shares, the NAV of the fund’s shares may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

Buy and sell prices

When you buy shares, you pay the NAV, plus any applicable sales charges, as described earlier. When you sell shares, you receive the NAV, minus any applicable deferred sales charges.

Execution of requests

The fund is open on those days when the New York Stock Exchange is open, typically Monday through Friday. Buy and sell requests are executed at the next NAV to be calculated after Signature Services receives your request in good order. In unusual circumstances, the fund has the right to redeem in kind.

At times of peak activity, it may be difficult to place requests by telephone. During these times, consider using EASI-Line, accessing www.jhfunds.com or sending your request in writing.

In unusual circumstances, the fund may temporarily suspend the processing of sell requests or may postpone payment of proceeds for up to three business days or longer, as allowed by federal securities laws.

Telephone transactions

For your protection, telephone requests may be recorded in order to verify their accuracy. Also for your protection, telephone redemption transactions are not permitted on accounts in which names or residential addresses have changed within the past 30 days. Proceeds from telephone transactions can only be mailed to the address of record.

Exchanges

You may exchange shares of a class of the fund for shares of the same class of any other John Hancock fund that is then offering that class, generally without paying any additional sales charges. The registration for both accounts must be identical.

Class B and Class C shares will continue to age from the original date and will retain the same CDSC rate. A CDSC rate that has increased will drop again with a future exchange into a fund with a lower rate. A fund may cancel or change its exchange policies at any time upon 60 days’ written notice to its shareholders. For further details, see “Additional services and programs” in the SAI (see the back cover of this prospectus).

Excessive trading

The fund is intended for long-term investment purposes only and does not knowingly accept shareholders who engage in market timing or other types of excessive short-term trading. Short-term trading into and out of the fund can disrupt portfolio investment strategies and may increase fund expenses for all shareholders, including long-term shareholders who do not generate these costs.

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Your account

16

Right to reject or restrict purchase and exchange orders

Purchases and exchanges should be made primarily for investment purposes. The fund reserves the right to restrict, reject or cancel (with respect to cancellations within one day of the order), for any reason and without any prior notice, any purchase or exchange order, including transactions representing excessive trading and transactions accepted by any shareholder’s financial intermediary. For example, the fund may, in its discretion, restrict, reject or cancel a purchase or exchange order even if the transaction is not subject to a specific “Limitation on exchange activity,” as described below, if the fund or its agent determines that accepting the order could interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio, or otherwise not be in the fund’s best interest in light of unusual trading activity related to your account. In the event that the fund rejects or cancels an exchange request, neither the redemption nor the purchase side of the exchange will be processed. If you would like the redemption request to be processed even if the purchase order is rejected, you should submit separate redemption and purchase orders rather than placing an exchange order. The fund reserves the right to delay for up to one business day, consistent with applicable law, the processing of exchange requests in the event that, in the fund’s judgment, such delay would be in the fund’s best interest, in which case both the redemption and purchase side of the exchange will receive the fund’s NAV at the conclusion of the delay period. The fund, through its agents in their sole discretion, may impose these remedial actions at the account holder level or the underlying shareholder level.

Exchange limitation policies

The Board of Trustees has adopted the following policies and procedures by which the fund, subject to the limitations described below, takes steps reasonably designed to curtail excessive trading practices.

Limitation on exchange activity

Pursuant to the policies and procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, the fund or its agent may reject or cancel a purchase order, suspend or terminate the exchange privilege, or terminate the ability of an investor to invest in John Hancock funds if the fund or its agent determines that a proposed transaction involves market timing or disruptive trading that it believes is likely to be detrimental to the fund. The fund or its agent cannot ensure that it will be able to identify all cases of market timing or disruptive trading, although it attempts to have adequate procedures in place to do so. The fund or its agent may also reject or cancel any purchase order (including an exchange) from an investor or group of investors for any other reason. Decisions to reject or cancel purchase orders (including exchanges) in the fund are inherently subjective and will be made in a manner believed to be in the best interest of the fund’s shareholders. The fund does not have any arrangement to permit market timing or disruptive trading.

Exchanges made on the same day in the same account are aggregated for purposes of counting the number and dollar amount of exchanges made by the account holder. The exchange limits referenced above will not be imposed or may be modified under certain circumstances. For example, these exchange limits may be modified for accounts held by certain retirement plans to conform to plan exchange limits, ERISA considerations or Department of Labor regulations. Certain automated or pre-established exchange, asset-allocation and dollar-cost-averaging programs are not subject to these exchange limits. These programs are excluded from the exchange limitation since the fund believes that they are advantageous to shareholders and do not offer an effective means for market timing or excessive trading strategies. These investment tools involve regular and predetermined purchase or redemption requests made well in advance of any knowledge of events affecting the market on the date of the purchase or redemption.

These exchange limits are subject to the fund’s ability to monitor exchange activity, as discussed under “Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices” below. Depending upon the composition of the fund’s shareholder accounts, and in light of the limitations on the ability of the fund to detect and curtail excessive trading practices, a significant percentage of the fund’s shareholders may not be subject to the exchange limitation policy described above. In applying the exchange limitation policy, the fund considers information available to it at the time and reserves the right to consider trading activity in a single account or multiple accounts under common ownership, control or influence.

Limitation on the ability to detect and curtail excessive trading practices

Shareholders seeking to engage in excessive trading practices sometimes deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection and, despite the efforts of the fund to prevent excessive trading, there is no guarantee that the fund or its agents will be able to identify such shareholders or curtail their trading practices. The ability of the fund and its agent to detect and curtail excessive trading practices may also be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. Because the fund will not always be able to detect frequent trading activity, investors should not assume that the fund will be able to detect or prevent all frequent trading or other practices that disadvantage the fund. For example, the ability of the fund to monitor trades that are placed by omnibus or other nominee accounts is severely limited in those instances in which the financial intermediary, including a financial adviser, broker, retirement plan administrator or fee-based program sponsor, maintains the records of the fund’s underlying beneficial owners. Omnibus or other nominee account arrangements are common forms of holding shares of the fund, particularly among certain financial intermediaries such as financial advisers, brokers, retirement plan administrators or fee-based program sponsors. These arrangements often permit the financial intermediary to aggregate its clients’ transactions and ownership positions and do not identify the particular underlying shareholder(s) to the fund. However, the fund will work with financial intermediaries as necessary to discourage shareholders from engaging in abusive trading practices and to impose restrictions on excessive trades. In this regard, the fund has entered into information-sharing agreements with financial intermediaries pursuant to which these intermediaries are required to provide to the fund, at the fund’s request, certain information relating to their customers investing in the fund through omnibus or other nominee accounts. The fund will use this information to attempt to identify excessive trading practices. Financial intermediaries are contractually required to follow any instructions from the fund to restrict or prohibit future purchases from shareholders that are found to have engaged in excessive trading in violation of the fund’s policies. The fund cannot guarantee the accuracy of the information provided to it from financial intermediaries and so cannot ensure that it will be able to detect abusive trading practices that occur through omnibus or other nominee accounts. As a consequence, the fund’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in these types of accounts may be limited.

Excessive trading risk

To the extent that the fund or its agents is unable to curtail excessive trading practices in the fund, these practices may interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio and may result in the fund engaging in certain activities to a greater extent than it otherwise would, such as maintaining higher cash balances, using its line of credit and engaging in increased portfolio transactions. Increased portfolio transactions and use of the line of credit would correspondingly increase the fund’s operating costs and decrease the fund’s investment performance. Maintenance of higher levels of cash balances would likewise

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Your account

17

result in lower fund investment performance during periods of rising markets.

While excessive trading can potentially occur in the fund, certain types of funds are more likely than others to be targets of excessive trading. For example, to the extent that a fund invests in municipal securities, including below investment-grade (junk) bonds that may trade infrequently or are fair valued as discussed above under “Valuation of shares,” investors may seek to trade fund shares in an effort to benefit from their understanding of the value of those types of securities (referred to as price arbitrage).

Any frequent trading strategies may interfere with efficient management of a fund’s portfolio. A fund that invests in the types of securities discussed above may be exposed to this risk to a greater degree than a fund that invests in highly liquid securities. These risks would be less significant, for example, in a fund that primarily invests in U.S. government securities, money market instruments, investment-grade corporate issuers or large-capitalization U.S. equity securities. Any successful price arbitrage may cause dilution in the value of the fund shares held by other shareholders.

Account information

The fund is required by law to obtain information for verifying an account holder’s identity. For example, an individual will be required to supply his or her name, residential address, date of birth and Social Security number. If you do not provide the required information, we may not be able to open your account. If verification is unsuccessful, the fund may close your account, redeem your shares at the next NAV minus any applicable sales charges and take any other steps that it deems reasonable.

Certificated shares

The fund no longer issues share certificates. Shares are electronically recorded. Any existing certificated shares can only be sold by returning the certiicated shares to Signature Services, along with a letter of instruction or a stock power and a signature guarantee.

Sales in advance of purchase payments

When you place a request to sell shares for which the purchase money has not yet been collected, the request will be executed in a timely fashion, but the fund will not release the proceeds to you until your purchase payment clears. This may take up to ten business days after the purchase.

Eligibility by state

You may only invest in, or exchange into, fund shares legally available in your state.

Dividends and account policies

Account statements

In general, you will receive account statements as follows:

•  after every transaction (except a dividend reinvestment, automatic investment or systematic withdrawal) that affects your account balance

•  after any changes of name or address of the registered owner(s)

•  in all other circumstances, every quarter

Every year you should also receive, if applicable, a Form 1099 tax information statement, mailed by January 31.

Dividends

The fund generally declares dividends daily and pays them monthly. Capital gains, if any, are distributed annually, typically after the end of the fund’s fiscal year. Most of the fund’s dividends are income dividends. Your dividends begin accruing the day after the fund receives payment and continues through the day your shares are actually sold.

Dividend reinvestments

Most investors have their dividends reinvested in additional shares of the same class of the fund. If you choose this option, or if you do not indicate any choice, your dividends will be reinvested. Alternatively, you may choose to have your dividends and capital gains sent directly to your bank account or a check may be mailed if your combined dividend and capital gains amount is $10 or more. However, if the check is not deliverable or the combined dividend and capital gains amount is less than $10, your proceeds will be reinvested. If five or more of your dividend or capital gains checks remain uncashed after 180 days, all subsequent dividends and capital gains will be reinvested. No front-end sales charge or CDSC will be imposed on shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions.

Taxability of dividends

The fund intends to meet certain federal tax requirements so that distributions of the tax-exempt interest it earns may be treated as “exempt-interest dividends.” However, any portion of exempt-interest dividends attributable to interest on private activity bonds may increase certain shareholders’ alternative minimum tax. Dividends from the fund’s short-term capital gains are taxable as ordinary income. Dividends from the fund’s long-term capital gains are taxable at a lower rate. Whether gains are short-term or long-term depends on the fund’s holding period. Some dividends paid in January may be taxable as if they had been paid the previous December. The fund intends to comply with certain state tax requirements so that its income dividends will generally be exempt from state and local personal income taxes for these taxpayers.

The Form 1099 that is mailed to you every January, if applicable, details your dividends and their federal tax category, although you should verify your tax liability with your tax professional.

Taxability of transactions

Any time you sell or exchange shares, it is considered a taxable event for you if you are not exempt from federal income taxes. Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you sell or exchange, you may have a gain or a loss on the transaction. You are responsible for any tax liabilities generated by your transactions.

Small accounts

If you draw down your account so that its total value is less than $1,000, you may be asked to purchase more shares within 30 days. If you do not take action, the fund may close out your account and mail you the proceeds. Alternatively, the fund may charge you $20 a year to maintain your account. You will not be charged a CDSC if your account is closed for this reason.

Additional investor services

Monthly Automatic Accumulation Program

MAAP lets you set up regular investments from your paycheck or bank account to the John Hancock fund(s) of your choice. You determine the frequency and amount of your investments, and you can terminate your program at any time. To establish:

•  Complete the appropriate parts of your account application.

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Your account

18

•  If you are using MAAP to open an account, make out a check for your first investment amount payable to “John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.” in an amount satisfying the applicable minimum initial investment requirements specified in the section “Opening an account.” Deliver your check and application to your financial representative or Signature Services.

Systematic withdrawal plan

This plan may be used for routine bill payments or periodic withdrawals from your account. To establish:

•  Make sure you have at least $5,000 worth of shares in your account.

•  Make sure you are not planning to invest more money in this account (buying shares during a period when you are also selling shares of the same fund is not advantageous to you because of sales charges).

•  Specify the payee(s). The payee may be yourself or any other party, and there is no limit to the number of payees you may have, as long as they are all on the same payment schedule.

•  Determine the schedule: monthly, quarterly, semiannually, annually or in certain selected months.

•  Fill out the relevant part of the account application. To add a systematic withdrawal plan to an existing account, contact your financial representative or Signature Services.

Retirement plans

John Hancock funds offers a range of retirement plans, including traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell ESAs, SIMPLE plans and SEPs. Using these plans, you can invest in any John Hancock fund (except tax-free income funds) with a low minimum investment of $500 or, for some group plans, no minimum investment at all. To find out more, call Signature Services at 1-800-225-5291.

John Hancock funds do not accept requests to establish new John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts; do not accept requests for exchanges or transfers into your existing John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts; and require additional disclosure documentation if you direct John Hancock funds to exchange or transfer some or all of your John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account assets to another 403(b)(7) contract or account. Please refer to the SAI for more information regarding these restrictions.

Disclosure of fund holdings

The fund’s policy regarding disclosure of portfolio holdings can be found in the SAI and the portfolio holdings information can be found at www.jhfunds.com.

On the fifth business day after month end, the following information for the fund is posted on the Web site: top ten holdings; top ten sector analysis; total return/yield; top ten countries; average quality/maturity; beta/alpha; and top ten portfolio composition. The holdings of the fund will be posted to the Web site within 30 days after each calendar month end. The holdings of the fund are also disclosed quarterly to the SEC on Form N-Q as of the end of the first and third quarters of the fund’s fiscal year and on Form N-CSR as of the second and fourth quarters of the fund’s fiscal year.

California Tax-Free Income Fund – Your account

19

For more information

Two documents are available that offer further information on the fund:

Annual/Semiannual report to shareholders

Includes financial statements, a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected performance, as well as the auditors’ report (in annual report only).

Statement of Additional Information (SAI)

The SAI contains more detailed information on all aspects of the fund, and includes a summary of the fund’s policy regarding disclosure of its portfolio holdings, as well as legal and regulatory matters. A current SAI has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference into (and is legally a part of) this prospectus.

To obtain a free copy of these documents

There are several ways you can get a current annual/semiannual report, prospectus or SAI from John Hancock:

Online: www.jhfunds.com

By mail:  John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
P.O. Box 9510
Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510

By EASI-Line: 1-800-338-8080

By phone: 1-800-225-5291

By TDD: 1-800-554-6713

You can also view or obtain copies of these documents through the SEC:

Online: www.sec.gov

By e-mail (duplicating fee required): publicinfo@sec.gov

By mail (duplicating fee required):  Public Reference Section
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, DC 20549-0102

In person: at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC.
For access to the Reference Room call 1-800-732-0330.

^© 2009 JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS, LLC    530PN 1/09    SEC file number: 811-05979

John Hancock Funds, LLC

MEMBER FINRA | SIPC

601 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210-2805

www.jhfunds.com

Electronic delivery now available at

www.jhfunds.com/edelivery

JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE INCOME FUND
Class A, Class B and Class C Shares
Statement of Additional Information

January 1, 2009

This Statement of Additional Information provides information about John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund (the “Fund”), a non-diversified open-end investment company, in addition to the information that is contained in the Fund’s current Prospectus (the “Prospectus”).

This SAI is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s Prospectus. This SAI incorporates by reference the Fund’s Annual Report. A copy of the Prospectus or Annual Report for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008 can be obtained free of charge by writing or telephoning:

John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
P. O. Box 9510
Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801-9510
1-800-225-5291

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
ORGANIZATION OF THE FUND	2
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES	2
SPECIAL RISKS	15
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS	23
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER	25
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS	25
THOSE RESPONSIBLE FOR MANAGEMENT	26
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES	38
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS	44
DISTRIBUTION CONTRACTS	47
SALES COMPENSATION	49
NET ASSET VALUE	55
INITIAL SALES CHARGE ON CLASS A SHARES	56
DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ON CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES	59
SPECIAL REDEMPTIONS	64
ADDITIONAL SERVICES AND PROGRAMS	64
PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS THROUGH THIRD PARTIES	66
DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND’S SHARES	67
SAMPLE CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM OFFERING PRICE	68
TAX STATUS	69
STATE INCOME TAX INFORMATION	74
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION	75
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES	78
CUSTODY OF PORTFOLIO	78
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM	79
LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS	79
Appendix A— Description of Investment Risk	A-1
Appendix B— Description of Bond Ratings	B-1
Appendix C— Description of Equivalent Yields	C-1

1

	Page
Appendix D — Proxy Voting Summary of the Adviser, John Hancock Funds and the Subadviser	D-1
Appendix E — Financial Statements	F-1

2

ORGANIZATION OF THE FUND

The Fund is a non-diversified open-end investment management company organized as a Massachusetts business trust in July 1996 under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

John Hancock Advisers, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the Fund’s investment adviser. The Adviser is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Financial Services, Inc., a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“Manulife Financial”). Founded in 1862, John Hancock Financial Services and its subsidiaries today offer a broad range of financial products and services, including whole, term, variable, and universal life insurance, as well as college savings products, mutual funds, fixed and variable annuities, long-term care insurance and various forms of business insurance.

Manulife Financial is a leading Canadian-based financial services group serving millions of customers in 19 countries and territories worldwide. Operating as Manulife Financial in Canada and most of Asia, and primarily through John Hancock in the United States, the Company offers clients a diverse range of financial protection products and wealth management services through its extensive network of employees, agents and distribution partners. Funds under management by Manulife Financial and its subsidiaries were Cdn$385.3 billion (US$363.5 billion) as of September 30, 2008.

Manulife Financial Corporation trades as ‘MFC’ on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”), the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and the Pacific Stock Exchange (“PSE”), and under ‘0945’ on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong (“SEHK”). Manulife Financial can be found on the Internet at www.manulife.com.

The Fund is sub-advised by MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC (“MFC Global (U.S.)” or the “Subadviser”). MFC Global (U.S.) is a subsidiary of John Hancock Financial Services, Inc., a subsidiary of Manulife Financial. MFC Global (U.S.) is responsible for providing investment advice to the Fund subject to the review of the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) and the overall supervision of the Adviser.

The Adviser serves as investment adviser to the Fund and is responsible for the supervision of MFC Global (U.S.)’s services to the Fund.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective and policies discussed in the Prospectus. Appendix A contains further information describing investment risks. The investment objective is fundamental and may only be changed with shareholder approval. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

The Fund’s investment objective is to provide as high a level of current income exempt from both federal income taxes and California personal income taxes as is consistent with preservation of capital.

As a fundamental investment policy, the Fund normally invests substantially all of its assets (at least 80%) in the following debt obligations issued by or on behalf of the State of California, its political subdivisions, municipalities, agencies, instrumentalities or public authorities and obligations issued by other governmental entities (for example, certain U.S. territories or

2

possessions) the interest on which is excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes and is exempt from California personal income taxes (collectively referred to as “California Tax Exempt Securities”), subject to the following quality standards at the time of purchase:

(1)

Bonds must be rated at least BB/Ba by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, be of equivalent quality. Not more than 20% of the fund’s total assets will be invested in bonds rated BB or Ba and no more than 25% of its total assets to be invested in unrated debt obligations (excluding pre-refunded securities secured with high quality U.S. government or similar securities.)

(2)

Other types of California Tax Exempt Securities, including variable and floating rate obligations rated within the categories set forth above for bonds, notes or commercial paper or, if unrated, are determined to be of comparable quality in the opinion of the Adviser.

As required by SEC Rule 35d-1, the following fundamental investment policy has been added: The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its Assets in securities of any maturity exempt from federal and California personal income taxes. “Assets” is defined as net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Fund may invest in any combination of California Tax Exempt Securities; however, it is expected that during normal investment conditions, a substantial portion of the Fund’s assets will be invested in municipal bonds (without regard to maturities) and other longer-term obligations. When determined to be appropriate, based upon market conditions, a substantial portion of the Fund’s holdings of California Tax Exempt Securities will consist of notes and commercial paper and other shorter-term obligations. The Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in “private activity bonds” (meeting the quality standards noted above), the interest on which may constitute a preference item for purposes of determining the alternative minimum tax.

For liquidity and flexibility, the Fund may place up to 20% of its Assets in taxable and tax-free investment grade short-term securities. In abnormal circumstances, it may invest more assets in these securities. The income from some short-term investments may be subject to California and/or federal income taxes. As a result, distributions of the fund which are attributable to income from these investments will be subject to California and/or federal income taxes. At the end of each quarter of its taxable year, these investments can not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets. The Fund will not be pursuing its objective of obtaining tax-exempt income to the extent it invests in taxable securities.

Non-Diversification. The Fund is registered as a “non-diversified” investment company, permitting the Subadviser to invest more than 5% of the assets of the Fund in the obligations of any one issuer. Since a relatively high percentage of the Fund’s assets may be invested in the obligations of a limited number of issuers, the value of Fund shares may be more susceptible to any single economic, political or regulatory event than the shares of a diversified investment company.

Tax-Exempt Securities. In seeking to achieve its investment objective, the Fund invests in a variety of Tax-Exempt Securities. “Tax Exempt Securities” are debt obligations generally issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States, the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities the interest on which, in

3

the opinion of the bond issuer’s counsel (not the Fund’s counsel), is excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes and (in the case of California Tax Exempt Securities) exempt from California personal income taxes. See “TAX STATUS” below. These securities consist of municipal bonds, municipal notes and municipal commercial paper as well as variable or floating rate obligations and participation interests.

The two principal classifications of municipal obligations are general obligations and revenue obligations. General obligations are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue obligations are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or in some cases from the proceeds of a special excise or other tax. For example, industrial development and pollution control bonds are in most cases revenue obligations since payment of principal and interest is dependent solely on the ability of the user of the facilities financed or the guarantor to meet its financial obligations, and in certain cases, the pledge of real and personal property as security for payment. The payment of principal and interest by issuers of certain obligations purchased by the Fund may be guaranteed by a letter of credit, note, repurchase agreement, insurance or other credit facility agreement offered by a bank or other financial institution. These guarantees and the creditworthiness of guarantors will be considered by the Subadviser in determining whether a municipal obligation meets the Fund’s investment quality requirements. No assurance can be given that a municipality or guarantor will be able to satisfy the payment of principal or interest on a municipal obligation.

Municipal Bonds. Municipal bonds at the time of issuance are generally long-term securities with maturities of as much as twenty years or more but may have remaining maturities of shorter duration at the time of purchase by the Fund. Municipal bonds are issued to obtain funds for various public purposes including the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, highways, bridges, schools, hospitals, housing, mass transportation, streets and water and sewer works. Other public purposes for which Municipal Bonds may be issued include refunding outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses and obtaining funds to lend to other public institutions and facilities. In addition, certain types of industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds for many types of local, privately operated facilities. Such debt instruments are considered municipal obligations if the interest paid on them is excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes.

The interest on bonds issued to finance essential state and local government operations is fully tax-exempt under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Interest on certain nonessential or private activity bonds (including those for housing and student loans) issued after August 7, 1986, while still tax-exempt, constitutes a tax preference item for taxpayers in determining their alternative minimum tax: as a result, the Fund’s distributions attributable to such interest also constitute tax preference items. The Code also imposes certain limitations and restrictions on the use of tax-exempt bond financing for non-governmental business activities, such as industrial development bonds.

Municipal Notes. Municipal notes are short-term obligations of municipalities, generally with a maturity ranging from six months to three years. The principal types of such notes include tax, bond and revenue anticipation notes and project notes.

Municipal Commercial Paper. Municipal commercial paper is a short-term obligation of a municipality, generally issued at a discount with a maturity of less than one year. Such paper is likely to be issued to meet seasonal working capital needs of a municipality or interim

4

construction financing. Municipal commercial paper is backed in many cases by letters of credit, lending agreements, note repurchase agreements or other credit facility agreements offered by banks and other institutions.

Callable Bonds. The Fund may purchase and hold callable municipal bonds which contain a provision in the indenture permitting the issuer to redeem the bonds prior to their maturity dates at a specified price which typically reflects a premium over the bonds’ original issue price. These bonds generally have call-protection (a period of time during which the bonds may not be called) which usually lasts for 7 to 10 years, after which time such bonds may be called away. An issuer may generally be expected to call its bonds, or a portion of them during periods of relatively declining interest rates, when borrowings may be replaced at lower rates than those obtained in prior years. If the proceeds of a bond called under such circumstances are reinvested, the result may be a lower overall yield due to lower current interest rates. If the purchase price of such bonds included a premium related to the appreciated value of the bonds, some or all of that premium may not be recovered by bondholders, such as the Fund, depending on the price at which such bonds were redeemed.

Ratings as Investment Criteria. In general, the ratings of Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Fitch Investors Services, Inc. (“Fitch”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (“S&P”) represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of the securities which they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that such ratings are relative and subjective and are not absolute standards of quality. These ratings will be used by the Fund as initial criteria for the selection of portfolio securities. Among the factors which will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends. Appendix B contains further information concerning the ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch and their significance. Subsequent to its purchase by the Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither of these events will require the sale of the securities by the Fund.

Lower Rated High Yield “High Risk” Debt Obligations. The yields of municipal bonds depend upon, among other things, general money market conditions, general conditions of the municipal bond market, size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and rating of the issue. Bonds rated BBB or BB by S&P or Fitch, or Baa or Ba by Moody’s, are considered to have some speculative characteristics and, to varying degrees, can pose special risks generally involving the ability of the issuer to make payment of principal and interest to a greater extent than higher rated securities. The Adviser will purchase bonds rated BBB or BB or Baa or Ba where, based upon price, yield and its assessment of quality, investment in these bonds is determined to be consistent with the Fund’s objective of preservation of capital. The Adviser will evaluate and monitor the quality of all investments, including bonds rated BBB or BB or Baa or Ba, and will dispose of these bonds as determined to be necessary to assure that the Fund’s overall portfolio is constituted in a manner consistent with the goal of preservation of capital. To the extent that the Fund’s investments in bonds rated BBB or BB or Baa or Ba will emphasize obligations believed to be consistent with the goal of preserving capital, these obligations may not provide yields as high as those of other obligations having these ratings, and the differential in yields between these bonds and obligations with higher quality ratings may not be as significant as might otherwise be generally available. Many issuers of securities choose not to have their obligations rated. Although unrated securities eligible for purchase by the Fund must be determined to be comparable in quality to securities having certain specified ratings, the market for unrated securities may not be as broad as for rated securities since many investors rely on rating organizations for credit appraisal.

5

Risks Associated with Municipal Obligations. If localities and/or authorities in a given state default on their debt obligations, this may in turn negatively affect the marketability and, therefore, the liquidity of such state’s municipal instruments. The credit risk of municipal securities is directly related to a state’s financial condition, and is subject to change rapidly and without notice. The credit ratings of municipal obligations are also affected by the credit ratings of their insurers, which may be and have been negatively affected by adverse economic conditions, such as the recent subprime mortgage crisis. A drop in a municipal obligation’s credit rating may also affect its marketability, which may in turn impact the Fund’s performance. In addition, the inability of bond issuers to market municipal bonds may lead to “failed auctions,” which would reset periodic rates to rates in excess of that which would otherwise prevail in a short-term market. Also, the value of municipal obligations may be difficult to measure in a given economic environment, such as in the present market, since valuation subject to external influences may not reflect the intrinsic, underlying value of a state’s municipal obligations. These events may lower the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”), and the length and severity of such market turbulence may be difficult to determine.

Restricted Securities. The Fund may purchase securities that are not registered (“restricted securities”) under the Securities Act of 1933 (“1933 Act”), including commercial paper issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act and securities offered and sold to “qualified institutional buyers” under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. The Fund will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. If the Trustees determine, based upon a continuing review of the trading markets for specific Section 4(2) paper or Rule 144A securities, that they are liquid, they will not be subject to the 15% limit on illiquid securities. The Trustees have adopted guidelines and delegated to the Adviser the daily function of determining the monitoring and liquidity of restricted securities. The Trustees, however, will retain sufficient oversight and be ultimately responsible for the determinations. The Trustees will carefully monitor the Fund’s investments in these securities, focusing on such important factors, among others, as valuation, liquidity and availability of information. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in the Fund if qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these restricted securities.

Participation Interests. The Fund may purchase from financial institutions tax exempt participation interests in tax exempt securities. A participation interest gives the Fund an undivided interest in the tax exempt security in the proportion that the Fund’s participation interest bears to the total amount of the tax exempt security. For certain participation interests, the Fund will have the right to demand payment, on a specified number of days’ notice, for all or any part of the Fund’s participation interest in the tax exempt security plus accrued interest. Participation interests, that are determined to be not readily marketable, will be considered illiquid for purposes of the Fund’s 15% investment restriction on investment in illiquid securities.

The Fund may also invest in Certificates of Participation (COP’s) which provide participation interests in lease revenues. Each COP represents a proportionate interest in or right to the lease-purchase payment made under municipal lease obligations or installment sales contracts. Typically, municipal lease obligations are issued by a state or municipal financing authority to provide funds for the construction of facilities (e.g., schools, dormitories, office buildings or prisons) or the acquisition of equipment. In certain states, such as California, COP’s constitute a majority of new municipal financing issues. The facilities are typically used by the state or municipality pursuant to a lease with a financing authority. Certain municipal lease obligations may trade infrequently. Participation interests in municipal lease obligations will not be considered illiquid for purposes of the Fund’s 15% limitation on illiquid securities provided the Adviser determines that there is a readily available market for such securities.

6

In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser will consider, among others, the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security and (4) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer.) With respect to municipal lease obligations, the Adviser also considers: (1) the willingness of the municipality to continue, annually or biannually, to appropriate funds for payment of the lease; (2) the general credit quality of the municipality and the essentiality to the municipality of the property covered by the lease; (3) an analysis of factors similar to that performed by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations in evaluating the credit quality of a municipal lease obligation, including (i) whether the lease can be canceled; (ii) if applicable, what assurance there is that the assets represented by the lease can be sold; (iii) the strength of the lessee’s general credit (e.g., its debt, administrative, economic and financial characteristics); (iv) the likelihood that the municipality will discontinue appropriating funding for the leased property because the property is no longer deemed essential to the operations of the municipality (e.g., the potential for an event of nonappropriation); and (v) the legal recourse in the event of failure to appropriate; and (4) any other factors unique to municipal lease obligations as determined by the Adviser.

Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements for the purpose of realizing additional (taxable) income. In a repurchase agreement the Fund buys a security for a relatively short period (usually not more than 7 days) subject to the obligation to sell it back to the issuer at a fixed time and price plus accrued interest. The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with member banks of the Federal Reserve System and with “primary dealers” in U.S. Government securities. The Adviser will continuously monitor the creditworthiness of the parties with whom it enters into repurchase agreements.

The Fund has established a procedure providing that the securities serving as collateral for each repurchase agreement must be delivered to the Fund’s custodian either physically or in book-entry form and that the collateral must be marked to market daily to ensure that each repurchase agreement is fully collateralized at all times. In the event of bankruptcy or other default by a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience delays in or be prevented from liquidating the underlying securities and could experience losses, including the possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period while the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, possible subnormal levels of income and decline in value of the underlying securities or lack of access to income during this period, as well as the expense of enforcing its rights.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements which involve the sale of U.S. Government securities held in its portfolio to a bank with an agreement that the Fund will buy back the securities at a fixed future date at a fixed price plus an agreed amount of “interest” which may be reflected in the repurchase price. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings by the Fund. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of securities purchased by the Fund with proceeds of the transaction may decline below the repurchase price of the securities sold by the Fund which it is obligated to repurchase. The Fund will not enter into reverse repurchase agreements and other borrowings exceeding in the aggregate 15% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount borrowed) valued at market less liabilities (not including the amount borrowed) at the time the borrowing was made. To minimize various risks associated with reverse repurchase agreements, the Fund will establish a separate account consisting of highly liquid, marketable securities in an

7

amount at lease equal to the repurchase prices of these securities (plus accrued interest thereon) under such agreements. The Fund will also continue to be subject to the risk of a decline in the market value of the securities sold under the agreements because it will reacquire those securities upon effecting their repurchase.

In addition, the Fund will not purchase additional securities while all borrowings exceed 5% of the value of its total assets. The Fund will enter into reverse repurchase agreements only with federally insured banks or savings and loan associations which are approved in advance as being creditworthy by the Board. Under procedures established by the Board, the Adviser and/or Subadviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the banks involved.

Options on Securities and Securities Indices. The Fund may purchase and write (sell) call and put options on debt securities in which it may invest or on any securities index based on debt securities in which it may invest. These options may be listed on national domestic securities exchanges or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. The Fund may write covered put and call options and purchase put and call options as a substitute for the purchase or sale of securities or to protect against declines in the value of portfolio securities and against increases in the cost of securities to be acquired.

Writing Covered Options. A call option on securities written by the Fund obligates the Fund to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. A put option on securities written by the Fund obligates the Fund to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised at any time before the expiration date. Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash settlement payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security. Writing covered call options may deprive the Fund of the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the securities in its portfolio. Writing covered put options may deprive the Fund of the opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market price of the securities to be acquired for its portfolio.

All call and put options written by the Fund are covered. A written call option or put option may be covered by (i) maintaining cash or liquid securities in a segregated account with a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the option, (ii) entering into an offsetting forward commitment and/or (iii) purchasing an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund’s net exposure on its written option position. A written call option on securities is typically covered by maintaining the securities that are subject to the option in a segregated account. The Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index.

The Fund may terminate its obligations under an exchange traded call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Obligations under over-the-counter options may be terminated only by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.”

Purchasing Options. The Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase, or put options in anticipation of a decrease (“protective puts”) in the market value of securities of the type in which it may invest. The Fund may also sell call and put options to close out its purchased options.

8

The purchase of a call option would entitle the Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified securities at a specified price during the option period. The Fund would ordinarily realize a gain on the purchase of a call option if, during the option period, the value of such securities exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

The purchase of a put option would entitle the Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified securities at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. The Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities or currency decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the put option. Gains and losses on the purchase of put options may be offset by countervailing changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may not be treated as the tax owner of a security if the Fund has purchase a put option on the same security. If this occurred, the interest on the security would be taxable.

The Fund’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Adviser. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these
limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

Risks Associated with Options Transactions. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will exist for any particular exchange-traded option or at any particular time. If the Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, the Fund will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised.

Similarly, if the Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However,

9

outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The Fund’s ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. The Subadviser will determine the liquidity of each over-the-counter option in accordance with guidelines adopted by the Board.

The writing and purchase of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The successful use of options depends in part on the Subadviser’s ability to predict future price fluctuations and, for hedging transactions, the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. To hedge against changes in interest rates or securities prices, the Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts on debt securities and debt securities indices, and purchase and write call and put options on these futures contracts. The Fund may also enter into closing purchase and sale transactions with respect to any of these contracts and options. All futures contracts entered into by the Fund are traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed, regulated or approved by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).

Futures Contracts. A futures contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to buy and sell particular financial instruments for an agreed price during a designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract).

Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or a loss. While futures contracts on securities will usually be liquidated in this manner, the Fund may instead make, or take, delivery of the underlying securities whenever it appears economically advantageous to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures contracts are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date.

Hedging and Other Strategies with Futures Contracts. Hedging is an attempt to establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the effective price or rate of return on portfolio securities or securities that the Fund proposes to acquire. When securities prices are falling, the Fund can seek to offset a decline in the value of its current portfolio securities through the sale of futures contracts. When securities prices are rising, the Fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, can attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it affects anticipated purchases.

The Fund may, for example, take a “short” position in the futures market by selling futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against an anticipated decline in market prices that would adversely affect the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Such futures contracts may include contracts for the future delivery of securities held by the Fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

If, in the opinion of the Subadviser, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for the Fund’s portfolio securities and futures contracts based on other debt securities or

10

indices, the Fund may also enter into such futures contracts as part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of securities in the Fund’s portfolio may be more or less volatile than prices of such futures contracts, the Subadviser will attempt to estimate the extent of this volatility difference based on historical patterns and compensate for any differential by having the Fund enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by attempting to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting the Fund’s portfolio securities.

When a short hedging position is successful, any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

On other occasions, the Fund may take a “long” position by purchasing futures contracts. This would be done, for example, when the Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices that are currently available.

Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may purchase and write options on futures for the same purposes as its transactions in futures contracts. The purchase of put and call options on futures contracts will give the Fund the right (but not the obligation) for a specified price to sell or to purchase, respectively, the underlying futures contract at any time during the option period. As the purchaser of an option on a futures contract, the Fund obtains the benefit of the futures position if prices move in a favorable direction but limits its risk of loss in the event of an unfavorable price movement to the loss of the premium and transaction costs.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset a decline in the value of the Fund’s assets. By writing a call option, the Fund becomes obligated, in exchange for the premium (upon exercise of the option) to sell a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value higher than the exercise price. Conversely, the writing of a put option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset an increase in the price of securities that the Fund intends to purchase. However, the Fund becomes obligated (upon exercise of the option) to purchase a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value lower than the exercise price. The loss incurred by the Fund in writing options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received.

The holder or writer of an option on a futures contract may terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option of the same series. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be affected. The Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market.

Other Considerations. The Fund will engage in futures and related options transactions either for bona fide hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return as permitted by the CFTC. To the extent that the Fund is using futures and related options for hedging purposes, futures contracts will be sold to protect against a decline in the price of securities that the Fund owns or futures contracts will be purchased to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of securities it intends to purchase. The Fund will determine that the price fluctuations in the futures contracts and options on futures used for hedging purposes are substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the Fund or securities or instruments which it expects to purchase. As evidence of its hedging intent, the Fund expects that on 75% or more of the occasions on which it takes a long futures or option position (involving the purchase of futures contracts), the Fund

11

will have purchased, or will be in the process of purchasing, equivalent amounts of related securities in the cash market at the time when the futures or option position is closed out. However, in particular cases, when it is economically advantageous for the Fund to do so, a long futures position may be terminated or an option may expire without the corresponding purchase of securities or other assets.

Transactions in futures contracts and options on futures involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in the case of contracts and options obligating the Fund to purchase securities, require the Fund to establish a segregated account consisting of cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the underlying value of such contracts and options.

While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce certain risks, these transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions.

Perfect correlation between the Fund’s futures positions and portfolio positions will be impossible to achieve. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and a portfolio position which is intended to be protected, the desired protection may not be obtained and the Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

Some futures contracts or options on futures may become illiquid under adverse market conditions. In addition, during periods of market volatility, a commodity exchange may suspend or limit trading in a futures contract or related option, which may make the instrument temporarily illiquid and difficult to price. Commodity exchanges may also establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or related option can vary from the previous day’s settlement price. Once the daily limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. This may prevent the Fund from closing out positions and limiting its losses.

Structured or Hybrid Notes. The Fund may invest in “structured” or “hybrid” notes. The distinguishing feature of a structured or hybrid note is that the amount of interest and/or principal payable on the note is based on the performance of a benchmark asset or market other than fixed income securities or interest rates. Examples of these benchmarks include stock prices, currency exchange rates and physical commodity prices. Investing in a structured note allows the Fund to gain exposure to the benchmark market while fixing the maximum loss that the Fund may experience in the event that market does not perform as expected. Depending on the terms of the note, the Fund may forego all or part of the interest and principal that would be payable on a comparable conventional note; the Fund’s loss cannot exceed this foregone interest and/or principal. An investment in structured or hybrid notes involves risks similar to those associated with a direct investment in the benchmark asset.

Indexed Securities. The Fund may invest in indexed securities, including floating rate securities that are subject to a maximum interest rate (“capped floaters”) and leveraged inverse floating rate securities (“inverse floaters”) (up to 10% of the Fund’s total assets). The interest rate or, in some cases, the principal payable at the maturity of an indexed security may change positively or inversely in a relation to one or more interest rates, financial indices, or other financial indicators (“reference prices”). An indexed security may be leveraged to the extent that the magnitude of any change in the interest rate or principal payable on an indexed security is a multiple of the change in the reference price. Thus, indexed securities may decline in value due to adverse market charges in interest rates or other reference prices.

12

Variable or Floating Rate Obligations. Certain of the obligations in which the Fund may invest may be variable or floating rate obligations on which the interest rate is adjusted at pre- designated periodic intervals (variable rate) or when there is a change in the market rate of interest on which the interest rate payable on the obligation is based (floating rate). Variable or floating rate obligations may include a demand feature which entitles the purchaser to demand prepayment of the principal amount prior to stated maturity. Also, the issuer may have a corresponding right to prepay the principal amount prior to maturity. Variable and floating rate instruments are generally considered to be “derivative” instruments because they derive their values from the performance of an underlying asset, index or other benchmark. See “Derivative Instruments” below. As with any other type of debt security, the marketability of variable or floating rate instruments may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the type of issuer and the terms of the instruments. The Fund may also invest in more recently developed floating rate instruments which are created by dividing a municipal security’s interest rate into two or more different components. Typically, one component (“floating rate component” or “FRC”) pays an interest rate that is reset periodically through an auction process or by reference to an interest rate index. A second component (“inverse floating rate component” or “IFRC”) pays an interest rate that varies inversely with changes to market rates of interest, because the interest paid to the IFRC holders is generally determined by subtracting a variable or floating rate from a predetermined amount (i.e., the difference between the total interest paid by the municipal security and that paid by the FRC). The Fund may purchase FRC’s without limitation. Up to 10% of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in IFRC’s in an attempt to protect against a reduction in the income earned on the Fund’s other investments due to a decline in interest rates. The extent of increases and decreases in the value of an IFRC generally will be greater than comparable changes in the value of an equal principal amount of a fixed-rate municipal security having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity. To the extent that IFRCs are not readily marketable, as determined by the Subadviser pursuant to guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees, they will be considered illiquid for purposes of the Fund’s 15% investment restriction on investment in illiquid securities.

Risk Associated With Specific Types of Derivative Debt Securities. Different types of derivative debt securities are subject to different combinations of prepayment, extension and/or interest rate risk. The risk of early prepayments is the primary risk associated with interest only debt securities (“IOs”), super floaters and other leveraged floating rate instruments. In some instances, early prepayments may result in a complete loss of investment in certain of these securities. The primary risks associated with certain other derivative debt securities are the potential extension of average life and/or depreciation due to rising interest rates.

Derivative debt securities include floating rate securities based on the Cost of Funds Index (“COFI floaters”), other “lagging rate” floating rate securities, floating rate securities that are subject to a maximum interest rate (“capped floaters”), leveraged inverse floating rate securities (“inverse floaters”), principal only debt securities (“POs”) and certain residual or support branches of index amortizing notes. Index amortizing notes are subject to extension risk resulting from the issuer’s failure to exercise its option to call or redeem the notes before their stated maturity date. Leveraged inverse IOs present an especially intense combination of prepayment, extension and interest rate risks.

Other types of floating rate derivative debt securities present more complex types of interest rate risks. For example, range floaters are subject to the risk that the coupon will be reduced to below market rates if a designated interest rate floats outside of a specified interest rate band or collar. Dual index or yield curve floaters are subject to depreciation in the event of an unfavorable change in the spread between two designated interest rates. X- reset floaters have a

13

coupon that remains fixed for more than one accrual period. Thus, the type of risk involved in these securities depends on the terms of each individual X-reset floater.

Forward Commitment and When-Issued Securities. The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued basis and may purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. “When-issued” refers to securities whose terms are available and for which a market exists, but which have not been issued. The Fund will engage in when-issued transactions with respect to securities purchased for its portfolio in order to obtain what is considered to be an advantageous price and yield at the time of the transaction. For when-issued transactions, no payment is made until delivery is due, often a month or more after the purchase. In a forward commitment transaction, the Fund contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time.

When the Fund engages in forward commitment and when-issued transactions, it relies on the seller to consummate the transaction. The failure of the issuer or seller to consummate the transaction may result in the Fund losing the opportunity to obtain a price and yield considered to be advantageous. The purchase of securities on a when-issued and forward commitment basis also involves a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date.

On the date the Fund enters into an agreement to purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, the Fund will segregate in a separate account cash or liquid securities equal in value to the Fund’s commitment. These assets will be valued daily at market, and additional cash or securities will be segregated in a separate account to the extent that the total value of the assets in the account declines below the amount of the commitments. Alternatively, the Fund may enter into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other securities that it owns.

Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars. As one way of managing its exposure to different types of investments, the Fund may enter into interest rate swaps, and other types of swap agreements such as caps, collars and floors. In a typical interest rate swap, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate times a “notional principal amount,” in return for payments equal to a fixed rate times the same amount, for a specified period of time. Swaps may also depend on other prices or rates, such as the value of an index or mortgage prepayment rates.

In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level, while the seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the Fund’s investments and its share price and yield.

Swap agreements are sophisticated hedging instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the Fund’s performance. Swap agreements are subject to risks related to the counterpart’s ability to perform, and may decline in value if the counterpart’s

14

credit worthiness deteriorates. The Fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate outstanding swap agreements or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions. The Fund will maintain in a segregated account with its custodian, cash or liquid, high grade debt securities equal to the net amount, if any, of the excess of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlement with respect to swap, cap, collar or floor transactions.

Lending of Securities. The Fund may lend its securities so long as such loans do not represent more than 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets. As collateral for the lent securities, the borrower gives the lending portfolio collateral equal to at least 100% of the value of the lent securities. The collateral may consist of cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities. The borrower must also agree to increase the collateral if the value of the lent securities increases. As with other extensions of credit, there are risks that collateral could be inadequate in the event of the borrower failing financially, which could result in actual financial loss, and risks that recovery of loaned securities could be delayed, which could result in interference with portfolio management decisions or exercise of ownership rights. The collateral is managed by an affiliate of the Adviser. In addition, the Fund may lose its right to vote its shares of the loaned securities at a shareholders meeting unless it recalls the loaned securities in advance of the record date for the meeting. The Fund has entered into an agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and MS Securities Services Inc. (collectively, “Morgan Stanley”) which permits the Fund to lend securities to Morgan Stanley on a principal basis. It is presently anticipated that Morgan Stanley will be the exclusive borrower of securities of the Funds. The risk of having one primary borrower of Fund securities (as opposed to several borrowers) is that should Morgan Stanley fail financially, all securities lent will be affected by the failure and by any delays in recovery of the securities (or in the rare event, loss of rights in the collateral).

Short-Term Trading and Portfolio Turnover. Short-term trading means the purchase and subsequent sale of a security after it has been held for a relatively brief period of time. The Fund may engage in short-term trading in response to changes in interest rates or other economic trends and developments, or to take advantage of yield disparities between various fixed income securities in order to realize capital gains or improve income. Short term trading may have the effect of increasing portfolio turnover rate. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or greater) involves correspondingly greater brokerage expenses. The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is set forth in the table under the caption “Financial Highlights” in the Prospectus and in the section “Portfolio Turnover” in this SAI.

SPECIAL RISKS

Special Considerations relating to California Tax-Exempt Securities. Since the Fund concentrates its investments in California Tax-Exempt Securities, the Fund may be adversely affected by any political, economic or regulatory developments affecting the ability of California issuers to pay interest or repay principal.

The section below is only a summary and does not purport to fully describe or predict the various conditions and developments that affect or may affect California’s financial outlook. Information in the section is drawn from information available from public sources, including official statements and periodic disclosure related to securities offerings of California issuers. Such information has not been independently verified by the Fund, although the Fund believes it to be accurate. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and should not be interpreted as anything other than an overview as of this SAI’s publication date, which may or may not accurately reflect California’s current fiscal condition at a later date. Any

15

adverse developments with respect to California’s cash flow or fiscal condition generally may impede the Fund’s performance.

Recent Developments regarding California Finances. California has historically experienced large fluctuations in tax revenues in response to economic changes. Despite the state’s strengths as a large, diversified and wealthy economy, and its historically favorable economic performance versus the national averages, the state’s fiscal stability has been periodically challenged. Administrative and legal restrictions on spending allocations and requirement of a 2/3 majority vote to approve the budget and any tax initiatives also inhibit the state’s financial flexibility. In the event of an economic downturn, the state can frequently be challenged to respond in a timely fashion with budget adjustments. As a result, the state has periodically been subject to multiple year deficits when the economy slows. An active voter initiative process adds additional volatility to the state. Recently, California’s economy has weakened. The sub-prime mortgage crisis that developed in 2007 has negatively affected the State’s housing market, and been a prime contributor to slower economic growth and declining state revenues.

The Outlook

The outlook for the state and national economies darkened considerably as 2008 progressed and accelerated through the end of October. Economic growth was already expected to be low before the credit and stock market turmoil developed. Recent economic statistics point to considerable economic weakness in the fourth quarter of 2008 and in 2009. It appears that consumers will get little reprieve from job losses, falling home prices, and low equity prices. The state’s unemployment rate could exceed 10 percent in some months of 2009 and 2010. Weaker GDP growth, bigger job losses, and smaller personal income gains are now expected in 2009. Whereas a short, modest economic decline was expected before, a deeper and longer decline is much more likely now. How long and how deep depends largely on how long it takes for credit to become much more available. The impact of the financial rescue measures enacted by Congress in October is uncertain at this point. The national and California economies will face strong headwinds in 2009 and the first half of 2010.

The Nation

Real GDP decreased 0.3 percent in the third quarter of 2008, with the weakness widely spread across major spending categories. A 3.1-percent drop in consumer spending—the largest percentage decline in 28 years—did most of the damage. Business equipment pending and residential construction also fell, and export growth slowed. The economy ended the third quarter much weaker than it began, and this was before the stock market delivered its greatest drop in 21 years in October with paper losses of $2.5 trillion. Retailers are expected to report very weak October sales, which will bode poorly for holiday sales. The fourth quarter of 2008 is expected to be considerably weaker than the third quarter.

The Federal Reserve and U.S. Treasury took dramatic steps in September and October to reinvigorate credit markets. On October 29, the Federal Reserve lowered by one-half percentage point its target for the interest rate banks charge one another for short-term loans. This brought the target rate to 1 percent, leaving the central bank very little room to further ease monetary policy. Thus, it appears increasingly likely that Congress will enact another economic stimulus package.

16

The State

California labor markets have weakened as 2008 has progressed. In the first nine months of the year, California lost 78,600 jobs, but in the first five months the average monthly loss was 5,200 jobs, while in the last four months, it was 13,200 jobs. Seven of the 11 major industry sectors have lost jobs since the end of 2007, with construction, retail trade, and financial activities—which includes real estate and mortgage lending services— accounting for the bulk of the job losses. The state’s unemployment rate began 2008 at 5.9 percent and quickly rose to 7.7 percent in August and September.

California’s housing slump continues to be a significant drag on the economy. But home sales have started to pick up, especially sales of distressed houses. New home sales remain at low levels. Average home prices continue to drop. In September, the median price of existing homes sold, $316,500, was 41 percent lower than the median price a year earlier.

Revised Budget Projections

The California Legislative Analysts November 20, 2008 Fiscal Outlook has dramatically revised budget projections for Fiscal 2008-2009. The state’s struggling economy has severely reduced expected revenues. Combined with rising state expenses, the LAO projects that the state will need $27.8 billion in budget solutions over the 2008-09 and 2009-10 fiscal years. The state’s revenue collapse is so dramatic and the underlying economic factors are so weak that the LAO forecasts huge budget shortfalls through 2013-14 absent corrective action. From 2010-11 through 2013-14, they project annual shortfalls that are consistently in the range of $22 billion.

To date, no additional actions have been approved to offset these revised forecasts, although the Governor and the Legislature have been in discussions. The Governor has indicated that the state faces an $11.2 billion deficit in the current fiscal year. The Governor has proposed additional spending cuts and called for tax increases. As of 12/1/08, the legislature has not yet reached agreement on how to resolve the current shortfall.

Fiscal Year 2008 — 2009

(Pre-October/November Revisions)

The 2008 Budget Act resolved the $17.3 billion budget deficit (after implementation of the $7.0 billion in actions taken during the fiscal emergency special session of the Legislature) identified in the 2008-09 May Revision. It provides a modest reserve of $1.7 billion this year, but projects a deficit of $1.0 billion in 2009-10. While this budget did not resolve the state’s persistent structural budget deficit, it included a budget reform measures which, if approved by the voters, will put California on the path to fiscal stability and avoids borrowing from local governments or transportation funds.

Under the 2008 Budget Act, General Fund revenues and transfers are projected to decrease 1.0 percent, from $103.0 billion in fiscal year 2007-08 to $102.0 billion in fiscal year 2008-09. The 2008 Budget Act contains General Fund appropriations of $103.4 billion, compared to $103.3 billion in 2007- 08. The June 30, 2009 total reserve is projected to be $1.7 billion, a decrease of $1.4 billion or 45 percent compared to the June 30, 2008 reserve.

The 2008 Budget Act contains the following major General Fund components:

1. Budget Reform – A constitutional amendment, to be considered on the next statewide ballot which will: (1) mandate that at least 3% of General Fund revenues are sequestered into a “rainy day” fund, unless the rainy day fund is full or moneys are being accessed in a deficit year, (2)

17

Increase the rainy day fund over several years to 12.5% of General Fund revenues and strictly limit withdrawals, and (3) give the Governor the ability to freeze and reduce spending mid-year in future downturns.

2. Solving the Deficit – 2008-2009 General Fund spending is held to $103.4 billion compared to $103.3 billion in 2007-08.

3. Cash Flow Management – Cash flow will be smoothed by shifting certain payments during the year. The plan will reduce the amount of external borrowing by $3 to $4 billion in 2008-09.

4. Proposition 98 – $58.1 billion is appropriated, of which $41.9 billion is from the General Fund and $16.1 billion is from local revenue.

5. K-12 Education – Total expenditures are projected to be $71.9 billion ($42 billion General Fund).

6. Higher Education – Total funding of $20.7 billion, reflects an increase of $751.3 million above the revised 2007-08 level.

7. Health and Human Services – $31 billion, an increase of $1.6 billion from the revised 2007-08 estimate. Total funding from all state funds for Health and Human Services programs is $39.4 billion.

8. Transportation Funding – $1.42 billion to fully fund Proposition 42 in 2008-09. Pursuant to Proposition 1A, the 2008 Budget repays $83 million from the 2003-04 and 2004-05 Proposition 42 suspensions. The 2008 Budget appropriates $4.7 billion in Proposition 1B funding, and also appropriates $1.5 billion in General Fund relief from sales tax revenues, including revenues from the “spillover” of gasoline sales tax revenues. $939 million is redirected from local transit grants and state capital projects to reimburse the General Fund for debt service payments made on transportation bonds in past years.

9. Budget Stabilization Account – Given the $24.3 billion budget deficit, the 2008 Budget Act suspends this transfer $1.509 billion for fiscal year 2008-09 in the BSA for rainy day purposes.

10. Modernization and Securitization of the California Lottery — Legislation (subject to voter approval) that will authorize the California State Lottery to adopt changes to improve its financial performance, and will increase Proposition 98 minimum guarantee to offset the loss of lottery revenue to K-14 education. Included is legislation authorizing the securitization of a portion of future lottery revenues

Fiscal Year 2007-2008

The 2007 Budget Act was signed by the Governor on August 24, 2007. In approving the budget the Governor vetoed $943 million in appropriations from the General Fund, special funds, and bond funds (including $703 million in General Fund appropriations).

The 2007 Budget Act included the largest reserve of any budget act in the state’s history, a total of $4.1 billion. The reserve was made so large because the 2007 Budget Act contained a number of risks. By the time of the 2008-09 Governor’s Budget, released on January 10, 2008, it had become clear that many of these risks had in fact occurred, and that even the planned reserve would not be enough to keep the budget in balance through June 30, 2008. Accordingly, the

18

Governor called a special session of the Legislature which took a series of actions to close the budget gap, and the Governor took certain additional actions not requiring legislative action.

The 2008-09 May Revision projected that the state would end fiscal year 2007-08 with a total reserve of $858.5 million, down $3.211 billion from estimates made at the time of the 2007 Budget Act. Subsequent projections prepared in connection with the 2008 Budget Act estimated a total reserve at June 30, 2008 of $3.113 billion, down $956 million from the 2007 Budget Act estimate. The continuation of a positive budget reserve at June 30, 2008, was significantly affected by two one-time revenue sources totaling $4.8 billion: sale of ERBs ($3.313 billion) and transfer of the BSA reserve to the General Fund ($1.495 billion).

A special session of the Legislature occurred in February 2008) to take action on various budget items in order to reduce expenditures in 2007-08, and lower certain base expenditures for 2008-09. The Administration estimates the fiscal emergency special session resulted in $4.3 billion of budget solutions for 2007-08 and $2.7 billion of budget solutions in 2008-09.

As of the adoption of the 2008 Budget Act, General Fund revenues and transfers for fiscal year 2007-08 were projected at $103.0 billion, an increase of $1.8 billion compared with 2007 Budget Act estimates. In addition to the revenues of $3.313 billion from the sale of ERBs and $1.495 billion from the transfer of the BSA reserve, changes include the following significant adjustments since the 2007 Budget Act:

• $2.0 billion lower Sales and Use Tax;

• $856 million lower Personal Income Tax;

• $871 million higher Corporation Tax; and

• $1.0 billion decrease due to postponement of the sale or other authorized transaction to maximize the value of Ed Fund from 2007-08 to 2009-10.

General Fund expenditures for fiscal year 2007-08 were projected at $103.3 billion, an increase of $1.1 billion compared with 2007 Budget Act estimates.

Fiscal Years Prior to 2007-08

Following a half decade of strong economic and revenue growth in the late 1990s and into 2000, during fiscal year 2001–02, as the state and national economies fell into a recession and the stock markets dropped significantly, the state experienced an unprecedented drop in revenues compared to the prior year largely due to reduced personal income taxes from stock option and capital gains activity. During the three fiscal years between 2001-02 and 2003-04, the state encountered severe budgetary difficulties because of reduced revenues and failure to make equivalent reductions in expenditures, resulting in successive budget deficits. The budgets for these years included substantial reliance on one-time measures, internal borrowing, and external borrowing. The state also faced a cash flow crisis during this period which was relieved by the issuance of Revenue Anticipation Warrants in June, 2002 and June, 2003 and ERBs in the spring of 2004.

The state’s economy rebounded strongly during the 2004-05, 2005-06 and 2006-07 fiscal years, with the result that General Fund revenues were substantially higher in each year than had been projected at the start of the year. This allowed the budgets in these years to end with substantial positive balances (although the positive balance declined from approximately $9.9 billion at the end of fiscal year 2005-06 to approximately $3.5 billion at the end of fiscal year 2006-07). The

19

state continued to utilize a combination of expenditure cuts, cost avoidance, internal and external borrowing, fund shifts, and one-time measures such as securitization of tobacco settlement revenues and sale of ERBs, to produce balanced budgets. The 2005 Budget Act had much less reliance on one-time measures than the budgets of the immediately preceding years, but did include receipt of $525 million from refinancing of tobacco securitization bonds.

Final estimates relating to the 2006-07 fiscal year, as released in the 2007-08 Governor’s Budget in January, 2008, showed that the state experienced more favorable results than were projected at the time the 2006 Budget Act was signed. As a result of revised estimates for years prior to 2005-06 and improved economic results which generated increases in tax revenues, the Administration estimated that the fund balance at June 30, 2006 was about $3.487 billion, of which $3.0 billion was in the SFEU, compared to the original 2006 Budget Act estimate of $1.6 billion in the SFEU.

Rating Agencies. The current ratings of the state’s general obligation bonds (excluding those supported by special revenue funds or credit enhancement) are “A1” from Moody’s Investors Service, “A+” from Standard & Poor’s and “A+” from Fitch. Fitch and Standard & Poor’s have placed the state on credit watch with negative implications.

Constitutional Considerations. Changes in California laws during the last two decades have limited the ability of California State and municipal issuers to obtain sufficient revenue to pay their bond obligations.

In 1978, California voters approved an amendment to the California Constitution under Article XIIIA known as Proposition 13. Proposition 13 limits ad valorem (according to value) taxes on real property and restricts the ability of taxing entities to increase real property taxes and assessments, and limits the ability of local governments to raise other taxes. In November 1996, the voters also approved Proposition 218 which added Articles XIIIC and XIIID to the California Constitution and further defines and extends situations limiting the ability of localities to impose taxes or change tax rates without voter approval. The full impact of Prop 218 on outstanding and proposed taxes will require further clarification through court rulings on specific legal tests and challenges.

Article XIII B of the California Constitution (the “Appropriation Limit”) imposes a limit on annual appropriations. Originally adopted in 1979, Article XIII B was modified by Proposition 98 in 1988 and Proposition 111 in 1990. The appropriations subject to the Article consist of tax proceeds that include tax revenues and certain other funds. Excluded from the Appropriation Limits are prior (pre 1979) debt service and subsequent debt incurred as the result of voter authorizations, court mandates, qualified capital outlay projects and certain increases in gasoline taxes and motor vehicle weight fees. Certain civil disturbance emergencies declared by the Governor and appropriations approved by a two-thirds vote of the legislature are excluded from the determination of excess appropriations, and the appropriations limit may be overridden by local voter approval for up to a four-year period.

On November 8, 1988, California voters approved Proposition 98, a combined initiative constitutional amendment and statute called “the Classroom Instruction Improvement and Accountability Act.” This amendment changed school funding below the University level by guaranteeing K-14 schools a minimum share of General Fund Revenues. Suspension of the Proposition 98 funding formula requires a two-thirds vote of Legislature and the Governor’s concurrence. Proposition 98 also contains provisions transferring certain funds in excess of the Article III B limit to K-14 schools.

20

As amended by Proposition 111, the Appropriation Limit recalculated annually by taking the actual FY1986-1987 limit and applying the Proposition 111 cost of living and population adjustments as if that limit had been in effect. The Appropriations Limit is tested over consecutive two-year periods under this amendment. Any excess “proceeds of taxes” received over such two-year period above the Appropriation Limits for the two-year period is divided equally between transfers to K-14 and taxpayers.

At a special election held in October 2003, the Governor of the State, Gray Davis, was recalled and replaced by Arnold Schwarzenegger, who took office in November. The new Governor proposed a Constitutional spending limit for the State’s 2004-05 Budget. In March 2004, California voters approved two companion ballot propositions that were sponsored by the new Governor. Proposition 57 authorizes the issuance of up to $15 billion in economic recovery bonds to finance previous budget deficits. Proposition 58, a constitutional amendment called the “Balanced Budget Amendment,” implemented changes in State budget procedures designed to mandate balanced budgets in the future, to allow mid-year budget adjustment powers, to require the creation of a special budget reserve account, and to prohibit future long-term bond issuances for the purpose of funding budget deficits once the bonds approved by Proposition 57 are issued.

California voters also approved in March 2004 a constitutional amendment, ACA 11, which requires the transfer of General Fund revenues to finance state and local infrastructure projects, subject to the General Fund meeting specified levels. The transfer could increase annually until it reaches a maximum of 3 percent by 2013-14. ACA 11 also provides for a portion of one-time revenue windfalls to be set aside for one-time infrastructure expenditures.

Transportation Financing (Proposition 1A, November 2006 Ballot)

On November 7, 2006 voters approved Proposition 1A, which had been placed on the ballot by the Legislature as Senate Constitutional Amendment No. 7, to protect Proposition 42 transportation funds from any further suspensions. Current provisions of the State Constitution enacted as Proposition 42 in 2002, permit the suspension of the annual transfer of motor vehicle fuel sales tax revenues from the General Fund to the Transportation Investment Fund if the Governor declares that the transfer will result in a “significant negative fiscal impact” on the General Fund and the Legislature agrees with a two-thirds vote of each house. The new measure modifies the constitutional provisions of Proposition 42 in a manner similar to Proposition 1A of 2004, so that if such a suspension occurs, the amount owed by the General Fund must be repaid to the Transportation Investment Fund within three years, and only two such suspensions can be made within any ten-year period. In 2003-04, $868 million of the scheduled Proposition 42 transfer was suspended, and in 2004-05 the full transfer of $1.258 billion was suspended. The Proposition 42 transfer was fully funded in 2005-06 at $1.355 billion. The 2006 Budget Act fully funds the Proposition 42 transfer at $1.420 billion for 2006-07, and also includes $1.415 billion ($1.215 billion General Fund) for advance repayment of a portion of the 2003-04 and 2004-05 suspensions.

Certain debt obligations held by the Fund may be payable solely from lease payments on real property leased to the State, counties, cities or various public entities structured in such a way as to not constitute a debt to the leasing entity. To ensure that a debt is not technically created, California law requires that the lessor can proportionally reduce its lease payments equal to its loss of beneficial use and occupancy. Moreover, the lessor does not agree to pay lease payments beyond the current period; it only agrees to include lease payments in its annual budget every year. In the event of a default, the only remedy available against the lessor is that of reletting the property or suing annually for the rents due; no acceleration of lease payments is permitted.

21

The Fund also holds debt obligations payable solely from the revenues of health care institutions. Certain provisions under California state law may adversely affect these revenues and, consequently, payment of those debt obligations.

The Federally sponsored Medicaid program for health care services to eligible welfare recipients is known as the Medi-Cal program. In the past, the Medi-Cal program has provided a cost-based system of reimbursement for impatient care furnished to Medi-Cal beneficiaries by any eligible hospital. The State now selectively contracts by county with California hospitals to provide reimbursement for non-emergency inpatient services to Medi-Cal beneficiaries, generally on a flat per-diem payment basis regardless of cost. California law also permits private health plans and insurers to contract selectively with hospitals for services to beneficiaries on negotiated terms, generally at rates lower than standard charges.

Debt obligations payable solely from revenues of health care institutions may also be insured by the state pursuant to an insurance program operated by the Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (the “Office”). Most of such debt obligations are secured by a mortgage of real property in favor of the Office and the holders. If a default occurs on such insured debt obligations, the Office has the option of either continuing to meet debt service obligations or foreclosing the mortgage and requesting the State Treasurer to issue debentures payable from a reserve fund established under the insurance fund or payable from appropriated state funds.

Security for certain debt obligations held by the Fund may be in form of a mortgage or deed of trust on real property. California has statutory provisions which limit the remedies of a creditor secured by a mortgage or deed of trust. Principally, the provisions establish conditions governing the limits of a creditor’s right to a deficiency judgment. In the case of a default, the creditor’s rights under the mortgage or deed of trust are subject to constraints imposed by California real property law upon transfers of title to real property by private power of sale. These laws require that the loan must have been in arrears for at least seven months before foreclosure proceedings can begin. Under California’s anti-deficiency legislation, there is no personal recourse against a mortgagor of single-family residence regardless of whether the creditor chooses judicial or non-judicial foreclosure. These disruptions could disrupt the stream of revenues available to the issuer for paying debt service.

Under California law, mortgage loans secured by single-family owner-occupied dwellings may be prepaid at any time. Prepayment changes on such mortgage loans may be imposed only with respect to voluntary payments made during the first five years of the mortgage loan, and cannot in any event exceed six months, advance interest on the amount prepaid in excess of 20% of the original principal amount of the mortgage loan. This limitation could affect the flow of revenues available to the issuer for debt service on these outstanding debt obligations.

Substantially all of California is located within an active geologic region subject to major seismic activity. Any California municipal obligation in the Fund could be affected by an interruption of revenues because of damaged facilities, or, consequently, income tax deductions for casualty losses or property tax assessment reductions. Compensatory financial assistance could be constrained by the inability of (1) an issuer to have obtained earthquake insurance coverage at reasonable rates; (2) an issuer to perform on its contract of insurance in the event of widespread losses; or (3) the Federal or State government to appropriate sufficient funds within their respective budget limitations.

As described in the summary above, the Fund’s investments are susceptible to possible adverse

22

effects of the complex political, economic and regulatory matters affecting California issuers. In the view of the Adviser, it is impossible to determine the impact of any legislation, voter initiatives or other similar measures which have been or may be introduced to limit or increase the taxing or spending authority of state and local governments or to predict such governments’ abilities to pay the interest on, or repay the principal of, their obligations. Also, any pending litigation or other actions that may impact California’s budgetary obligations may similarly affect state and local governments’ ability to meet their debt obligations, or otherwise adversely affect California’s financial condition.

Legislation limiting taxation and spending may, however, affect the creditworthiness of state or local agencies in the future. If either California or any of its local governmental entities is unable to meet its financial obligations, the income derived by the Fund, its NAV, its ability to preserve or realize capital appreciation or its liquidity could be adversely affected.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Fundamental Investment Restrictions. The following investment restrictions will not be changed without approval of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities which, as used in the Prospectus and this SAI, means approval by the lesser of (1) the holders of 67% or more of the Fund’s shares represented at a meeting if more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy at that meeting or (2) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares.

The Fund may not:

(1)	Borrow money, except: (i) for temporary or short-term purposes or for the clearance of transactions in amounts not to exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the fund’s total assets (including the amount borrowed) taken at market value; (ii) in connection with the redemption of fund shares or to finance failed settlements of portfolio trades without immediately liquidating portfolio securities or other assets, (iii) in order to fulfill commitments or plans to purchase additional securities pending the anticipated sale of other portfolio securities or assets; (iv) in connection with entering into reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, but only if after each such borrowing there is asset coverage of at least 300% as defined in the 1940 Act; and (v) as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act. For purposes of this investment restriction, the deferral of trustees’ fees and transactions in short sales, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, securities or indices and forward commitment transactions shall not constitute borrowing.
(2)	Invest in commodities or commodity futures contracts, except for transactions in financial derivative contracts. Financial derivatives include forward currency contracts; financial futures contracts and options on financial futures contracts; options and warrants on securities, currencies and financial indices; swaps, caps, floors, collars and swaptions; and repurchase agreements entered into in accordance with the fund’s investment policies.
(3)	Make loans, except that the fund may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the fund’s investment policies up to 33 1/3% of the fund’s total assets taken at market value, (ii) enter into repurchase agreements, and (iii) purchase all or a portion of an issue of publicly distributed debt securities, interests in bank loans,

23

including without limitation, participation interests, bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, debentures or other securities, whether or not the purchase is made upon the original issuance of the securities.

(4)	The fund may not invest 25% or more of the value of its assets in any one industry, provided that this limitation does not apply to (i) tax-exempt municipal securities other than those tax-exempt municipal securities backed only by assets and revenues of non-governmental issuers and (ii) obligations of the U.S. Government or any of its agencies, instrumentalities or authorities.
(5)	Underwrite the securities of other issuers, except insofar as the Fund may be deemed an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933 in disposing of a portfolio security.
(6)	Purchase or sell real estate, real estate investment trust securities. This limitation shall not prevent the Fund from investing in municipal securities secured by real estate or interests in real estate or holding real estate acquired as a result of owning such municipal securities.
(7)	Issue any senior securities, except insofar as the Fund may be deemed to have issued a senior security by: entering into a repurchase agreement; purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis; purchasing or selling any options or financial futures contract; borrowing money or lending securities in accordance with applicable investment restrictions.

Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions. The following investment restrictions are designated as non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

The Fund may not:

1.	Purchase a security if, as a result, (i) more than 10% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of other investment companies, (ii) the fund would hold more than 3% of the total outstanding voting securities of any one investment company, or (iii) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of any one investment company. These limitations do not apply to (a) the investment of cash collateral, received by the fund in connection with lending of the fund’s portfolio securities, in the securities of open-end investment companies or (b) the purchase of shares of any investment company in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization or purchase of substantially all of the assets of another investment company. Subject to the above percentage limitations, the fund may, in connection with the John Hancock Group of Funds Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Trustees/Directors, purchase securities of other investment companies within the John Hancock Group of Funds.
2.	Invest for the purpose of exercising control or management of another company.
3.	Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of securities transactions.
4.	Invest more than 15% of its net assets in securities which are illiquid.

24

Except with respect to borrowing money, if a percentage restriction on investment or utilization of assets as set forth above is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a later change in percentage resulting from changes in the value of the Fund’s assets will not be considered a violation of the restriction.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

The annual rate of portfolio turnover will normally differ for each fund and may vary from year to year as well as within a year. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally involves correspondingly greater brokerage commission expenses, which must be borne directly by the fund. Portfolio turnover is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of fund securities during the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the fund’s securities. (Excluded from the computation are all securities, including options, with maturities at the time of acquisition of one year or less). The portfolio turnover rate for the Fund for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2007 and August 31, 2008 were as follows:

Fund	2007			2008
California Tax-Free Income Fund		41	%		22	%

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Board and the boards of other John Hancock Funds (“JHF”) have adopted a Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings, to protect the interests of the shareholders of the Trust and to address potential conflicts of interest that could arise between the interests of shareholders and the interests of the Adviser, or the interests of a Fund’s subadvisers, principal underwriter or affiliated persons of the Fund’s Adviser or principal underwriter. The Trust’s general policy with respect to the release of portfolio holdings to nonaffiliated persons is to do so only in limited circumstances and only to provide nonpublic information regarding portfolio holdings to any person, including affiliated persons, on a “need to know” basis and, when released, to release such information only as consistent with applicable legal requirements and the fiduciary duties owed to shareholders. The Trust applies its policy uniformly to all parties, including individual and institutional investors, intermediaries, affiliated persons of the Fund, and to all third party service providers and rating agencies.

The Trust posts on the fifth business day after month-end, the following information for each fund will be posted on www.jhfunds.com: top ten holdings (% of each position); top ten sector analysis; total return/yield; top ten countries/SIC; average quality/maturity; beta/alpha/r2 (open-end funds only); top ten portfolio composition; number of holdings; and bond fund duration. The Trust posts to its Web site at www.jhfunds.com complete portfolio holdings for the Fund thirty (30) days after each calendar month end. The Fund also discloses its complete portfolio holdings information quarterly to the SEC using Form N-Q within 60 days of the end of the first and third quarter ends of the Trust’s fiscal year and on Form N-CSR on the second and fourth quarter ends of the Trust’s fiscal year. Form N-Q is not required to be mailed to shareholders, but is made public through the SEC electronic filings. Shareholders receive either complete portfolio holdings information or summaries of the Fund’s portfolio holdings with their annual and semi-annual reports.

Portfolio holdings information that is not publicly available will be released only pursuant to the exceptions described in the Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings. Material nonpublic holdings information may be provided to nonaffiliated persons as part of the

25

investment activities of the Fund to: entities which, by explicit agreement, are required to maintain the confidentiality of the information disclosed; rating organizations, such as Moody’s, S&P, Morningstar and Lipper; or other entities for the purpose of compiling reports and preparing data; proxy voting services for the purpose of voting proxies; entities providing computer software; courts (including bankruptcy courts) or regulators with jurisdiction over the Trust, and its affiliates; and, institutional traders to assist in research and trade execution. Exceptions to the portfolio holdings release policy can only be approved by the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) or his duly authorized delegate after considering: (a) the purpose of providing such information; (b) the procedures that will be used to ensure that such information remains confidential and is not traded upon; and (c) whether such disclosure is in the best interest of the shareholders.

At this time, the entities receiving information described in the preceding paragraph are: Vestek (holdings, monthly with 30 day lag); Morningstar (holdings, monthly with 32 day lag); Lipper (holdings, monthly with 32 day lag); Fact Set (holdings, daily); PricewaterhouseCoopers (prices, annual audits); Confluence (holdings, daily); ISS (holdings, daily); Elkins McSherry (purchases and sales, quarterly); NASDQ (net asset values per share (“NAVs”), daily); Charles River (holdings and securities details, daily); and DST (NAVs, daily).

The CCO is also required to pre-approve the disclosure of nonpublic information regarding portfolio holdings to any affiliated persons of the Trust. The CCO will use the same three considerations stated above before approving disclosure of nonpublic information to affiliated persons.

The CCO shall report to the Board whenever additional disclosures of portfolio holdings are approved. The CCO’s report shall be at the Board meeting following such approval.

When the CCO believes that the disclosure of nonpublic information to a nonaffiliated person is a potential conflict of interest between the interest of the shareholders and the interest of affiliated persons of the Trust, the CCO shall refer the conflict to the Board. The Board shall then only permit such disclosure of the nonpublic information if in its reasonable business judgment it concludes that such disclosure will be in the best interests of the Trust’s shareholders.

The receipt of compensation by the Fund, the Adviser, a subadviser or an affiliate as consideration for disclosing nonpublic portfolio holdings information is not deemed a legitimate business purpose and is strictly forbidden.

THOSE RESPONSIBLE FOR MANAGEMENT

The business of the Fund is managed by its Trustees, including certain Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the Fund or the Trust (the “Independent Trustees”), who elect officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Fund and who execute policies formulated by the Board. Several of the officers and Trustees of the Trust are also officers or Directors of the Adviser, or officers and Directors of the Fund’s principal distributor, John Hancock Funds, LLC (“John Hancock Funds” or the “Distributor”).

26

				Number of
				John
				Hancock
	Position(s)	Trustee/		Funds
Name, Address (1)	Held with	Officer	Principal Occupation(s) and other	Overseen by
And Age	Fund	since (2)	Directorships During Past 5 Years	Trustee
Independent Trustees
James F. Carlin Born: 1940	Chairman and Trustee	2007 1994	Director and Treasurer, Alpha Analytical Laboratories (chemical analysis) (since 1985); Part Owner and Treasurer, Lawrence Carlin Insurance Agency, Inc. (since 1995); Part Owner and Vice President, Mone Lawrence Carlin Insurance Agency, Inc. (until 2005); Chairman and CEO, Carlin Consolidated, Inc. (management/investments) (since 1987); Trustee, Massachusetts Health and Education Tax Exempt Trust (1993-2003).		50

(1)	Business address of allTrustees and officers is 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805.
(2)	Each Trustee serves until resignation, retirement age or until her or his successor is elected.

27

					Number of
					John
					Hancock
	Position(s)	Trustee/			Funds
Name, Address (1)	Held with	Officer		Principal Occupation(s) and other	Overseen by
And Age	Fund	since (2)		Directorships During Past 5 Years	Trustee
Independent Trustees
William H. Cunningham Born: 1944	Trustee		1989	Former Chancellor, University of Texas System and former President of the University of Texas, Austin, Texas; Chairman and CEO, IBT Technologies (until 2001); Director of the following: Hire.com (until 2004), STC Broadcasting, Inc. and Sunrise Television Corp. (until 2001), Symtx, Inc.(electronic manufacturing) (since 2001), Adorno/Rogers Technology, Inc. (until 2004), Pinnacle Foods Corporation (until 2003), rateGenius (until 2003), Lincoln National Corporation (insurance) (since 2006), Jefferson-Pilot Corporation (diversified life insurance company) (until 2006), New Century Equity Holdings (formerly Billing Concepts) (until 2001), eCertain (until 2001), ClassMap.com (until 2001), Agile Ventures (until 2001), AskRed.com (until 2001), Southwest Airlines (since 2000), Introgen (manufacturer of bio-pharmaceuticals) (since 2000) and Viasystems, Group, Inc. (electronic manufacturer) (until 2003); Advisory Director, Interactive Bridge, Inc. (college fundraising) (until 2001); Advisory Director, Q Investments (until 2003); Advisory Director, JP Morgan Chase Bank (formerly Texas Commerce Bank – Austin), LIN Television (since 2002), WilTel Communications (until 2003) and Hayes Lemmerz International, Inc. (diversified automotive parts supply company) (since 2003).		50

(1)	Business address of all Trustees and officers is 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805.
(2)	Each Trustee serves until resignation, retirement age or until her or his successor is elected.

28

					Number of
					John Hancock
	Position(s)	Trustee/			Funds
Name, Address (1)	Held with	Officer		Principal Occupation(s) and other	Overseen by
And Age	Fund	since (2)		Directorships During Past 5 Years	Trustee
Independent Trustees
Deborah C. Jackson (1952)	Trustee		2008	Chief Executive Officer, American Red Cross of Massachusetts Bay (since 2002); Board of Directors of Eastern Bank Corporation (since 2001); Board of Directors of Eastern Bank Charitable Foundation (since 2001); Board of Directors of American Student Association Corp. (since 1996); Board of Directors of Boston Stock Exchange (2002-2008); Board of Directors of Harvard Pilgrim Healthcare (since 2007).		50
Charles L. Ladner Born: 1938	Trustee		1994	Chairman and Trustee, Dunwoody Village, Inc. (retirement services) (until 2003); Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, UGI Corporation (public utility holding company) (retired 1998); Vice President and Director for AmeriGas, Inc. (retired 1998); Director of AmeriGas Partners, L.P. (gas distribution)(until 1997); Director, EnergyNorth, Inc. (until 1995); Director, Parks and History Association (until 2007).		50
Stanley Martin (1947)	Trustee		2008	Senior Vice President/Audit Executive, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (2004-2006); Executive Vice President/Consultant, HSBC Bank USA (2000-2003); Chief Financial Officer/Executive Vice President, Republic New York Corporation & Republic National Bank of New York (1998-2000); Partner, KPMG LLP (1971-1998).		50
John A. Moore Born: 1939	Trustee		2005	President and Chief Executive Officer, Institute for Evaluating Health Risks, (nonprofit institution) (until 2001); Senior Scientist, Sciences International (health research)(until 2003); Former Assistant Administrator & Deputy Administrator, Environmental Protection Agency; Principal, Hollyhouse (consulting)(since 2000); Director, CIIT Center for Health Science Research (nonprofit research) (since 2002).		50

(1) Business address of all Trustees and officers is 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805.

29

(2) Each Trustee serves until resignation, retirement age or until her or his successor is elected.

30

					Number of
					John Hancock
	Position(s)	Trustee/			Funds
Name, Address (1)	Held with	Officer		Principal Occupation(s) and other	Overseen by
And Age	Fund	since (2)		Directorships During Past 5 Years	Trustee
Independent Trustees
Patti McGill Peterson Born: 1943	Trustee		2005	Principal, PMP Globalinc (consulting) (since 2007); Senior Associate, Institute for Higher Education Policy (since 2007); Executive Director, CIES (international education agency) (until 2007); Vice President, Institute of International Education (until 2007); Senior Fellow, Cornell University Institute of Public Affairs, Cornell University (1997-1998); Former President Wells College, St. Lawrence University and the Association of Colleges and Universities of the State of New York. Director of the following: Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation (until 2003); Security Mutual Life (insurance) (until 1997); ONBANK (until 1993). Trustee of the following: Board of Visitors, The University of Wisconsin, Madison (since 2007); Ford Foundation, International Fellowships Program (until 2007); UNCF, International Development Partnerships (until 2005); Roth Endowment (since 2002); Council for International Educational Exchange (since 2003).		50
Steven R. Pruchansky Born: 1944	Trustee		1994	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Greenscapes of Southwest Florida, Inc. (since 2000); Director and President, Greenscapes of Southwest Florida, Inc. (until 2000); Member, Board of Advisors, First American Bank (since 2008); Managing Director, Jon James, LLC (real estate) (since 2000); Director, First Signature Bank & Trust Company (until 1991); Director, Mast Realty Trust (until 1994); President, Maxwell Building Corp. (until 1991).		50

(1)	Business address of all Trustees and officers is 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805.
(2)	Each Trustee serves until resignation, retirement age or until her or his successor is elected.

31

					Number of
					John Hancock
	Position(s)	Trustee/			Funds
Name, Address (1)	Held with	Officer		Principal Occupation(s) and other	Overseen by
And Age	Fund	since (2)		Directorships During Past 5 Years	Trustee
Non-Independent Trustee
James R. Boyle (3) Born: 1959	Trustee		2005	Executive Vice President, Manulife Financial (since 1999); Director and President, John Hancock Variable Life Insurance Company (‘JHLICO’) (since 2007); Director and Executive Vice President , John Hancock Life Insurance Company (“JHLICO”) (since 2004); Chairman and Director, the Adviser, (“JHA”) The Berkeley Financial Group, LLC (“The Berkeley Group”) (holding company) and John Hancock Funds (since 2005); Chairman and Director, John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (“JHIMS”) (since 2006); Senior Vice President, The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A) (until 2004).		267

(1)	Business address of all Trustees and officers is 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805.
(2)	Each Trustee serves until resignation, retirement age or until her or his successor is elected.
(3)	Non-Independent Trustee: holds positions with the Fund’s investment adviser, underwriter, and/ or certain other affiliates.

32

	Position(s)
Name, Address (1)	Held	Officer		Principal Occupation(s) and other Directorships
And Age	with Fund	since		During Past 5 Years
Principal Officers who are not Trustees
Keith F. Hartstein Born: 1956	President and Chief Executive Officer		2005	Senior Vice President, Manulife Financial (since 2004); Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, the Adviser, The Berkeley Group, John Hancock Funds (since 2005); Director, MFC Global (U.S. (since 2005); Chairman and Director, John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (“Signature Services”) (since 2005); Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, JHIMS (since 2006); President and Chief Executive Officer, John Hancock Funds (“JHF”), John Hancock Funds II (“JHF II”), John Hancock Funds III (“JHF III”) and John Hancock Trust (“JHT”) (since 2005); Director, Chairman and President, NM Capital Management, Inc. (since 2005); Member and former Chairman, Investment Company Institute Sales Force Marketing Committee (since 2003); Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, MFC Global (U.S.) (2005-2006); Executive Vice President, John Hancock Funds, LLC (until 2005).
Thomas M. Kinzler Born: 1955	Secretary and Chief Legal Officer		2006	Vice President and Counsel for JHLICO (U.S.A.)(since 2006); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, JHF, JHF II and JHT (since 2006); Vice President and Associate General Counsel, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company (1999-2006); Secretary and Chief Legal Counsel, MML Series Investment Fund (2000-2006); Secretary and Chief Legal Counsel, MassMutual Institutional Funds (2000-2004); Secretary and Chief Legal Counsel, MassMutual Select Funds and MassMutual Premier Funds (2004-2006).
Francis V. Knox, Jr. Born: 1947	Chief Compliance Officer		2005	Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, JHIMS, the Adviser and MFC Global (U.S.) (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer, JHF. JHF II, JHF III and JHT (since 2005); Vice President and Assistant Treasurer, Fidelity Group of Funds (until 2004); Vice President and Ethics & Compliance Officer, Fidelity Investments (until 2001).
Gordon M. Shone Born: 1956	Treasurer		2006	Senior Vice President, JHLICO (U.S.A.) (since 2001); Treasurer, JHF (since 2006); JHF II, JHF III and JHT (since 2005); Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, JHT (2003-2005); Vice President, JHIMS and the Adviser (since 2006), The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (1998-2000.

(1) Business address of all Trustees and officers is 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805.

33

	Position(s)
Name, Address (1)	Held with	Officer		Principal Occupation(s) and other Directorships
And Age	Fund	since		During Past 5 Years
John G. Vrysen Born: 1955	Chief Operating Officer		2005	Senior Vice President, Manulife Financial (since 2006); Senior Vice President, JHILCO (since 2004); Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, the Adviser, The Berkeley Group and John Hancock Funds (since 2007); Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, JHIMS (since 2007); Chief Operating Officer, JHF, JHF II, JHF III and JHT (since 2007); Director, Executive Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer, the Adviser, The Berkeley Group and John Hancock Funds (2005-2007); Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, JHIMS ( 2005-2007), Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, MFC Global (U.S.) (2005-2007); Director, Signature Services (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer, JHF, JHF II, JHF III and JHT (2005-2007 ); Vice President and General Manager, Fixed Annuities, U.S. Wealth Management (2004-2005); Vice President, Operations, Manulife Wood Logan (2000-2004).
Charles A. Rizzo 1957	Chief Financial Officer		2007	Chief Financial Officer, John Hancock Funds, John Hancock Funds II, John Hancock Funds III and John Hancock Trust (since 2007-); Assistant Treasurer, Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (2005-2007); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (2005-2007); Managing Director and Treasurer of Scudder Funds, Deutsche Asset Management (2003-2005); Director, Tax and Financial Reporting, Deutsche Asset Management (2002-2003); Vice President and Treasurer, Deutsche Global Fund Services (1999-2002).

(1) Business address of all Trustees and officers is 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805.

The Board currently has four standing Committees: the Audit and Compliance Committee, the Governance Committee, the Contracts/Operations Committee and the Investment Performance Committee. Each Committee is comprised of the Independent Trustees.

The Audit and Compliance Committee members are Messrs. Ladner, Martin and Moore and Ms. McGill Peterson. All of the members of the Committee are independent and each member is financially literate with at least one having accounting or financial management expertise. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Committee. The Committee recommends to the full board auditors for the Fund, monitors and oversees the audits of the Fund, communicates with both independent auditors and internal auditors on a regular basis and provides a forum for the auditors to report and discuss any matters they deem appropriate at any time. The Committee held five meetings during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

The Governance Committee members are all of the Independent Trustees. The Committee makes recommendations to the Board on issues related to corporate governance applicable to the Independent Trustees and to the composition and operation of the Board and to assume duties,

34

responsibilities and functions to nominate candidates to the Board, together with such addition duties, responsibilities and functions as are delegated to it from time to time. Among other things, the Committee acts as a nominating committee of the Board. In reviewing a potential nominee and in evaluating the renomination of current Independent Trustees, the Committee will generally apply the following criteria: (i) the nominee’s reputation for integrity, honesty and adherence to high ethical standards, (ii) the nominee’s business acumen, experience and ability to exercise sound judgments, (iii) a commitment to understand the Fund and the responsibilities of a trustee of an investment company, (iv) a commitment to regularly attend and participate in meetings of the Board and its committees, (v) the ability to understand potential conflicts of interest involving management of the Fund and to act in the interests of all shareholders, and (vi) the absence of a real or apparent conflict of interest that would impair the nominee’s ability to represent the interests of all the shareholders and to fulfill the responsibilities of an Independent Trustee. The Committee does not necessarily place the same emphasis on each criteria and each nominee may not have each of these qualities. The Committee does not discriminate on the basis of race, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, disability or any other basis proscribed by law. The Committee held two meeting during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

As long as an existing Independent Trustee continues, in the opinion of the Committee, to satisfy these criteria, the Trust anticipates that the Committee would favor the renomination of an existing Trustee rather than a new candidate. Consequently, while the Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders to serve as trustees, the Committee may only act upon such recommendations if there is a vacancy on the Board or a Committee determines that the selection of a new or additional Independent Trustee is in the best interests of the Trust. In the event that a vacancy arises or a change in Board membership is determined to be advisable, the Committee will, in addition to any shareholder recommendations, consider candidates identified by other means, including candidates proposed by members of the Committee. While it has not done so in the past, the Committee may retain a consultant to assist the Committee in a search for a qualified candidate.

Any shareholder recommendation must be submitted in compliance with all of the pertinent provisions of Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) to be considered by the Committee. In evaluating a nominee recommended by a shareholder, the Committee, in addition to the criteria discussed above, may consider the objectives of the shareholder in submitting that nomination and whether such objectives are consistent with the interests of all shareholders. If the Board determines to include a shareholder’s candidate among the slate of nominees, the candidate’s name will be placed on the Fund’s proxy card. If the Committee or the Board determines not to include such candidate among the Board’s designated nominees and the shareholder has satisfied the requirements of Rule 14a-8, the shareholder’s candidate will be treated as a nominee of the shareholder who originally nominated the candidate. In that case, the candidate will not be named on the proxy card distributed with the Trust’s proxy statement.

Shareholders may communicate with the members of the Board as a group or individually. Any such communication should be sent to the Board or an individual Trustee c/o The Secretary of the Trust at the following address: 601 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210-2805. The Secretary may determine not to forward any letter to the members of the Board that does not relate to the business of the Trust.

The Contracts/Operations Committee members are Messrs. Carlin, Cunningham and Pruchansky. The Committee oversees the initiation, operation, and renewal of contracts between the Fund and other entities. These contracts include advisory and subadvisory agreements (if,

35

applicable), custodial and transfer agency agreements and arrangements with other service providers. The Committee held four meetings during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

The Investment Performance Committee members are all of the Independent Trustees. The Committee monitors and analyzes the performance of the Fund generally, consults with the Adviser as necessary if the Fund requires special attention, and reviews peer groups and other comparative standards as necessary. The Investment Performance Committee held four meetings during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.

The following table provides a dollar range indicating each Trustee’s ownership of equity securities of the Fund, as well as aggregate holdings of shares of equity securities of all funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex overseen by the Trustee, as of December 31, 2007.

		Aggregate Dollar Range of
	Dollar Range of Fund shares	holdings in John Hancock funds
Name of Trustee	Owned by Trustee (1)	overseen by Trustee (1)
Independent Trustees
James F. Carlin	None	Over $100,00
William H. Cunningham	None	Over $100,000
Deborah C. Jackson(2)	None	None
Charles L. Ladner	None	Over $100,000
Stanley Martin(2)	None	None
Dr. John A. Moore	None	Over $100,000
Patti McGill Peterson	None	Over $100,000
Steven R. Pruchansky	None	Over $100,000
Non-Independent Trustee
James R. Boyle	None	$10,001-$50,000

(1)

The Fund participates in the John Hancock Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Trustees (the “Plan”). Under the Plan, an Independent Trustee may elect to have his or her deferred fees invested in shares of one or more funds in the John Hancock fund complex and the amount paid to the Trustees under the Plan will be determined based upon performance of such investments. The current value of the funds that the participating Independent Trustees have selected under the Plan is included in this column. Deferral of Trustees’ fees does not obligate the Trust to retain the services of any Trustee or obligate the Trust to pay any particular level of compensation to the Trustee. Under these circumstances, the Trustee is not the legal owner of the underlying shares, but does participate in any positive or negative return on those shares to the same extent as all other shareholders.

(2)

Mr. Martin was appointed by the Board as a Trustee on September 8, 2008 and Ms. Jackson was appointed effective October 1, 2008.

The following table provides information regarding the compensation paid by the Fund and the other investment companies in the John Hancock Fund Complex to the Independent Trustees for their services. Any Non-Independent Trustee and each of the officers of the Fund who are interested persons of the Adviser, and/or affiliates are compensated by the Adviser and receive no compensation from the Fund for their services.

36

			Total Compensation from all
	Aggregate Compensation		Funds in John Hancock Fund
Trustees	From the Fund (1)		Complex to Trustees (2)
James F. Carlin	$	2,268	$	145,250
William H. Cunningham*	$	1,652	$	145,250
Deborah C. Jackson**	None		None
Charles L. Ladner*	$	1,652	$	146,000
Stanley Martin**	None		None
Dr. John A. Moore*	$	2,097	$	181,000
Patti McGill Peterson*	$	1,652	$	151,000
Steven R. Pruchansky*	$	2,173	$	180,250

(1)	Compensation is for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.
(2)	Total compensation paid by the John Hancock Funds Complex to the Independent Trustees is as of December 31, 2007. As of this date, Messrs. Carlin, Ladner, Moore and Pruchansky and Ms. McGill Peterson oversaw forty-nine funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex.
*	As of December 31, 2007, the value of the aggregate accrued deferred compensation amount from all funds in the John Hancock Funds Complex for Mr. Cunningham was $240,195, Mr. Ladner was $89,569, Dr. Moore was $363,017, Ms. McGill Peterson was $94,066, and Mr. Pruchansky was $388,329 under the Plan.
**	Mr. Martin was appointed by the Board as a Trustee on September 9, 2008 and Ms. Jackson was appointed effective October 1, 2008.

All of the officers listed are officers or employees of the Adviser or affiliated companies. Some of the Trustees and officers may also be officers and/or directors and/or Trustees of one or more of the other funds for which the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser.

As of December 1, 2008, the officers and Trustees of the Fund as a group, owned beneficially less than 1% of these outstanding shares. As of that date, the following shareholders were the only record holders that beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of each class of the Fund:

Name and Address of Owners of More
than 5% of Shares	Class A	Class B	Class C
MLPF&S For The	5.59%	25.71%		18.77	%
Sole Benefit of Its Customers Attn: Fund Administration
4800 Deerlake Drive East 2nd Floor
Jacksonville FL 32246-6484
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.				8.73	%
Att: Cindy Tempesta 7th Floor
333 West 34th Street
New York NY 10001-2402

37

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

The Adviser, located at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805, a premier investment management company, managed approximately $21 billion in open-end funds, closed-end funds, private accounts, retirement plans and related party assets for individual and institutional investors as of September 30, 2008. Additional information about the Adviser can be found on the website: www.jhfunds.com.

The Subadviser, MFC Global (U.S.), located at 101 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199, was organized in 1979 and as of September 30, 2008 approximately $25 billion in assets under management. The Subadviser is a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of John Hancock Financial Services, Inc. (an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation).

The Adviser serves as investment adviser to the Fund and is responsible for the supervision of MFC Global (U.S.)’s services to the Fund.

The Fund has entered into an investment management contract (the “Advisory Agreement”), with the Adviser which was approved by the Fund’s shareholders on December 22, 1994. Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, in conjunction with the Subadviser, the Adviser will: (a) furnish continuously an investment program for the Fund and determine, subject to the overall supervision and review of the Trustees, which investments should be purchased, held, sold or exchanged; and (b) provide supervision over all aspects of the Fund’s operations except those that are delegated to a custodian, transfer agent or other agent.

The Adviser and the Fund have entered into a Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Subadviser under which the Subadviser, subject to the review of the Trustees and the overall supervision of the Adviser, is responsible for managing the investment operations of the Fund and the composition of the Fund’s portfolio and furnishing the Fund with advice and recommendations with respect to investments, investment policies and the purchase and sale of securities.

The Fund bears all costs of its organization and operation, including but not limited to expenses of preparing, printing and mailing all shareholders’ reports, notices, prospectuses, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of shares; government fees; interest charges; expenses of furnishing to shareholders their account statements; taxes; expenses of redeeming shares; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio securities transactions; expenses pursuant to the Fund’s plan of distribution; fees and expenses of custodians including those for keeping books and accounts, maintaining a committed line of credit, and calculating the NAV of shares; fees and expenses of transfer agents and dividend disbursing agents; legal, accounting, financial, management, tax and auditing fees and expenses of the Fund (including an allocable portion of the cost of the Adviser’s employees rendering such services to the Fund); the compensation and expenses of Trustees who are not otherwise affiliated with the Trust, the Adviser or any of their affiliates; expenses of Trustees’ and shareholders’ meetings; trade association membership; insurance premiums; and any extraordinary expenses.

As compensation for its services under the Advisory Agreement, the Fund pays the Adviser monthly a fee based on a stated percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund as follows:

38

Average Daily Net Assets	Annual Rate
First $500,000,000		0.55	%
Amount over $500,000,000*		0.50	%

* Breakpoint added as of the close of business on June 30, 2003.

From time to time, the Adviser may reduce its fee or make other arrangements to limit the Fund’s expenses to a specified percentage of its average daily net assets. The Adviser retains the right to reimpose a fee and recover other payments to the extent that, at the end of any fiscal year, the Fund’s actual expenses at year end fall below this limit.

For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, the advisory fees payable to the Fund’s Adviser amounted to $1,827,595, $1,825,003 and $1,790,496, respectively.

As compensation for its services under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Adviser (not the Fund) pays the Subadviser quarterly a fee based on a stated percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund as follows:

Average Daily Net Assets	Annual Rate
First $500,000,000		0.200	%
Next $500,000,000		0.150	%
Amount over $1 billion		0.150	%

Securities held by the Fund may also be held by other funds or investment advisory clients for which the Adviser, the Subadviser or their respective affiliates provide investment advice. Because of different investment objectives or other factors, a particular security may be bought for one or more funds or clients when one or more other funds or clients are selling the same security. If opportunities for purchase or sale of securities by the Adviser or Subadviser for the Fund or for other funds or clients for which the Adviser or Subadviser renders investment advice, arise for consideration at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds or clients in a manner deemed equitable to all of them. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of the Adviser, the Subadviser or their respective affiliates may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price.

Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Adviser and Subadviser are not liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which their respective Agreements relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser or Subadviser in the performance of their duties or from their reckless disregard of the obligations and duties under the applicable Agreements.

Under the Advisory Agreement, the Fund may use the name “John Hancock” or any name derived from or similar to it only for so long as the Advisory Agreement or any extension, renewal or amendment thereof remains in effect. If the Advisory Agreement is no longer in effect, the Fund (to the extent that it lawfully can) will cease to use such name or any other name indicating that it is advised by or otherwise connected with the Adviser. In addition, the Adviser or the John Hancock Life Insurance Company (the “Life Company”) may grant the non-exclusive right to use the name “John Hancock” or any similar name to any other corporation or

39

entity, including but not limited to any investment company of which the Life Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof or any successor to the business of any subsidiary or affiliate thereof shall be the investment adviser.

The continuation of the Advisory Agreement and the Distribution Agreement (discussed below) and the initial approval of the Sub-Advisory Agreement were approved by all Trustees. The Advisory Agreement, Sub-Advisory Agreement and the Distribution Agreement, will continue in effect from year to year, provided that their continuance is approved annually both (i) by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust or by the Trustees, and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Agreement or “interested persons” of any such parties. Both Agreements may be terminated on 60 days written notice by any party or by vote of a majority to the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and will terminate automatically if assigned. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically upon the termination of the Advisory Agreement.

Personnel of the Adviser and its affiliates may trade securities for their personal accounts. The Fund also may hold, or may be buying or selling, the same securities. To prevent the Fund from being disadvantaged, the Adviser, Subadviser, principal underwriter and the Fund have adopted a code of ethics which restricts the trading activity of those personnel.

Accounting and Legal Services Agreement. The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, is a party to an Accounting and Legal Services Agreement with the Adviser and its affiliates. Pursuant to this Agreement, the Adviser provides the Fund with certain tax, accounting and legal services. For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, the Fund paid Adviser $67,102, $40,057 and $37,228, respectively, for services under this Agreement.

Advisers and Subadvisers — Other Business Relationships. A description of business relationships among the Adviser, the Subadviser, JHIMS¹ other John Hancock Funds’ subadvisers and Manulife Financial’s affiliates is below:

Business Arrangement between JHIMS and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC (“GMO”). As a part of the overall business arrangement between JHIMS and GMO under which JHIMS has obtained exclusive rights to certain GMO investment management services for up to five years, JHIMS has agreed that under certain circumstances it (and not JHF II², JHF III³ or JHT⁴ or a particular fund) will pay to GMO a specified amount (up to $25 million if the GMO subadvisory agreement is terminated within a five year period from the date of its effectiveness. JHIMS has also agreed that, subject to its fiduciary duties as an investment adviser to each fund and its shareholders, it will not recommend to the Board of Trustees to terminate the applicable GMO subadvisory agreement or to reduce any of the fees payable thereunder to GMO for a five year period from the date of its effectiveness. Neither JHF III, JHT nor JHF II is a party to any of these arrangements, and they are not binding upon JHF III, JHT, JHF II, the funds subadvised by GMO or the Board of Trustees of JHF III/JHT/JHF II. However, these arrangements present certain conflicts of interest because JHIMS has a financial incentive to support the continuation of the GMO agreement for as long as the termination provisions described above remain in effect.

Independence Investment LLC (“Independence”) Business Arrangement. On May 31, 2006 a subsidiary of Manulife entered into an agreement with the parent of Convergent Capital Management (“Convergent”) pursuant to which substantially all of the assets of Independence, a subsidiary of Manulife, were transferred to a newly formed subsidiary (“New Independence”) of Convergent (the “Transaction”). Prior to the closing of the Transaction, Independence was the

40

subadviser to the Small Cap Trust, a series of John Hancock Trust, and the Small Cap Fund, a series of JHF II and of John Hancock Equity Trust (collectively, the “Funds”) and at the closing of the Transaction New Independence became the subadviser to the Funds.

The Transaction was structured as a sale of assets. At closing Convergent paid Manulife approximately $25 million (subject to adjustment). In addition, Convergent will also make contingent payments to Manulife on certain anniversary dates of the closing if the revenue received by New Independence from the management of proprietary accounts of Manulife and its affiliates or accounts for which Manulife or its affiliates act as investment adviser meet certain revenue targets. Consequently, while the contingent payments are not dependent upon the approval or continuation of the subadvisory agreements with respect to any of the Funds, the revenues earned by New Independence as a result of its subadvisory relationship with respect to the Funds would count towards the revenue target necessary to earn the contingent payments. The maximum amount of contingent payments is $10 million. Nothing in the agreement between Manulife and Convergent imposes any limitations upon the rights of JHIMS to recommend termination of the New Independence Subadvisory Agreements.

Pzena Investment Management, LLC (“Pzena”) Agreement for the JHF III Classic Value Mega Cap Fund. JHIMS and Pzena have entered into an agreement regarding the Classic Value Mega Cap Fund, a JHF III fund, under which Pzena has agreed not to serve as investment adviser (including subadviser) to another investment company managed in a style similar to the Class Value Mega Cap Fund for a certain period of time. In the event Pzena should advise such an investment company, the agreement would entitle JHIMS to certain liquidated damages due to the fact that JHIMS and the distributor to the Classic Value Mega Cap Fund will make unreimbursed expenditures in the organization and ongoing promotion of the fund.

Epoch Investment Partners, Inc. (“EPOCH”) Agreement for the JHF III Global Shareholder Yield Fund. JHIMS and EPOCH have entered into an agreement regarding the Global Shareholder Yield Fund, a JHF III fund, under which EPOCH has agreed not to serve as investment adviser (including subadviser) to another investment company managed in a style similar to the Global Shareholder Yield Fund for a certain period of time. In the event EPOCH should advise such an investment company, the agreement would entitle JHIMS to certain liquidated damages due to the fact that JHIMS and the distributor to the Global Shareholder Yield Fund will make unreimbursed expenditures in the organization and ongoing promotion of the fund.

Advisory and Sub-Advisory Relationships with Other Funds. JHIMS is also the investment adviser for all of the series of John Hancock Funds II (“JHF II”) and John Hancock Trust (“JHT”).

The following John Hancock Funds’ (JHF⁵) subadvisers are also subadvisers to JHF II and JHT:

1. Sustainable Growth Advisers, LP is the subadviser to the U.S. Global Leaders Growth Fund/Trust.

2. Pzena is the subadviser to the Classic Value Fund/Trust, Classic Value Fund II, International Classic Value and Classic Value Mega Cap Funds.

3. MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited (“MFC Global (U.S.A.)”) is the subadviser to the 500 Index Trust, 500 Index Trust B, Absolute Return Portfolio/Trust, American Diversified Growth & Income Portfolio/Trust, American Fundamental Holdings

41

Portfolio/Trust, American Global Diversification Portfolio/Trust, Franklin Templeton Founding Allocation Trust, Index 500 Fund, Index Allocation Trust, Lifecycle Portfolios, Lifestyle Portfolios/Trusts, Mid Cap Index Fund/Trust, Money Market Fund/Trust, Money Market Trust B, Optimized Value Fund/Trust, Optimized All Cap Fund/Trust, Pacific Rim Trust, Retirement Distribution Portfolio, Retirement Rising Distribution Portfolio, Small Cap Index Fund/Trust and Total Stock Market Index Fund/Trust.

4. MFC Global (U.S.), LLC (“MFC Global (U.S.)) is the subadviser to the Active Bond Fund/Trust, Global Small Cap Opportunities Fund, Emerging Growth Fund/Trust, High Income Fund/Trust, Leveraged Companies Fund, Small Cap Intrinsic Value Fund/Trust and Strategic Income Fund/Trust,

5.	GMO is the subadviser to the Growth Fund/Trust, Growth Opportunities Fund/Trust, International Core Fund/Trust, International Growth Fund/Trust, Intrinsic Value Fund/Trust, Managed Fund/Trust, U.S. Multi Sector Fund/Trust, Value Opportunities Fund/Trust and U. S. Core Fund/Trust.
6.	Independence is the subadviser to the Small Cap Fund/Trust.
7.	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. (“Deutsche”) is the subadviser consultant to Lifestyle Portfolios/Trust, Lifecycle Portfolios.

John Hancock Freedom 529. The John Hancock Freedom 529 is a national multimanaged Section 529 education savings plan. Several of the portfolios offered by John Hancock Freedom 529 are managed by JHA and Pzena is the subadviser.

John Hancock Private Client Group. MFC Global (U.S.) provides investment advisory services to the John Hancock Private Client Group which services separately managed accounts sponsored by broker dealers.

Management of John Hancock/Manulife Assets. Several of the affiliated subadvisers such as MFC Global (U.S.A.) and MFC Global (U.S.) provide investment advisory services to John Hancock/Manulife for “on balance sheet assets.”

Affiliates of Subadvisers That Distribute John Hancock Products. Affiliates of the following John Hancock Funds subadvisers also distribute other John Hancock products:

1.	Deutsche (Alex Brown and Scudder)
2.	Independence (City National)
3.	John Hancock Financial Network (affiliate of JHIMS, MFC Global (U.S.) and MFC Global (U.S.A.))

1	John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLP (JHIMS), a registered investment adviser.
2	John Hancock Funds II (JHF II), a Massachusetts business trust organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and is an open-end investment management company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940;
3	John Hancock Funds III (JHF III), a Massachusetts business trust organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and is an open-end investment management company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

42

4	John Hancock Trust (JHT), a Massachusetts business trust organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and is an open-end investment management company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and
5	John Hancock Funds (JHF), consists of fifteen Massachusetts business trusts organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and are open-end investment management companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; includes nine closed-end investment management companies

Proxy Voting. The Trust’s proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Trust’s Procedures”) delegate to the Subadviser the responsibility to vote all proxies relating to securities held by that portfolio in accordance with the Subadviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures. A Subadviser has a duty to vote such proxies in the best interests of the portfolio and its shareholders. Complete descriptions of the Trust’s Procedures and the proxy voting procedures of the Subadviser are set forth in Appendix D to this SAI.

It is possible that conflicts of interest could arise for a Subadviser when voting proxies. Such conflicts could arise, for example, when the Subadviser or its affiliate has a client or other business relationship with the issuer of the security being voted or with a third party that has an interest in the vote. A conflict of interest could also arise when the Trust, its investment adviser or principal underwriter or any of their affiliates has an interest in the vote.

In the event a Subadviser becomes aware of a material conflict of interest, the Trust’s Procedures generally require the Subadviser to follow any conflicts procedures that may be included in the Subadvisers proxy voting procedures. Although conflicts procedures will vary among subadvisers, they generally include one or more of the following:

(a) voting pursuant to the recommendation of a third party voting service;

(b) voting pursuant to pre-determined voting guidelines; or

(c) referring voting to a special compliance or oversight committee.

The specific conflicts procedures of the Subadviser are set forth in its proxy voting procedures included in Appendix D. While these conflicts procedures may reduce, they will not necessarily eliminate, any influence on proxy voting of conflicts of interest.

Although the Subadviser has a duty to vote all proxies on behalf of the portfolios it subadvises, it is possible that the subadviser may not be able to vote proxies under certain circumstances. For example, it may be impracticable to translate in a timely manner voting materials that are written in a foreign language or to travel to a foreign country when voting in person rather than by proxy is required. In addition, if the voting of proxies for shares of a security prohibits the subadviser from trading the shares in the marketplace for a period of time, the Subadviser may determine that it is not in the best interests of the portfolio to vote the proxies. A subadviser may also choose not to recall securities that have been lent in order to vote proxies for shares of the security since the portfolio would lose security lending income if the securities were recalled.

Information regarding how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30^th is available (1) without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 344-1029 (attention: Gordon Shone) and (2) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

43

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Other Accounts the Portfolio Managers are Managing. The table below indicates, for each portfolio manager, information about the accounts over which the portfolio manager has day-to- day investment responsibility. All information on the number of accounts and total assets in the table is as of August 31, 2007. For purposes of the table, “Other Pooled Investment Vehicles” may include investment partnerships and group trusts, and “Other Accounts” may include separate accounts for institutions or individuals, insurance company general or separate accounts, pension funds and other similar institutional accounts.

Portfolio Manager
Name	Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers
Dianne M. Sales, CFA	Other Registered Investment Companies: Four (4) funds with total assets of approximately $740 million.
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: None
	Other Accounts: None.
Frank A. Lucibella, CFA	Other Registered Investment Companies: Four(4) funds with total assets of approximately $740 million.
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: None
	Other Accounts: None.

Neither the Adviser nor the Subadviser receives a fee based upon the investment performance of any of the accounts included under “Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers” in the table above.

When a portfolio manager is responsible for the management of more than one account, the potential arises for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another. The principal types of potential conflicts of interest that may arise are discussed below. For the reasons outlined below, the Fund does not believe that any material conflicts are likely to arise out of a portfolio manager’s responsibility for the management of the Fund as well as one or more other accounts. The Adviser and the Subadviser have adopted procedures that are intended to monitor compliance with the policies referred to in the following paragraphs. Generally, the risks of such conflicts of interests are increased to the extent that a portfolio manager has a financial incentive to favor one account over another. The Adviser and Subadviser have structured their compensation arrangements in a manner that is intended to limit such potential for conflicts of interests. See “Compensation of Portfolio Managers” below.

• A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in allocating new investment opportunities that have limited supply, such as initial public offerings and private placements. If, for example, an initial public offering that was expected to appreciate in value significantly shortly after the offering was allocated to a single account, that account may be expected to have better investment performance than other accounts that did not receive an allocation on the initial public offering. The Subadviser has policies that require a portfolio manager to allocate such investment opportunities in an equitable

44

	manner and generally to allocate such investments proportionately among all accounts with similar investment objectives.
•	A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in the order in which trades for the accounts are placed. If a portfolio manager determines to purchase a security for more than one account in an aggregate amount that may influence the market price of the security, accounts that purchased or sold the security first may receive a more favorable price than accounts that made subsequent transactions. The less liquid the market for the security or the greater the percentage that the proposed aggregate purchases or sales represent of average daily trading volume, the greater the potential for accounts that make subsequent purchases or sales to receive a less favorable price. When a portfolio manager intends to trade the same security for more than one account, the policies of the Subadviser generally require that such trades be “bunched,” which means that the trades for the individual accounts are aggregated and each account receives the same price. There are some types of accounts as to which bunching may not be possible for contractual reasons (such as directed brokerage arrangements). Circumstances may also arise where the trader believes that bunching the orders may not result in the best possible price. Where those accounts or circumstances are involved, the Subadviser will place the order in a manner intended to result in as favorable a price as possible for such client.
•	A portfolio manager could favor an account if the portfolio manager’s compensation is tied to the performance of that account rather than all accounts managed by the portfolio manager. If, for example, the portfolio manager receives a bonus based upon the performance of certain accounts relative to a benchmark while other accounts are disregarded for this purpose, the portfolio manager will have a financial incentive to seek to have the accounts that determine the portfolio manager’s bonus achieve the best possible performance to the possible detriment of other accounts. Similarly, if the Adviser receives a performance-based advisory fee, the portfolio manager may favor that account, whether or not the performance of that account directly determines the portfolio manager’s compensation. The investment performance on specific accounts is not a factor in determining the portfolio manager’s compensation. See “Compensation of Portfolio Managers” below. Neither the Adviser nor the Subadviser receives a performance-based fee with respect to one of the other accounts managed by a portfolio manager.
•	A portfolio manager could favor an account if the portfolio manager has a beneficial interest in the account, in order to benefit a large client or to compensate a client that had poor returns. For example, if the portfolio manager held an interest in an investment partnership that was one of the accounts managed by the portfolio manager, the portfolio manager would have an economic incentive to favor the account in which the portfolio manager held an interest. The Subadviser imposes certain trading restrictions and reporting requirements for accounts in which a portfolio manager or certain family members have a personal interest in order to confirm that such accounts are not favored over other accounts.
•	If the different accounts have materially and potentially conflicting investment objectives or strategies, a conflict of interest may arise. In making portfolio manager assignments, the Subadviser seeks to avoid such potentially conflicting situations. However, where a portfolio manager is responsible for accounts with differing investment objectives and policies, it is possible that the portfolio manager will conclude that it is in the best

45

interest of one account to sell a portfolio security while another account continues to hold or increase the holding in such security.

Compensation of Portfolio Managers. The Subadviser has adopted a system of compensation for portfolio managers and others involved in the investment process that is applied systematically among investment professionals. At the Subadviser, the structure of compensation of investment professionals is currently comprised of the following basic components: base salary, and an annual investment bonus plan, as well as customary benefits that are offered generally to all full-time employees of the Subadviser. A limited number of senior investment professionals, who serve as officers of both the Subadviser and its parent company, may also receive options or restricted stock grants of common shares of Manulife Financial. The following describes each component of the compensation package for the individuals identified as a portfolio manager for the Fund.

• Base salary. Base compensation is fixed and normally reevaluated on an annual basis. The Subadviser seeks to set compensation at market rates, taking into account the experience and responsibilities of the investment professional.

• Investment Bonus Plan. Only investment professionals are eligible to participate in the Investment Bonus Plan. Under the plan, investment professionals are eligible for an annual bonus. The plan is intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the investment professional achieving superior investment performance and aligns the financial incentives of the Adviser and the investment professional. Any bonus under the plan is completely discretionary, with a maximum annual bonus that may be well in excess of base salary. Payout of a portion of this bonus may be deferred for up to five years. While the amount of any bonus is discretionary, the following factors are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:

• Investment Performance: The investment performance of all accounts managed by the investment professional over one-, three- and five-year periods are considered. The pre-tax performance of each account is measured relative to an appropriate peer group benchmark (for example a Morningstar large cap growth peer group if the fund invests primarily in large cap stocks with a growth strategy). With respect to fixed income accounts, relative yields are also used to measure performance.

• The Profitability of the Subadviser: The profitability of the Subadviser and its parent company are also considered in determining bonus awards, with greater emphasis placed upon the profitability of the Subadviser.

• Non-Investment Performance: The more intangible contributions of an investment professional to the Subadviser’s business, including the investment professional’s support of sales activities, new fund/strategy idea generation, professional growth and development, and management, where applicable, are evaluating in determining the amount of any bonus award.

• Options and Stock Grants. A limited number of senior investment professionals may receive options to purchase shares of Manulife Financial stock. Generally, such option would permit the investment professional to purchase a set amount of stock at the market price on the date of grant. The option can be exercised for a set period (normally a number of years or until termination of employment) and the investment professional would exercise the option if the market value of Manulife Financial stock increases. Some investment

46

professionals may receive restricted stock grants, where the investment professional is entitle to receive the stock at no or nominal cost, provided that the stock is forgone if the investment professional’s employment is terminated prior to a vesting date.

The Subadviser also permits investment professionals to participate on a voluntary basis in a deferred compensation plan, under which the investment professional may elect on an annual basis to defer receipt of a portion of their compensation until retirement. Participation in the plan is voluntary.

While the profitability of the Subadviser and the investment performance of the accounts that the investment professionals maintain are factors in determining an investment professional’s overall compensation, the investment professional’s compensation is not linked directly to the NAV of any fund.

Share Ownership by Portfolio Managers. The following table indicates as of August 31, 2008 the value, within the indicated range, of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers in the Fund. For purposes of this table, the following letters represent the range indicated below:

A	-	$0
B	-	$1 - $10,000
C	-	$10,001 - $50,000
D	-	$50,001 - $100,000
E	-	$100,001 - $500,000
F	-	$500,001 - $1,000,000
G	-	More than $1 million

Portfolio Manager	Range of Beneficial Ownership
Dianne M. Sales, CFA	A
Frank A. Lucibella, CFA	A

DISTRIBUTION CONTRACTS

The Fund has a Distribution Agreement with John Hancock Funds. Under the agreement John Hancock Funds is obligated to use its best efforts to sell shares of each class of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are also sold by selected broker-dealers, banks and registered investment advisors (“Selling Firms”) that have entered into selling agreements with John Hancock Funds. These Selling Firms are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on behalf of the Fund. John Hancock Funds accepts orders for the purchase of the shares of the Fund that are continually offered at NAV next determined, plus any applicable sales charge, if any. In connection with the sale of Fund shares, John Hancock Funds, LLC and Selling Firms receive compensation from a sales charge imposed, in the case of Class A shares, at the time of sale. In the case of Class B or Class C shares, the Selling Firm receives compensation immediately but John Hancock Funds is compensated on a deferred basis.

Affiliated Underwriting Transactions by the Subadviser. The Fund has approved procedures in conformity with Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act whereby the Fund may purchase securities that are offered in underwritings in which an affiliate of the subadvisers participates.  These procedures prohibit the Fund from directly or indirectly benefiting a subadviser affiliate in connection with such underwritings.  In addition, for underwritings where a subadviser affiliate

47

participates as a principal underwriter, certain restrictions may apply that could, among other things, limit the amount of securities that the Fund could purchase.

Total underwriting commissions (sales charges) for sales of the Fund’s Class A shares for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $236,269, $273,274 and ,$258,776, respectively. Of such amounts $31,219, $37,014 and $30,701 were retained by John Hancock Funds for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Total underwriting commissions (sales charges) for sales of the Fund’s Class A shares paid to Signator Investors, Inc., an affiliate broker-dealer, for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $3,833, $1,314 and $5,249, respectively.

The total and retained underwriting commissions (sales charges) for sales of the Fund’s Class B shares for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $34,240, $32,192 and $7,584, respectively. Total and retained underwriting commissions (sales charge) for sales of the Fund’s Class C shares for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $631, $2,534 and $1,327, respectively.

The Fund’s Trustees adopted Distribution Plans with respect to each class of shares (the “Plans”), pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Under the Plans, the Fund will pay distribution and service fees at an aggregate annual rate of up to 0.15% for Class A shares and 1.00% for Class B and Class C shares, of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to shares of that class. However, the service fee will not exceed 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to each class of shares. John Hancock Funds has agreed to limit the payment of expenses under the Fund’s Class B Plan to 0.90% of the average daily net assets of its Class B shares. Effective January 1, 2002, the limitation was removed.

The distribution fees are used to reimburse John Hancock Funds for its distribution expenses, including but not limited to: (i) initial and ongoing sales compensation to Selling Firms and others (including affiliates of John Hancock Funds) engaged in the sale of Fund shares; (ii) marketing, promotional and overhead expenses incurred in connection with the distribution of Fund shares; and (iii) with respect to Class B and Class C shares only, interest expenses on unreimbursed distribution expenses. The service fees will be used to compensate Selling Firms and others for providing personal and account maintenance services to shareholders.

In the event the John Hancock Funds, LLC is not fully reimbursed for payments or expenses under the Class A Plan, these expenses will not be carried beyond twelve months from the date they were incurred. Unreimbursed expenses under the Class B and Class C Plans will be carried forward together with interest on the balance of these unreimbursed expenses. The Fund does not treat unreimbursed expenses under the Class B and Class C Plans as a liability of the Fund because the Trustees may terminate Class B and/or Class C Plans expenses at any time with no additional liability for these expenses to the shareholders and the Fund.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, an aggregate of $6,269,938 of distribution expenses or 50.03% of the average net assets of the Fund’s Class B shares was not reimbursed or recovered by John Hancock Funds through the receipt of deferred sales charges or Rule 12b-1 fees in prior periods. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, an aggregate of $151,868 distribution expenses or 1.27% of the average net assets of the Class C shares of the Fund was not reimbursed or recovered by John Hancock Funds through receipt of deferred sales charges or 12b-1 fees in prior periods.

48

The Plans and all amendments were approved by the Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans, by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of voting on such Plans.

Pursuant to the Plans, at least quarterly, John Hancock Funds provides the Fund with a written report of the amounts expended under the Plans and the purpose for which these expenditures were made. The Trustees review these reports on a quarterly basis to determine their continued appropriateness.

The Plans provide that they will continue in effect only so long as their continuance is approved at least annually by a majority of both the Trustees and the Independent Trustees. The Plans provide that they may be terminated without penalty: (a) by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees; (b) by the vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares of the applicable class upon 60 days’ written notice to John Hancock Funds; and (c) automatically in the event of assignment. The Plans further provide that they may not be amended to increase the maximum amount of the fees for the services described therein without the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class of the Fund which has voting rights with respect to that Plan. Each Plan provides that no material amendment to the Plans will be effective unless it is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees and the Independent Trustees of the Fund. The holders of Class A, Class B and Class C shares have exclusive voting rights with respect to the Plan applicable to their respective class of shares. In adopting the Plans, the Trustees concluded that, in their judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the holders of the applicable class of shares of the Fund.

Amounts paid to John Hancock Funds by any class of shares of the Fund will not be used to pay the expenses incurred with respect to any other class of shares of the Fund; provided, however, that expenses attributable to the Fund as a whole will be allocated, to the extent permitted by law, according to a formula based upon gross sales dollars and/or average daily net assets of each such class, as may be approved from time to time by vote of a majority of Trustees. From time to time, the Fund may participate in joint distribution activities with other Funds and the costs of those activities will be borne by the Fund in proportion to its relative NAV.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008, the Fund paid John Hancock Funds the following amounts of expenses in connection with their services.

Expense Items

			Printing and						Interest,
			Mailing of				Expenses of		Carrying or
			Prospectus to				John		Other
			New		Compensation		Hancock		Finance
	Advertising		Shareholders		to Selling Firms		Funds		Charges
Class A	$	15,435	$	2,264	$	206,090	$	227,220	$	-0-
Class B	$	9,068	$	356	$	57,506	$	56,761	$	-0-
Class C	$	4,676	$	669	$	65,298	$	54,384	$	-0-

SALES COMPENSATION

As part of their business strategies, the Fund, along with the Distributor, pays compensation to Selling Firms that sell the Fund’s shares. These firms typically pass along a portion of this compensation to your broker or financial representative.

49

The two primary sources of Selling Firm compensation payments are (1) the 12b-1 fees that are paid out of the Fund’s assets and (2) sales charges paid by investors. The sales charges and 12b-1 fees are detailed in the prospectus and under the “Distribution Contracts” and “Deferred Sales Charge on Class B and Class C Shares” in this SAI. The portions of these expenses that are paid to Selling Firms are shown in the “First Year Brokerage or Other Selling Firm Compensation Chart”.

Initial compensation Whenever you make an investment in Class A, Class B or Class C shares of the Fund, the Selling Firm receives a reallowance/payment/commission as described in the First Year Brokerage or Other Selling Firm Compensation Chart. The Selling Firm also receives the first year’s 12b-1 service fee at this time.

Annual compensation For Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the Fund, beginning in the second year after an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual 12b-1 service fee of 0.25% of its average daily net (aged) assets. In addition, beginning in the second year after an investment is made in Class C shares of the Fund, the Distributor will pay the Selling Firm a distribution fee in an amount not to exceed 0.75% of the average daily net (aged) assets. These service and distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears.

Rollover Program Compensation. The broker-dealer of record for a pension, profit-sharing or other plan qualified under Section 401(a) or described in Section 457(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which is funded by certain John Hancock group annuity contracts, is eligible to receive ongoing compensation (“Rollover Compensation”) when a plan participant terminates from the qualified plan and rolls over assets into a John Hancock sponsored custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial ROTH IRA invested in shares of John Hancock funds. The Rollover Compensation is paid to the broker-dealer at an annual rate of 0.25% of the average daily net eligible assets held in John Hancock funds [0.15% for the John Hancock Money Market Fund] under the rollover program. Rollover Compensation is made in the first year and continues thereafter, quarterly in arrears. The Rollover Compensation is not related to the reallowance and/or Rule 12b-1 fees that a broker-dealer may earn as broker-dealer of record in connection with sales of John Hancock funds.

Additional Payments to Financial Intermediaries. Shares of the fund are primarily sold through financial intermediaries (firms), such as broker/dealers, banks, registered investment advisers, independent financial planners, and retirement plan administrators. In addition to sales charges, which are payable by shareholders, or Rule 12b-1 distribution fees which are paid by the fund. The Distributor may make, either from 12b-1 distribution fees or out of its own resources, additional payments to firms. These payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” Many firms that sell shares of the fund receive one or more types of these cash payments. The categories of payments that John Hancock Funds provides to firms are described below. These categories are not mutually exclusive and John Hancock Funds may make additional types of revenue sharing payments in the future. The same firms may receive payments under more than one or all categories. These payments assist in John Hancock Funds’ efforts to promote the sale of the fund’s’ shares. John Hancock Funds agrees with the firm on the methods for calculating any additional compensation, which may include the level of sales or assets attributable to the firm. Not all firms receive additional compensation and the amount of compensation varies. These payments could be significant to a firm. John Hancock Funds determines which firms to support and the extent of the payments it is willing to make. John Hancock Funds generally chooses to compensate firms that have a strong capability to distribute

50

shares of the funds and that are willing to cooperate with the distributor’s promotional efforts. John Hancock Funds does not make an independent assessment of the cost of providing such services.

As of September 30, 2008, the following member firms of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) (formerly, NASD) have arrangements in effect with John Hancock Funds pursuant to which the firm is entitled to a revenue sharing payment:

1st Global Capital Corp.

A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.

AIG — Advantage Capital Corporation

AIG — AIG Financial Advisors, Inc.

AIG — American General Securities

AIG — FSC Securities Corporation

AIG — Royal Alliance Associates, Inc.

Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.

AXA Advisors, LLC.

Banc of America Securities LLC

Cambridge Investment Research

Centaurus Financial

Charles Schwab

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Commonwealth Financial Network

Crown Capital Securities, L.P.

CUSO Financial Services, L.P.

DA Davidson & Co

E*Trade Clearing, LLC

Ferris Baker Watts

Fidelity Investments

First Tennessee

Geneos Wealth Management

Girard Securities

H.D. Vest Investment Services

Harbour Investments, Inc.

ING — Financial Network Investment Corp.

ING — ING Financial Partners

ING — Multi-Financial Securities Corporation

ING — PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc.

InterSecurities Inc

Investacorp, Inc.

Investment Professionals, Inc.

Investors Capital Corp

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc

Janney Montgomery Scott, LLC

John Hancock Financial Network

Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation

LPL — Associated Securities Corporation

LPL — Linsco/Private Ledger Corporation

51

LPL — Mutual Service Corporation

LPL — Uvest Financial Services Group, Inc.

LPL — Waterstone

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc

Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.

NFP Securities

NPH — Invest Financial Corporation

NPH — Investment Center of America, Inc.

NPH — National Planning Corp

NPH — SII Investments, Inc.

Oppenheimer & Co. , Inc.

Raymond James Associates/Financial Services

RBC Dain Rauscher, Inc.

Robert W. Baird & Co., Inc.

Securities America, Inc.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Inc.

TD Ameritrade

The Huntington Investment, Co.

The Investment Center

Transamerica Financial Advisors, Inc.

UBS Financial Services, Inc.

Wachovia Securities LLC

Wells Fargo Investments, LLC

John Hancock Funds also has arrangements with intermediaries that are not members of FINRA. Other firms, which are not members of FINRA, also may receive revenue sharing payments.

Regular Broker Dealers. The table below presents information regarding the securities of the Fund’s regular broker dealers (or the parent of the regular broker-dealers) that were held by the Fund as of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008:

Regular Broker Dealer	Holdings ($000s)
Barclays Bank PLC		103

Sales and Asset Based Payments. John Hancock Funds makes revenue sharing payments as incentives to certain firms to promote and sell shares of the funds. John Hancock Funds hopes to benefit from revenue sharing by increasing the funds’ net assets, which, as well as benefiting the funds, would result in additional management and other fees for John Hancock Advisers and its affiliates. In consideration for revenue sharing, a firm may feature certain funds in its sales system or give John Hancock Funds additional access to members of its sales force or management. In addition, a firm may agree to participate in the marketing efforts of John Hancock Funds by allowing it to participate in conferences, seminars or other programs attended by the intermediary’s sales force. Although an intermediary may seek revenue sharing payments to offset costs incurred by the firm in servicing its clients that have invested in the funds, the intermediary may earn a profit on these payments. Revenue sharing payments may provide your firm with an incentive to favor the funds.

52

The revenue sharing payments John Hancock Funds makes may be calculated on sales of shares of funds (“Sales-Based Payments”). Such payments also may be calculated on the average daily net assets of the applicable funds attributable to that particular financial intermediary (“Asset-Based Payments”). Sales-Based Payments primarily create incentives to make new sales of shares of the funds and Asset-Based Payments primarily create incentives to retain previously sold shares of the funds in investor accounts. John Hancock Funds may pay a firm either or both Sales-Based Payments and Asset-Based Payments.

Administrative and Processing Support Payments. John Hancock Funds also may make payments to certain firms that sell shares of the funds for certain administrative services, including record keeping and sub-accounting shareholder accounts, to the extent that the funds do not pay for these costs directly. John Hancock Funds also may make payments to certain firms that sell shares of the funds in connection with client account maintenance support, statement preparation and transaction processing. The types of payments that John Hancock Funds may make under this category include, among others, payment of ticket charges per purchase or exchange order placed by a financial intermediary, payment of networking fees in connection with certain mutual fund trading systems, or one-time payments for ancillary services such as setting up funds on a firm’s mutual fund trading system.

Other Cash Payments. From time to time, John Hancock Funds may provide, either from 12b-1 distribution fees or out of its own resources, additional compensation to firms that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the funds. Such compensation provided by John Hancock Funds may include financial assistance to firms that enable John Hancock Funds to participate in and/or present at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other employees, client entertainment, client and investor events, and other firm-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with client prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. Other compensation may be offered to the extent not prohibited by federal or state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as FINRA. John Hancock Funds makes payments for entertainment events they deem appropriate, subject to John Hancock Funds’ guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event or the relationship.

John Hancock Funds and its affiliates may have other relationships with firms relating to the provisions of services to the funds, such as providing omnibus account services, transaction processing services, or effecting portfolio transactions for funds. If a firm provides these services, the investment adviser or the funds may compensate the firm for these services. In addition, a firm may have other compensated or uncompensated relationships with the investment adviser or its affiliates that are not related to the funds.

53

First Year Broker or Other Selling Firm Compensation

	Investor pays						Selling Firm
	sales charge (% of			Selling Firm receives			receives 12b-1			Total Selling Firm
Class A investments	offering price) (1)			commission (2)			service fee (3)			compensation (4)(5)
Up to $99,999		4.50	%		3.76	%		0.25	%		4.00	%
$100,000 – $249,999		3.75	%		3.01	%		0.25	%		3.25	%
$250,000 – $499,999		3.00	%		2.26	%		0.25	%		2.50	%
$500,000 – $999,999		2.00	%		1.51	%		0.25	%		1.75	%
Investments of Class A shares of $1 million or more
First $1M – $4,999,999		—			0.75	%		0.25	%		1.00	%
Next $1 – $5M above that		—			0.25	%		0.25	%		0.50	%
Next $1 and more above that		—			0.00	%		0.25	%		0.25	%
Investments of Class A shares by certain Retirement Plans (6)
First $1 – $4,999,999		—			0.75	%		0.25	%		1.00	%
Next $1 – $5M above that		—			0.25	%		0.25	%		0.50	%
Next $1 or more above that		—			0.00	%		0.25	%		0.25	%
Class B investments
All amounts		—			3.75	%		0.25	%		4.00	%
Class C investments
All amounts		—			0.75	%		0.25	%		1.00	%

(1)	See “Initial Sales Charge on Class A Shares” for discussion on how to qualify for a reduced sales charge. John Hancock FundsC may take recent redemptions into account in determining if an investment qualifies as a new investment.
(2)	For Class A investments under $1 million, a portion of the Selling Firm’s commission is paid out of the sales charge.
(3)	For Class A, B and C shares, the Selling Firm receives 12b-1 fees in the first year as a % of the amount invested and after the first year as a % of average daily net eligible assets. Monthly payments are made in arrears. For Selling Firms with a fee-based/WRAP program agreement with John Hancock Funds the Selling Firm receives 12b-1 fees in the first year as a % of average daily net eligible assets. Certain retirement platforms also receive 12b-1 fees in the first year as a % of average daily net eligible assets. Monthly payments are made in arrears. For Selling Firms that roll over assets from a terminated participant’s qualified plan, which is funded by certain John Hancock group annuity contracts, to a John Hancock custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial ROTH IRA investing in John Hancock funds, the Selling Firm receives 12b-1 fees in the first year as a percentage of average daily net eligible assets. Monthly payments are made in arrears. Certain retirement platforms also receive 12b-1 fees in the first year as a % of average daily net eligible assets. Monthly payments are made in arrears.

54

(4)	Selling Firm commission and 12b-1 service fee percentages are calculated from different amounts, and therefore may not equal the total Selling Firm compensation percentages if combined using simple addition.
(5)	Underwriter retains the balance.
(6)	Commissions (up to 1.00%) are paid to dealers who initiate and are responsible for certain Class A share purchases not subject to sales charges. These purchases consist of $1 million or more, purchases by employer sponsored defined contribution retirement plans investing $1 million or more, or with 100 or more eligible employees at the time of purchase.

Contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) revenues collected by John Hancock Funds may be used to pay Selling Firm commissions when there is no initial sales charge.

NET ASSET VALUE

The NAV for each class of the Fund is determined each business day at the close of regular trading on the NYSE (typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) by dividing a class’s net assets by the number of its shares outstanding. Trading of fixed income securities may take place on Saturdays and U.S. business holidays on which the Fund’s NAV is not calculated. Consequently, the Fund’s portfolio securities may trade and the NAV of the Fund’s redeemable securities may be significantly affected on days when a shareholder has no access to the Fund.

For purposes of calculating the NAV of the Fund’s shares, the following procedures are utilized wherever applicable.

Debt investment securities are valued on the basis of valuations furnished by a principal market maker or a pricing service, both of which generally utilize electronic data processing techniques to determine valuations for normal institutional size trading units of debt securities without exclusive reliance upon quoted prices. In addition, because of the amount of time required to collect and process trading information as to large numbers of securities issues, the values of certain securities (such as convertible bonds, U.S. government securities and tax-exempt securities) are determined based on market quotations collected prior to the close of the NYSE. Occasionally, events affecting the value of such securities may occur between the time of the determination of value and the close of the NYSE which will not be reflected in the computation of the Fund’s NAV. If events materially affecting the value of such securities occur during such period, then these securities will be valued at their fair value following procedures approved by the Trustees.

Short-term debt investments which have a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost which approximates market value. If market quotations are not readily available or if in the opinion of the Subadviser any quotation or price is not representative of true market value, the fair value of the security may be determined in good faith in accordance with procedures approved by the Trustees.

If any securities held by the Fund are restricted as to resale, the fair value of such securities is generally determined as the amount which the Fund could reasonably expect to realize from an orderly disposition of such securities over a reasonable period of time. The valuation procedures applied in any specific instance are likely to vary from case to case. However, consideration is generally given to the financial position of the issuer and other fundamental analytical data relating to the investment and to the nature of the restrictions on disposition of the securities

55

(including any registration expenses that might be borne by the Fund in connection with such disposition). In addition, specific factors are also generally considered, such as the cost of the investment, the market value of any unrestricted securities of the same class, the size of the holding, the prices of any recent transactions or offers with respect to such securities and any available analysts’ reports regarding the issuer.

INITIAL SALES CHARGE ON CLASS A SHARES

Shares of the Fund are offered at a price equal to its NAV plus a sales charge which, at the option of the purchaser, may be imposed either at the time of purchase (the “initial sales charge”) or on a contingent deferred basis (the “contingent deferred sales charge” or “CDSC”). The fund no longer issues share certificates. Shares are electronically recorded. The Board reserves the right to change or waive the Fund’s minimum investment requirements and to reject any order to purchase shares (including purchase by exchange) when in the judgment of the Adviser such rejection is in the Fund’s best interest.

The sales charges applicable to purchases of Class A shares of the Fund are described in the Prospectus. Methods of obtaining reduced sales charges referred to generally in the Prospectus are described in detail below. In calculating the sales charge applicable to current purchases of Class A shares of the Fund, the investor is entitled to accumulate current purchases with the current offering price of the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class I2, Class T, Class AVD or all R shares classes of the John Hancock mutual funds owned by the investor (see “Combination and Accumulation Privileges” below).

In order to receive the reduced sales charge, the investor must notify his/her financial adviser and/or the financial adviser must notify Signature Services at the time of purchase of the Class A shares, about any other John Hancock mutual funds owned by the investor, the investor’s spouse and their children under the age of 21 living in the same household (see “Combination and Accumulation Privileges” below). This includes investments held in a retirement account, an employee benefit plan or at a broker or financial adviser other than the one handling your current purchase. John Hancock will credit the combined value, at the current offering price, of all eligible accounts to determine whether you qualify for a reduced sales charge on your current purchase. Signature Services will automatically link certain accounts registered in the same client name with the same taxpayer identification number, for the purpose of qualifying you for lower initial sales charge rates. You must notify Signature Services Inc. and your broker-dealer (financial adviser) at the time of purchase of any eligible accounts held by your spouse or children under 21, living in the same household in order to insure these assets are linked to your accounts.

Without Sales Charge. Class A shares may be offered without a front-end sales charge or contingent deferred sales charges (“CDSC”) to various individuals and institutions as follows:

• A Trustee or officer of the Trust; a Director or officer of the Adviser and its affiliates, subadviser or Selling Firms; employees or sales representatives of any of the foregoing; retired officers, employees or Directors of any of the foregoing; a member of the immediate family (spouse, child, grandparent, grandchild, parent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, daughter-in-law, son-in-law, niece, nephew and same sex domestic partner; “Immediate Family”) of any of the foregoing; or any fund, pension, profit sharing or other benefit plan for the individuals described above.

56

• A broker, dealer, financial planner, consultant or registered investment advisor that has entered into a signed agreement with John Hancock Funds providing specifically for the use of fund shares in fee-based investment products or services made available to their clients.

• Individuals transferring assets held in a SIMPLE IRA, SEP, or SARSEP invested in John Hancock Funds directly to an IRA.

• Individuals converting assets held in an IRA, SIMPLE IRA, SEP, or SARSEP invested in John Hancock Funds directly to a ROTH IRA.

• Individuals recharacterizing assets from an IRA, ROTH IRA, SEP, SARSEP or SIMPLE IRA invested in John Hancock Funds back to the original account type from which it was converted.

• Terminating participants rolling over assets held in a pension, profit-sharing or other plan qualified under Section 401(a) or described in Section 457(b) of the Code which is funded by certain John Hancock group annuity contracts, directly to a John Hancock custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial ROTH IRA investing in John Hancock funds, including subsequent investments.

• Individuals rolling over assets held in a John Hancock custodial 403(b) account into a John Hancock custodial IRA account.

NOTE: Rollover investments to Class A shares from assets withdrawn from SIMPLE 401(k), TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan and any other qualified plans as described in the Code sections 401(a), 403(b), 457 and not specified above as waiver eligible, will be subject to applicable sales charges.

• A member of a class action lawsuit against insurance companies who is investing settlement proceeds.

• Certain retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch or The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc. servicing programs offered in Class A shares, including transferee recording arrangements, Merrill Lynch Connect Arrangements and third party administrator recordkeeping arrangements. See your Merrill Lynch Financial Advisor or Princeton Retirement Group representative for further information.

• Retirement plans investing through the PruSolutions^sm program.

• Participants in certain 529 Plans that have a signed agreement with John Hancock Funds. No CDSC will be due for redemptions on plan purchases made at NAV with no finder’s fee. However, if a plan had a finder’s fee or commission, and the entire plan redeemed within 12 months of the first investment in the plan, a CDSC would be due.

• Participant directed retirement plans with at least 100 eligible employees at the inception of the Fund account. Each of these employees may purchase Class A shares with no initial sales charge, if the plan sponsor notifies Signature Services of the number of employees at the time the account is established. However, if shares are redeemed within 12 months of the inception of the plan, a CDSC will be imposed at the following rate:

57

Amount Invested	CDSC Rate
First $1 to $4,999,999		1.00	%
Next $1 to $5M above that		0.50	%
Next $1 or more above that		0.25	%

As of July 15, 2004, no initial sales charge is imposed on Class C shares.

Class A shares may also be purchased without an initial sales charge in connection with certain liquidation, merger or acquisition transactions involving other investment companies or personal holding companies.

In Kind Re-registrations. A shareholder who withdraws funds via a tax reportable transaction, from one John Hancock fund account, that has previously paid a sales charge, and reregisters those assets directly to another John Hancock Fund account, without the assets ever leaving John Hancock Funds, may do so without paying a sales charge. The beneficial owner must remain the same, i.e., in kind.

Note: Rollover investments to Class A shares from assets withdrawn from SIMPLE 401(k), TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan and any other qualified plans as described in the Code sections 401(a), 403(b), 457 are not eligible for this provision, and will be subject to applicable sales charges.

Reducing Your Class A Sales Charges

Combination and Accumulation Privileges. In calculating the sales charge applicable to purchases of Class A shares made at one time, the purchases will be combined to reduce sales charges if made by (a) an individual, his or her spouse and their children under the age of 21 living in the same household, purchasing securities for his or their own account, (b) a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing for a single trust, estate or fiduciary account and (c) groups which qualify for the Group Investment Program (see below). Qualified and non-qualified retirement plan investments can be combined to take advantage of this privilege. Class A investors may also reduce their Class A sales charge by taking into account not only the amount being invested but also the current offering price of all the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class I2, Class T, Class ADV and R shares classes of the John Hancock funds already held by such person. However, Class A shares of John Hancock money market funds will only be eligible for the accumulation privilege if the investor has previously paid a sales charge on the amount of those shares. To receive a reduced sales charge, the investor must tell his/her financial adviser or Signature Services at the time of the purchase about any other John Hancock mutual funds held by that investor his or her spouse and their children under the age of 21 living in the same household. Further information about combined purchases, including certain restrictions on combined group purchases, is available from Signature Services or a Selling Firm’s representative.

Group Investment Program. Under the Combination and Accumulation Privileges, all members of a group may combine their individual purchases of Class A shares to potentially qualify for breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. This feature is provided to any group which (1) has been in existence for more than six months, (2) has a legitimate purpose other than the purchase of mutual fund shares at a discount for its members, (3) utilizes salary deduction or similar group

58

methods of payment, and (4) agrees to allow sales materials of the fund in its mailings to members at a reduced or no cost to John Hancock Funds.

Letter of Intention. Reduced Class A sales charges under the Combination and Accumulation Privilege are also applicable to investments made pursuant to a Letter of Intention (the “LOI”), which should be read carefully prior to its execution by an investor. The Fund offers two options regarding the specified period for making investments under the LOI. All investors have the option of making their investments over a specified period of thirteen (13) months. Investors who are using the Fund as a funding medium for a retirement plan, however, may opt to make the necessary investments called for by the LOI over a forty-eight (48) month period. These retirement plans include traditional, Roth IRAs and Coverdell ESAs, SEP, SARSEP, 401(k), 403(b) (including TSAs), SIMPLE IRA, SIMPLE 401(k), Money Purchase Pension, Profit Sharing and Section 457 plans. An individual’s non-qualified and qualified retirement plan investments can be combined to satisfy an LOI (either 13 or 48 months). Since some retirement plans are held in an omnibus account, an investor wishing to count retirement plan holdings towards a Class A purchase must notify Signature Services and his/her financial adviser of these holdings. Such an investment (including accumulations, combinations and reinvested dividends) must aggregate $100,000 or more during the specified period from the date of the LOI or from a date within ninety (90) days prior thereto, upon written request to Signature Services. Purchases made within 90 days prior to the signing of an LOI will be counted towards fulfillment of the LOI, however, the original sales charge will not be recalculated for these previous purchases. The sales charge applicable to all amounts invested after an LOI is signed is computed as if the aggregate amount intended to be invested had been invested immediately. If such aggregate amount is not actually invested, the difference in the sales charge actually paid and the sales charge payable had the LOI not been in effect is due from the investor. However, for the purchases actually made within the specified period (either 13 or 48 months) the sales charge applicable will not be higher than that which would have applied (including accumulations and combinations) had the LOI been for the amount actually invested.

The LOI authorizes Signature Services to hold in escrow sufficient Class A shares (approximately 5% of the aggregate) to make up any difference in sales charges on the amount intended to be invested and the amount actually invested, until such investment is completed within the specified period, at which time the escrowed Class A shares will be released. If the total investment specified in the LOI is not completed, the Class A shares held in escrow may be redeemed and the proceeds used as required to pay such sales charge as may be due. By signing the LOI, the investor authorizes Signature Services to act as his attorney-in-fact to redeem any escrowed Class A shares and adjust the sales charge, if necessary. A LOI does not constitute a binding commitment by an investor to purchase, or by the Fund to sell, any additional Class A shares and may be terminated at any time.

DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ON CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES

Investments in Class B and Class C shares are purchased at NAV per share without the imposition of an initial sales charge so that the Fund will receive the full amount of the purchase payment.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. Class B and Class C shares that are redeemed within six years or one year of purchase, respectively, will be subject to a CDSC at the rates set forth in the Prospectus as a percentage of the dollar amount subject to the CDSC. The charge will be assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the current market value or the original purchase cost of the Class B or Class C shares being redeemed. No CDSC will be imposed on increases in

59

account value above the initial purchase prices including all shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions.

Class B shares are not available to retirement plans that had more than 100 eligible employees at the inception of the Fund account. You must notify Signature Services of the number of eligible employees at the time your account is established.

The amount of the CDSC, if any, will vary depending on the number of years from the time of payment for the purchase of Class B shares until the time of redemption of such shares. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years from the time of any payment for the purchases of both Class B and Class C shares, all payments during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the first day of the month.

In determining whether a CDSC applies to a redemption, the calculation will be determined in a manner that results in the lowest possible rate being charged. It will be assumed that your redemption comes first from shares you have held beyond the six-year CDSC redemption period for Class B or one year CDSC redemption period for Class C or those you acquired through dividend and capital gain reinvestment, and next from the shares you have held the longest during the six-year period for Class B. For this purpose, the amount of any increase in a share’s value above its initial purchase price is not subject to a CDSC. Thus, when a share that has appreciated in value is redeemed during the CDSC period, a CDSC is assessed only on its initial purchase price.

When requesting a redemption for a specific dollar amount, please indicate if you require the proceeds to equal the dollar amount requested. If not indicated, only the specified dollar amount will be redeemed from your account and the proceeds will be less any applicable CDSC.

Example:

You have purchased 100 Class B shares at $10 per share. The second year after your purchase, your investment’s NAV per share has increased by $2 to $12, and you have gained 10 additional shares through dividend reinvestment. If you redeem 50 shares at this time your CDSC will be calculated as follows:

•Proceeds of 50 shares redeemed at $12 per shares (50 x 12)	$	600.00
•*Minus Appreciation ($12 - $10) x 100 shares		(200.00	)
• Minus proceeds of 10 shares not subject to CDSC (dividend reinvestment)		(120.00	)
•Amount subject to CDSC	$	280.00

*The appreciation is based on all 100 shares in the account not just the shares being redeemed.

Proceeds from the CDSC are paid to John Hancock Funds and are used in whole or in part by John Hancock Funds to defray its expenses related to providing distribution-related services to the Fund in connection with the sale of the Class B and Class C shares, such as the payment of compensation to select Selling Firms for selling Class B and Class C shares. The combination of the CDSC and the distribution and service fees facilitates the ability of the Fund to sell the Class B and Class C shares without a sales charge being deducted at the time of the purchase.

Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The CDSC will be waived on redemptions of Class B and Class C shares and Class A shares that are subject to a CDSC, unless indicated otherwise, in the circumstances defined below:

60

For all account types:

*	Redemptions made pursuant to the Fund’s right to liquidate your account if you own shares worth less than $1,000.
*	Redemptions made under certain liquidation, merger or acquisition transactions involving other investment companies or personal holding companies.
*	Redemptions due to death or disability. (Does not apply to Trust accounts unless Trust is being dissolved.)
*	Redemptions made under the Reinstatement Privilege, as described in “Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers” of the Prospectus.
*	Redemptions of Class B and Class C shares made under a periodic withdrawal plan, or redemptions for fees charged by planners or advisors for advisory services, as long as your annual redemptions do not exceed 12% of your account value, including reinvested dividends, at the time you established your periodic withdrawal plan and 12% of the value of subsequent investments (less redemptions) in that account at the time you notify Signature Services. (Please note, this waiver does not apply to periodic withdrawal plan redemptions of Class A shares that are subject to a CDSC.)
*	Certain retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch or The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc. servicing programs offered in Class A, Class B and Class C shares, including transferee recording arrangements, Merrill Lynch Connect Arrangements and third party administrator recordkeeping arrangements. See your Merrill Lynch Financial Advisor or Princeton Retirement Group representative for further information.
*	Redemption of Class A shares by retirement plans that invested through the PruSolutionssm program.
*	Redemption of Class A shares made after one year from the inception date of a retirement plan at John Hancock.

For Retirement Accounts (such as traditional, Roth IRAs and Coverdell ESAs, SIMPLE IRAs, SIMPLE 401(k), Rollover IRA, TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan and Profit-Sharing Plan and other plans as described in the Code unless otherwise noted.

*	Redemptions made to effect mandatory or life expectancy distributions under the Code. (Waiver based on required minimum distribution calculations for John Hancock Mutual Fund IRA assets only.)
*	Returns of excess contributions made to these plans.
*	Rollovers, contract exchanges or transfers of John Hancock custodial 403(b) (7) account assets required by John Hancock funds as a result of its decision to discontinue maintaining and administering 403(b) (7) accounts.
*	Redemptions made to effect certain distributions, as outlined in the chart on the following page, to participants or beneficiaries from employer sponsored retirement plans under

61

sections 401(a) (such as Money Purchase Pension Plans and Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plans), 403(b), 457 and 408 (SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs) of the Code.

Please see matrix for some examples.

62

	401 (a) Plan
	(401 (k),
	MPP, PSP)
	457 & 408
Type of	(SEPs &
Distribution	Simple IRAs)	403 (b)	457	IRA, IRA Rollover	Non-retirement
Death or Disability	Waived	Waived	Waived	Waived	Waived
Over 70 1/2	Waived	Waived	Waived	Waived for required minimum distributions* or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.	12% of account value annually in periodic payments
Between 59 1/2 and 70 1/2	Waived	Waived	Waived	Waived for Life Expectancy or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.	12% of account value annually in periodic payments
Under 59 1/2 (Class B and Class C only)	Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments	Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.	Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.	Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.	12% of account value annually in periodic payments
Loans	Waived	Waived	N/A	N/A	N/A
Termination of Plan	Not Waived	Not Waived	Not Waived	Not Waived	N/A
Hardships	Waived	Waived	Waived	N/A	N/A
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders	Waived	Waived	Waived	N/A	N/A
Termination of Employment Before Normal Retirement Age	Waived	Waived	Waived	N/A	N/A
Return of Excess	Waived	Waived	Waived	Waived	N/A

* Required minimum distributions based on John Hancock Mutual Fund IRA assets only.

63

If you qualify for a CDSC waiver under one of these situations, you must notify Signature Services at the time you make your redemption. The waiver will be granted once Signature Services has confirmed that you are entitled to the waiver.

SPECIAL REDEMPTIONS

Although it would not normally do so, the Fund has the right to pay the redemption price of shares of the Fund in whole or in part in portfolio securities as prescribed by the Trustees. When the shareholder sells portfolio securities received in this fashion, the shareholder will incur a brokerage charge. Any such securities would be valued for the purposes of making such payment at the same value as used in determining NAV. The Fund has, however, elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act. Under that rule, the Fund must redeem its shares for cash except to the extent that the redemption payments to any shareholder during any 90-day period would exceed the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund’s NAV at the beginning of such period.

ADDITIONAL SERVICES AND PROGRAMS

Exchange Privilege. The Fund permits exchanges of shares of any class for shares of the same class in any other John Hancock fund offering that class. The registration for both accounts involved must be identical. Identical registration is determined by having the same beneficial owner on both accounts involved in the exchange.

Exchanges between funds are based on their respective NAVs. No sales charge is imposed, except on exchanges of Class A shares from Money Market Fund to another John Hancock fund, if a sales charge has not previously been paid on those shares. However, the shares acquired in an exchange will be subject to the CDSC schedule of the shares acquired if and when such shares are redeemed. For purposes of computing the CDSC payable upon redemption of shares acquired in an exchange, the holding period of the original shares is added to the holding period of the shares acquired in an exchange.

If a retirement plan exchanges the plan’s Class A account in its entirety from the Fund to a non-John Hancock investment, the one-year CDSC applies.

The Fund reserves the right to require that previously exchanged shares (and reinvested dividends) be in the Fund for 90 days before a shareholder is permitted a new exchange.

An exchange of shares is treated as a redemption of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another for federal income tax purposes. An exchange may result in a taxable gain or loss. See “Tax Status”.

Systematic Withdrawal Plan. The Fund permits the establishment of a Systematic Withdrawal Plan. Payments under this plan represent proceeds arising from the redemption of Fund shares, which may result in realization of gain or loss for purposes of federal, state and local income taxes. The maintenance of a Systematic Withdrawal Plan concurrently with purchases of additional shares of the Fund could be disadvantageous to a shareholder because of the initial sales charge payable on the purchases of Class A shares and the CDSC imposed on redemptions of Class B and Class C shares and because redemptions are taxable events. Therefore, a shareholder should not purchase shares at the same time as a Systematic Withdrawal Plan is in effect. The Fund reserves the right to modify or discontinue the Systematic Withdrawal Plan of

64

any shareholder on 30 days’ prior written notice to such shareholder, or to discontinue the availability of such plan in the future. The shareholder may terminate the plan at any time by giving proper notice to Signature Services.

Monthly Automatic Accumulation Program (“MAAP”). This program is explained in the Class A, Class B and Class C Prospectus. The program, as it relates to automatic investment checks, is subject to the following conditions:

The investments will be drawn on or about the day of the month indicated.

The privilege of making investments through the MAAP may be revoked by Signature Services without prior notice if any investment is not honored by the shareholder’s bank. The bank shall be under no obligation to notify the shareholder as to the non-payment of any checks.

The program may be discontinued by the shareholder either by calling Signature Services or upon written notice to Signature Services which is received at least five (5) business days prior to the order date of any investment.

Reinstatement or Reinvestment Privilege. If Signature Services and your financial adviser are notified prior to reinvestment, a shareholder who has redeemed shares of the Fund may, within 120 days after the date of redemption, reinvest without payment of a sales charge any part of the redemption proceeds in shares back into the same share class of the same John Hancock Fund and account from which it was removed, subject to the minimum investment limit in that fund. The proceeds from the redemption of Class A shares may be reinvested at NAV without paying a sales charge in Class A shares of the Fund. If a CDSC was paid upon a redemption, a shareholder may reinvest the proceeds from this redemption at NAV in additional shares of the same class and fund and account from which the redemption was made. The shareholder’s account will be credited with the amount of any CDSC charged upon the prior redemption and the new shares will continue to be subject to the CDSC. The holding period of the shares acquired through reinvestment will, for purposes of computing the CDSC payable upon a subsequent redemption, include the holding period of the redeemed shares.

The Fund may refuse any reinvestment request and may change or cancel its reinvestment policies at any time.

A redemption or exchange of shares is a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes even if the reinvestment privilege is exercised, and any gain or loss realized by a shareholder on the redemption or other disposition of shares will be treated for tax purposes as described under the caption “Tax Status.”

Retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch’s or the Princeton Retirement Group Inc.’s servicing programs: Class A shares are available at NAV for Merrill Lynch or The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc. retirement plans, including transferee recording arrangements, Merrill Lynch Contract Arrangements and third party administrator recordkeeping arrangements. See your Merrill Lynch Financial Advisor or Princeton Retirement Group representative for further information.

For participating retirement plans investing in Class B shares, shares will convert to Class A shares after eight years, or sooner if the plan attains assets of $5 million (by means of a CDSC-free redemption/purchase at NAV).

65

Section 403(b)(7) of the Code permits public school employers and employers of certain types of tax-exempt organizations to establish for their eligible employees custodial accounts for the purpose of providing for retirement income for such employees. Effective September 25, 2007, Treasury regulations imposed certain conditions on exchanges between one custodial account intended to qualify under Section 403(b)(7) (the “exchanged account”) and another contract or custodial account intended to qualify under Section 403(b) (the “replacing account”) under the same employer plan (a “Section 403(b) Plan”). Specifically, the replacing account agreement must include distribution restrictions that are no less stringent than those imposed under the exchanged account agreement, and the employer must enter in an agreement with the custodian (or other issuer) of the replacing account under which the employer and the custodian (or other issuer) of the replacing account will from time to time in the future provide each other with certain information.

Due to these Regulations:

1)	The funds do not accept requests to establish new John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts intended to qualify as a Section 403(b) Plan; and
2)	The funds do not accept requests for exchanges or transfers into your John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts (i.e., where yours is the replacing account); and
3)	The funds require certain signed disclosure documentation in the event:

• You established a John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account with a fund prior to September 24, 2007; and

• You direct the fund on or after September 25, 2007 to exchange or transfer some or all of your John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account assets to another 403(b) contract or account (i.e., where the exchanged account is with the fund).

In the event that the fund does not receive the required documentation, and you nonetheless direct the fund to proceed with the transfer, the transfer may be treated as a taxable transaction.

PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS THROUGH THIRD PARTIES

Shares of the Fund may be purchased or redeemed through certain Selling Firms. Selling Firms may charge the investor additional fees for their services. The Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized Selling Firm, or if applicable, a Selling Firm’s authorized designee, receives the order. Orders may be processed at the NAV next calculated after the Selling Firm receives the order. The Selling Firm must segregate any orders it receives after the close of regular trading on the NYSE and transmit those orders to the Fund for execution at NAV next determined. Some Selling Firms that maintain network/omnibus/nominee accounts with the Fund for their clients charge an annual fee on the average net assets held in such accounts for accounting, servicing, and distribution services they provide with respect to the underlying Fund shares. This fee is paid by the Adviser, the Fund and/or the Distributor.

66

DESCRIPTION OF THE FUND’S SHARES

The Board is responsible for the management and supervision of the Fund. The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of the Fund, without par value. Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees have the authority to create and classify shares of beneficial interest in separate series, and classes without further action by shareholders. As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees have authorized the issuance of one series of shares of the Fund. Additional series may be added in the future. The Trustees have also authorized the issuance of three classes of shares of the Fund, designated as Class A, Class B and Class C.

The shares of each class of the Fund represent an equal, proportionate interest in the aggregate net assets attributable to that class of the Fund. Holders of each class of shares have certain exclusive voting rights on matters relating to their respective distribution plans. The different classes of the Fund may bear different expenses relating to the cost of holding shareholder meetings necessitated by the exclusive voting rights of any class of shares. The Fund no longer issues share certificates. Shares are electronically recorded.

Dividends paid by the Fund, if any, with respect to each class of shares will be calculated in the same manner, at the same time and on the same day and will be in the same amount, except for differences resulting from the facts that: (i) the distribution and service fees relating to each class of shares will be borne exclusively by that class; (ii) Class B and Class C shares will pay higher distribution and service fees than Class A shares; and (iii) each class of shares will bear any other class expenses properly allocable to that class of shares, subject to the conditions the IRS imposes with respect to multiple-class structures. Similarly, the NAV per share may vary depending on which class of shares is purchased. No interest will be paid on uncashed dividend or redemption checks.

In the event of liquidation, shareholders of each class are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the Fund available for distribution to these shareholders. Shares entitle their holders to one vote per share, are freely transferable and have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. When issued, shares are fully paid and non-assessable by the Fund, except as set forth below.

Unless otherwise required by the 1940Act or the Declaration of Trust, the Fund has no intention of holding annual meetings of shareholders. Fund shareholders may remove a Trustee by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Fund’s outstanding shares and the Trustees shall promptly call a meeting for such purpose when requested to do so in writing by the record holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. Shareholders may, under certain circumstances, communicate with other shareholders in connection with a request for a special meeting of shareholders. However, at any time that less than a majority of the Trustees holding office were elected by the shareholders, the Trustees will call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees.

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for acts or obligations of the Trust. However, The Fund’s Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts, obligations and affairs of the Fund. The Declaration of Trust also provides for indemnification out of the Fund’s assets for all losses and expenses of any Fund shareholder held personally liable by reason of being or having been a shareholder. The Declaration of Trust also provides that no series of the Fund shall be liable for the liabilities of any other series. Furthermore, the

67

Fund’s prospectus shall not be liable for the liabilities of any other John Hancock fund. Liability is therefore limited to circumstances in which the Fund itself would be unable to meet its obligations, and the possibility of this occurrence is remote.

The Fund reserves the right to reject any application which conflicts with the Fund’s internal policies or the policies of any regulatory authority. John Hancock Funds does not accept starter, credit card or third party checks. All checks returned by the post office as undeliverable will be reinvested at NAV in the fund or funds from which a redemption was made or dividend paid. Information provided on the account application may be used by the Fund to verify the accuracy of the information or for background or financial history purposes. A joint account will be administered as a joint tenancy with right of survivorship, unless the joint owners notify Signature Services of a different intent. A shareholder’s account is governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. For telephone transactions, the transfer agent will take measures to verify the identity of the caller, such as asking for name, account number, Social Security or other taxpayer ID number and other relevant information. If appropriate measures are taken, the transfer agent is not responsible for any losses that may occur to any account due to an authorized telephone call. Also for your protection telephone redemptions are not permitted on accounts whose names or addresses have changed within the past 30 days. Proceeds from telephone transactions can only be mailed to the address of record.

Shares of the Fund generally may be sold only to U.S. citizens, U.S. residents, and U.S. Domestic corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates.

SAMPLE CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM OFFERING PRICE

Class A shares of the Fund are sold with a maximum initial sales charge of 4.50%. Classes B and C shares are sold at NAV without any initial sales charges and with a 5.00% and 1.00% CDSC, respectively, on shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase. The following tables show the maximum offering price per share of each class of the Fund, using the Fund’s relevant NAV as of August 31, 2008.

			Maximum
	NAV and		sales charge		Maximum
	Redemption Price		(4.50% of		offering
	Per Class A		offering		price to
Fund	Share		price)		public1
California Tax-Free Income Fund	$	10.36	$	0.49	$	10.85

NAV, Offering Price and Redemption Price per Share
Fund	Class B2		Class C2
California Tax-Free Income Fund	$	10.36	$	10.36

1	NAV ÷ 95.5%. On single retail sales of less than $100,000. On sales of $100,000 or more and on group sales, the offering price is reduced.
2	Redemption price is equal to net asset value less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

68

TAX STATUS

Federal Income Taxation

The Fund is treated as a separate entity for accounting and tax purposes, has qualified and elected to be treated as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code, and intends to continue to so qualify for each taxable year. As such and by complying with the applicable provisions of the Code regarding the sources of its income, the timing of its distributions, and the diversification of its assets, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on its tax-exempt interest and taxable income (including net realized capital gains, if any) which is distributed to shareholders in accordance with the timing requirements of the Code.

The Fund will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain amounts not distributed (or not treated as having been distributed) on a timely basis in accordance with annual minimum distribution requirements. The Funds intend under normal circumstances to seek to avoid or minimize liability for such tax by satisfying such distribution requirements.

The Funds expect to qualify to pay “exempt-interest dividends,” as defined in the Code. To qualify to pay exempt-interest dividends, the Fund must, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, have at least 50% of the value of its total assets invested in municipal securities whose interest is excluded from gross income under Section 103(a) of the Code. In purchasing municipal securities, the Fund intends to rely on opinions of nationally recognized bond counsel for each issue as to the excludability of interest on such obligations from gross income for federal income tax purposes and, if available, the exemption of such interest from California personal income taxation. The Fund will not undertake independent investigations concerning the tax-exempt status of such obligations, nor does it guarantee or represent that bond counsels’ opinions are correct. Bond counsels’ opinions will generally be based in part upon covenants by the issuers and related parties regarding continuing compliance with federal tax requirements. Tax laws enacted principally during the 1980’s not only had the effect of limiting the purposes for which tax-exempt bonds could be issued and reducing the supply of such bonds, but also increased the number and complexity of requirements that must be satisfied on a continuing basis in order for bonds to be and remain tax-exempt. If the issuer of a bond or a user of a bond-financed facility fails to comply with such requirements at any time, interest on the bond could become taxable, retroactive to the date the obligation was issued. In that event, a portion of the Fund’s distributions attributable to interest the Fund received on such bond for the current year and for prior years could be characterized or recharacterized as taxable income. The availability of tax-exempt obligations and the value of the Fund’s portfolio may be affected by restrictive federal income tax legislation enacted in recent years or by similar future legislation.

If the Fund satisfies the applicable requirements, dividends paid by the Fund which are attributable to tax exempt interest on municipal securities and designated by the Fund as exempt-interest dividends in a written notice mailed to its shareholders within sixty days after the close of its taxable year may be treated by shareholders as items of interest excludable from their gross income under Section 103(a) of the Code. The recipient of tax-exempt income is required to report such income on his federal income tax return. However, a shareholder is advised to consult his tax adviser with respect to whether exempt-interest dividends retain the exclusion under Section 103(a) if such shareholder would be treated as a “substantial user” or a “related person” thereof under Section 147(a) with respect to any of the tax-exempt obligations held by the Fund. The Code provides that interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or

69

carry shares of the Fund is not deductible to the extent it is deemed related to the Fund’s exempt- interest dividends. Pursuant to published guidelines, the IRS may deem indebtedness to have been incurred for the purpose of purchasing or carrying shares of the Fund even though the borrowed funds may not be directly traceable to the purchase of shares.

Although all or a substantial portion of the dividends paid by the Fund may be excluded by the Fund’s shareholders from their gross income for federal income tax purposes, the Fund may purchase specified private activity bonds, the interest from which (including the Fund’s distributions attributable to such interest) may be a preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax (both individual and corporate). All exempt-interest dividends from the Fund, whether or not attributable to private activity bond interest, may increase a corporate shareholder’s liability, if any, for corporate alternative minimum tax and will be taken into account in determining the extent to which a shareholder’s Social Security or certain railroad retirement benefits are taxable.

Distributions other than exempt-interest dividends from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (“E&P”) will be taxable under the Code for investors who are subject to tax. Taxable distributions include distributions from the Fund that are attributable to (i) taxable income, including but not limited to taxable bond interest, recognized market discount income, original issue discount income accrued with respect to taxable bonds, income from repurchase agreements, income from securities lending, income from dollar rolls, income from interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars, and a portion of the discount from certain stripped tax-exempt obligations or their coupons or (ii) capital gains from the sale or constructive sale of securities or other investments (including from the disposition of rights to when-issued securities prior to issuance) or from options and futures contracts. If these distributions are paid from the Fund’s “investment company taxable income,” they will be taxable as ordinary income; and if they are paid from the Fund’s “net capital gain,” they will be taxable as long-term capital gain. (Net capital gain is the excess (if any) of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, and investment company taxable income is all taxable income and capital gains or losses, other than those gains and losses included in computing net capital gain, after reduction by deductible expenses.) Some distributions may be paid in January but may be taxable to shareholders as if they had been received on December 31 of the previous year. The tax treatment described above will apply without regard to whether distributions are received in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund.

Distributions, if any, in excess of E&P will constitute a return of capital under the Code, which will first reduce an investor’s federal tax basis in Fund shares and then, to the extent such basis is exceeded, will generally give rise to capital gains. Amounts that are not allowable as a deduction in computing taxable income, including expenses associated with earning tax-exempt interest income, do not reduce the Fund’s current earnings and profits for these purposes. Consequently, the portion, if any, of the Fund’s distributions from gross tax-exempt interest income that exceeds its net tax-exempt interest would be taxable as ordinary income to the extent of such disallowed deductions even though such excess portion may represent an economic return of capital. Shareholders who have chosen automatic reinvestment of their distributions will have a federal tax basis in each share received pursuant to such a reinvestment equal to the amount of cash they would have received had they elected to receive the distribution in cash, divided by the number of shares received in the reinvestment.

After the close of each calendar year, the Fund will inform shareholders of the federal income tax status of its dividends and distributions for such year, including the portion of such dividends that qualifies as tax-exempt and the portion, if any, that should be treated as a tax preference

70

item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax. Shareholders who have not held shares of the Fund for its full taxable year may have designated as tax-exempt or as a tax preference item a percentage of distributions which is not equal to the actual amount of a pro rata share of tax-exempt income or tax preference item income earned by the Fund during the period of their investment in the Fund.

The amount of the Fund’s net realized capital gains, if any, in any given year will vary depending upon the Adviser’s current investment strategy and whether the Adviser believes it to be in the best interest of the Fund to dispose of portfolio securities or enter into options or futures transactions that will generate capital gains. At the time of an investor’s purchase of Fund shares, a portion of the purchase price is often attributable to realized or unrealized appreciation in the Fund’s portfolio. Consequently, subsequent distributions on these shares from such appreciation may be taxable to such investor even if the NAV of the investor’s shares is, as a result of the distributions, reduced below the investor’s cost for such shares, and the distributions in reality represent a return of a portion of the purchase price.

Upon a redemption or other disposition of shares of the Fund (including by exercise of the exchange privilege) in a transaction that is treated as a sale for tax purposes, a shareholder will ordinarily realize a taxable gain or loss depending upon the amount of the proceeds and the investor’s basis in his shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands. A sales charge paid in purchasing shares of the Fund cannot be taken into account for purposes of determining gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of such shares within 90 days after their purchase to the extent shares of the Fund or another John Hancock Fund are subsequently acquired without payment of a sales charge pursuant to the reinvestment or exchange privilege. This disregarded charge will result in an increase in the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares subsequently acquired. Also, any loss realized on a redemption or exchange may be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to automatic dividend reinvestments. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Any loss realized upon the redemption of shares with a tax holding period of six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of all exempt-interest dividends paid with respect to such shares and, to the extent in excess of the amount disallowed, will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gain with respect to such shares. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding their particular circumstances to determine whether a disposition of Fund shares is properly treated as a sale for tax purposes, as is assumed in the foregoing discussion.

Although its present intention is to distribute, at least annually, all net capital gain, if any, the Fund reserves the right to retain and reinvest all or any portion of the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss in any year. The Fund will not in any event distribute net capital gain realized in any year to the extent that a capital loss is carried forward from prior years against such gain. To the extent such excess was retained and not exhausted by the carryforward of prior years’ capital losses, it would be subject to Federal income tax in the hands of the Fund. Upon proper designation of this amount by the Fund, each shareholder would be treated for federal income tax purposes as if the Fund had distributed to him on the last day of its taxable year his pro rata share of such excess, and he had paid his pro rata share of the taxes paid by the Fund and reinvested the remainder in the Fund. Accordingly, each shareholder would (a) include his pro rata share of such excess as long-term capital gain in his return for his

71

taxable year in which the last day of the Fund’s taxable year falls, (b) be entitled either to a tax credit on his return for, or to a refund of, his pro rata share of the taxes paid by the Fund, and (c) be entitled to increase the adjusted tax basis for his shares in the Fund by the difference between his pro rata share of such excess and his pro rata share of such taxes.

For Federal income tax purposes, the Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss in any year to offset its net capital gains, if any, during the eight years following the year of the loss. To the extent subsequent capital gains are offset by such losses, they would not result in federal income tax liability to the Fund and, as noted above, would not be distributed to shareholders. The Fund has no capital loss carryforwards available, to the extent provided by regulations, to offset future net realized capital gains.

The Fund’s dividends and capital gain distributions will not qualify for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.

The Fund’s dividends and capital gain distributions will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

The Fund may invest in debt obligations that are in the lower rating categories or are unrated. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of default, present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount, or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income, and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are taxable. If the Fund invests in these debt obligations, it will address these issues in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and seek to avoid Federal income or excise tax.

The Funds are required to accrue original issue discount (“OID”) on certain debt securities (including zero coupon or deferred payment obligations) that have OID prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash payments. The mark to market or constructive sale rules applicable to certain options and futures contracts or other transactions may also require the Fund to recognize income or gain without a concurrent receipt of cash. However, the Fund must distribute to shareholders for each taxable year substantially all of its net income and net capital gains, including such income or gain, to qualify as a regulated investment company and avoid liability for any federal income or excise tax. Therefore, the Fund may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash, or borrow the cash, to satisfy these distribution requirements.

The federal income tax rules applicable to certain structured or indexed securities, interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars, dollar rolls and possibly other investments or transactions are unclear in certain respects, and the Fund will account for these investments or transactions in a manner intended to preserve its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid material tax liability.

The Fund will be required to report to the IRS all taxable distributions to shareholders, as well as gross proceeds from the redemption or exchange of Fund shares, except in the case of certain exempt recipients, i.e., corporations and certain other investors distributions to which are exempt from the information reporting provisions of the Code. Under the backup withholding provisions of Code Section 3406 and applicable Treasury regulations, all such reportable distributions and proceeds may be subject to backup withholding of federal income tax in the

72

case of non-exempt shareholders who fail to furnish the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number and certain certifications required by the IRS or if the IRS or a broker notifies the Fund that the number furnished by the shareholder is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report interest or dividend income. However, the Fund’s taxable distributions may not be subject to backup withholding if the Fund can reasonably estimate that at least 95% of its distributions for the year will be exempt-interest dividends. The Fund may refuse to accept an application that does not contain any required taxpayer identification number or certification that the number provided is correct. If the backup withholding provisions are applicable, any such distributions and proceeds, whether taken in cash or reinvested in shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. Investors should consult their tax advisers about the applicability of the backup withholding provisions.

Certain options and futures transactions undertaken by the Fund may cause the Fund to recognize gains or losses from marking to market even though its positions have not been sold or terminated and affect the character as long-term or short-term and timing of some capital gains and losses realized by the Fund. Additionally, the Fund may be required to recognize gain (subject to tax distribution requirements) if an option, future, notional principal contract or a combination thereof is treated as a constructive sale of an appreciated financial position in the Fund’s portfolio. Also, certain of the Fund’s losses on its transactions involving options or futures contracts and/or offsetting or successor portfolio positions may be deferred rather than being taken into account currently in calculating the Fund’s taxable income or gains. Some of these transactions may also cause the Fund to dispose of investments sooner than would otherwise have occurred. These transactions may therefore affect the amount, timing and character of the Fund’s distributions to shareholders. The Fund will take into account the special tax rules (including consideration of available elections) applicable to options and futures transactions in order to seek to minimize any potential adverse tax consequences.

The foregoing discussion relates solely to U.S. federal income tax law as applicable to U.S. persons (i.e., U.S. citizens or residents and U.S. domestic corporations, partnerships, trusts or estates) subject to tax under such law. The discussion does not address special tax rules applicable to certain types of investors, such as insurance companies and financial institutions. Dividends (including exempt-interest dividends), capital gain distributions, and ownership of or gains realized on the redemption (including an exchange) of Fund shares may also be subject to state and local taxes, except as described below under “State Taxation.” Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers as to the federal, state or local tax consequences of ownership of shares of, and receipt of distributions from, the Fund in their particular circumstances.

Non-U.S. investors not engaged in a U.S. trade or business with which their investment in the Fund is effectively connected will be subject to U.S. federal income tax treatment that is different from that described above. These investors may be subject to nonresident alien withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower rate under an applicable tax treaty) on amounts treated as ordinary dividends from the Fund and, unless an effective IRS Form W-8, Form W-8BEN or other authorized withholding certificate is on file to backup withholding on certain other payments from the Fund. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisers regarding such treatment and the application of foreign taxes to an investment in the Fund.

73

STATE INCOME TAX INFORMATION

The Fund is not subject to Massachusetts corporate excise or franchise taxes. The Fund anticipates that, provided that the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company under the Code, it will also not be required to pay any Massachusetts income tax.

California Taxes

The following discussion assumes that the Fund will be qualified as a regulated investment company under subchapter M of the Code and will be qualified thereunder to pay exempt interest dividends.

Individual shareholders of the Fund who are subject to California personal income taxation will not be required to include in their California gross income that portion of their federal exempt-interest dividends which the Fund clearly and accurately identifies as directly attributable to interest earned on obligations the interest on which is exempt from California personal income taxation, provided that at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year consists of such obligations. Distributions to individual shareholders derived from interest on Tax-Exempt Securities issued by governmental authorities in states other than California or on other obligations or investments the interest or other income on which is not exempt from California personal income taxation and short-term capital gains will be taxed as dividends for purposes of California personal income taxation. The Fund’s long-term capital gains for Federal income tax purposes that are distributed to the shareholders will be taxed as long-term capital gains to individual shareholders of the Fund for purposes of California personal income taxation. Gain or loss, if any, resulting from a sale or redemption of shares will be recognized in the year of the sale or redemption. Present California law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains at the rates applicable to ordinary income. Interest on indebtedness incurred or continued by a shareholder in connection with the purchase of shares of the Fund will not be deductible for California personal income tax purposes.

Generally, corporate shareholders of the Fund subject to the California franchise tax will be required to include any gain on a sale or redemption of shares and all distributions of exempt interest, capital gains and other taxable income, if any, as income subject to such tax.

The Fund will not be subject to California franchise or corporate income tax on interest income or net capital gain distributed to the shareholders.

Shares of the Fund will be exempt from local property taxes in California.

Shares of the Fund will not be excludable from the taxable estates of deceased California resident shareholders for purposes of the California estate and generation skipping taxes. California estate and generation skipping taxes are creditable against the corresponding Federal taxes.

The foregoing is a general, abbreviated summary of certain of the provisions of California law presently in effect as it directly governs the taxation of the shareholders of the Fund. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive with respect to the Fund’s transactions. Shareholders are advised to consult with their own tax advisers for more detailed information concerning California tax matters.

74

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION

Decisions concerning the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and the allocation of brokerage commissions are made by the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s investment and/or trading personnel. Orders for purchases and sales of securities are placed in a manner, which, in the opinion of such personnel, will offer the best price and market for the execution of each such transaction. The Fund’s trading practices and investments are reviewed periodically by the Subadviser’s Senior Investment Policy Committee and its Brokerage Practices Committee which consists of officers of the Subadviser and quarterly by the officers of the Adviser and the Independent Trustees.

Purchases from underwriters of portfolio securities may include a commission or commissions paid by the issuer and transactions with dealers serving as market maker reflect a “spread.” Investments in debt securities are generally traded on a “net” basis through dealers acting for their own account as principals and not as brokers; no brokerage commissions are payable on these transactions. In the U.S. Government securities market, securities are generally traded on a net basis with dealers acting as principal for their own account without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. On occasion, certain money market instruments and agency securities may be purchased directly from the issuer, in which case no commissions or premiums are paid. Investments in equity securities are generally traded on exchanges or on over-the-counter markets at fixed commission rates or on a net basis. In other countries, both debt and equity securities are traded on exchanges at fixed commission rates. Commissions on foreign transactions are generally higher than the negotiated commission rates available in the U.S. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign stock exchanges and broker-dealers than in the U.S.

The Fund’s primary policy is to execute all purchases and sales of portfolio instruments at the most favorable prices consistent with best execution, considering all of the costs of the transaction including brokerage commissions. The policy governs the selection of brokers and dealers and the market in which a transaction is executed. Consistent with best execution, the Fund’s trades may be executed by dealers that also sell shares of John Hancock funds. However, the Adviser and Subadviser do not consider sales of shares of the the Fund as a factor in the selection of broker-dealers to execute the Fund’s portfolio transactions. To the extent consistent with the foregoing, the Fund will be governed in the selection of brokers and dealers, and the negotiation of brokerage commission rates and dealer spreads, by the reliability and quality of the services and may include, to a lesser extent, the availability and value of research information and statistical assistance furnished to the Adviser and Subadviser of the Fund. The Adviser and Subadviser have implemented policies and procedures (approved by the Board) reasonably designed to ensure that the Fund’s selection of the broker-dealer is not influenced by considerations about the sales of Fund shares.

Where research is available for cash payments, the Adviser or Subadviser pays for such research from its own resources, and not with brokerage commissions. In other cases, as permitted by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, the Fund may pay to a broker that- provides brokerage and research services to the Fund an amount of disclosed commission in excess of the commission which another broker would have charged for effecting that transaction. This practice is subject to a good faith determination by the Trustees that such price is reasonable in light of the services provided and to such policies as the Trustees may adopt from time to time. “Commissions”, as interpreted by the SEC, include fees paid to brokers for trades conducted on an agency basis, and certain mark-ups, mark-downs, commission equivalents and other fees received by dealers in riskless principal transactions placed in the over-the-counter market.

75

The term “brokerage and research services” includes research services received from broker-dealers which supplement the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s own research (and the research of its affiliates), and may include the following types of information: statistical and background information on the U.S. and foreign economies, industry groups and individual companies; forecasts and interpretations with respect to the U.S. and foreign economies, securities, markets, specific industry groups and individual companies; information on federal, state, local and foreign political developments; portfolio management strategies; performance information on securities, indexes and investment accounts; and information concerning prices and ratings of securities. Broker-dealers may communicate such information electronically, orally, in written form or on computer software. Research services may also include the providing of electronic communication of trade information and, the providing of specialized consultations with the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s personnel with respect to computerized systems and data furnished as a component of other research services, the arranging of meetings with management of companies, and the providing of access to consultants who supply research information.

The outside research assistance is useful to the Adviser or Subadviser since the broker-dealers used by the Adviser or Subadviser tends to follow a broader universe of securities and other matters than the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s staff can follow. In addition, the research provides the Adviser or Subadviser with a diverse perspective on financial markets. Research services provided to the Adviser or Subadviser’s by broker-dealers are available for the benefit of all accounts managed or advised by the Adviser or by its affiliates or by the Subadviser or by its affiliates. Some broker-dealers may indicate that the provision of research services is dependent upon the generation of certain specified levels of commissions and underwriting concessions by the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s clients, including the Fund. However, the Fund is not under any obligation to deal with any broker-dealer in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities.

The Advisers and Subadviser believe that the research services are beneficial in supplementing the Adviser’s research and analysis and that they improve the quality of the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s investment advice. It is not possible to place a dollar value on information and services to be received from brokers and dealers, since it is only supplementary to the research efforts of the Adviser or Subadviser. The advisory fee paid by the Fund is not reduced because the Adviser receives such services. The receipt of research information is not expected to reduce significantly the expenses of the Adviser and Subadviser. However, to the extent that the Adviser or Subadviser would have purchased research services had they not been provided by broker-dealers, or would have developed comparable information through its own staff, the expenses to the Adviser or Subadviser could be considered to have been reduced accordingly. The research information and statistical assistance furnished by brokers and dealers may benefit the Life Company or other advisory clients of the Adviser or Subadviser, and conversely, brokerage commissions and spreads paid by other advisory clients of the Adviser or Subadviser may result in research information and statistical assistance beneficial to the Fund. The Fund will make no commitment to allocate portfolio transactions upon any prescribed basis.

Broker-dealers may be willing to furnish statistical, research and other factual information or service to the Adviser for no consideration other than brokerage or underwriting commissions. Securities may be bought or sold from time to time through such broker-dealers on behalf of the Fund or the Adviser or Subadviser’s other clients.

In effecting portfolio transactions on behalf of the Fund and the Adviser and Subadviser’s other clients, the Adviser and Subadviser may from time to time instruct the broker-dealer that executes the transaction to allocate, or “step-out”, a portion of the transaction to another broker-

76

dealer. The broker-dealer to which the Adviser “stepped-out” would then settle and complete the designated portion of the transaction. Each broker-dealer would receive a commission or brokerage fee with respect to that portion of the transaction that it settles and completes.

While the Adviser and/or the Subadviser will be primarily responsible for the allocation of the Fund’s brokerage business, the policies and practices of the Adviser or Subadviser in this regard must be consistent with the foregoing and at all times be subject to review by the Trustees. For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, the Fund paid negotiated brokerage commissions of $0, $0 and $0, respectively.

Pursuant to procedures determined by the Trustees and consistent with the above policy of obtaining best net results, the Fund may execute portfolio transactions with or through brokers affiliated with the Adviser and/or the Subadviser (“Affiliated Brokers”). Affiliated Brokers may act as broker for the Fund on exchange transactions, subject, however, to the general policy of the Fund set forth above and the procedures adopted by the Trustees pursuant to the 1940 Act. Commissions paid to an Affiliated Broker must be at least as favorable as those which the Trustees believe to be contemporaneously charged by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold. A transaction would not be placed with an Affiliated Broker if the Fund would have to pay a commission rate less favorable than the Affiliated Broker’s contemporaneous charges for comparable transactions for its other most favored, but unaffiliated, customers except for accounts for which the Affiliated Broker acts as clearing broker for another brokerage firm, and any customers of the Affiliated Broker not comparable to the Fund as determined by a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, the Adviser, the Subadviser or the Affiliated Broker. Because the Adviser or Subadviser that is affiliated with the Affiliated Broker has, as an investment adviser to the Fund, the obligation to provide investment management services, which includes elements of research and related investment skills such research and related skills will not be used by the Affiliated Broker as a basis for negotiating commissions at a rate higher than that determined in accordance with the above criteria.

The Adviser’s indirect parent, the Life Company, is the indirect sole shareholder of Signator Investors, Inc., a broker-dealer (“Signator” or an “Affiliated Broker”). The Adviser’s indirect parent, Manulife Financial, is the parent of another broker-dealer, John Hancock Distributors LLC (“JH Distributors” or “Affiliated Broker”).

Other investment advisory clients advised by the Adviser or Subadviser may also invest in the same securities as the Fund. When these clients buy or sell the same securities at substantially the same time, the Adviser or Subadviser may average the transactions as to price and allocate the amount of available investments in a manner which the Adviser or Subadviser believes to be equitable to each client, including the Fund. Because of this, client accounts in a particular style may sometimes not sell or acquire securities as quickly or at the same prices as they might if each were managed and traded individually.

For purchases of equity securities, when a complete order is not filled, a partial allocation will be made to each participating account pro rata based on the order size. For high demand issues (for example, initial public offerings), shares will be allocated pro rata by account size as well as on the basis of account objective, account size ( a small account’s allocation may be increased to provide it with a meaningful position), and the account’s other holdings. In addition, an account’s allocation may be increased if that account’s portfolio manager was responsible for generating the investment idea or the portfolio manager intends to buy more shares in the

77

secondary market. For fixed income accounts, generally securities will be allocated when appropriate among accounts based on account size, except if the accounts have different objectives or if an account is too small to get a meaningful allocation. For new issues, when a complete order is not filled, a partial allocation will be made to each account pro rata based on the order size. However, if a partial allocation is too small to be meaningful, it may be reallocated based on such factors as account objectives, strategies, duration benchmarks and credit and sector exposure. For example, value funds will likely not participate in initial public offerings as frequently as growth funds. In some instances, this investment procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtainable for it. On the other hand, to the extent permitted by law, the Adviser or Subadviser may aggregate securities to be sold or purchased for the Fund with those to be sold or purchased for other clients managed by it in order to obtain best execution.

TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES

John Hancock Signature Services, Inc., P. O. Box 9510, Portsmouth, NH 03802-9510, a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of the Life Company, is the transfer and dividend paying agent for the Fund.

The Funds pay Signature Services monthly a fee which is based on an annual rate of $17.50 for each shareholder account. The Funds also pay Signature Services monthly a fee that is based on an annual rate of 0.010% of average daily net assets attributable to each Fund. The Funds also pay certain out-of-pocket expenses. Expenses are aggregated and allocated to each class on the basis of their relative NAVs.

Prior to June 1, 2008, the Funds paid Signature Services monthly a fee which is based on an annual rate of $16.00 for each Class A shareholder account and $18.50 for each Class B shareholder account, $17.50 for each Class C shareholder account. The Funds also paid Signature Services monthly a fee which is based on an annual rate of 0.010% of average daily net assets attributable to Class A, Class B, Class C shares.

Prior to January 1, 2006, the Fund paid Signature Services monthly a fee which was based on an annual rate of $17.00 for each Class A shareholder account and $19.50 for each Class B shareholder account and $18.50 for each class C shareholder account plus certain out-of-pocket expenses. The Fund also paid Signature Services monthly a fee of 0.01% of average daily net assets for Class A, Class B, and Class C shares.

For shares held of record in omnibus or other group accounts where administration and other shareholder services are provided by the Selling Firm or group administrator, the Selling Firm or administrator will charge a service fee to the Fund. For such shareholders, Signature Services does not charge its account fee.

CUSTODY OF PORTFOLIO

Portfolio securities of the Fund are held pursuant to a custodian agreement between the Fund and The Bank of New York Mellon, One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286. Under the custodian agreement, The Bank of New York is performing custody, Foreign Custody Manager and fund accounting services.

78

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 125 High Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audits and renders an opinion on the Fund’s annual financial statements and reviews the Fund’s annual federal income tax return.

LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS

On June 25, 2007, John Hancock Advisers, LLC (the “Adviser”) and John Hancock Funds, LLC (the “Distributor”) and two of their affiliates (collectively, the “John Hancock Affiliates”) reached a settlement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) that resolved an investigation of certain practices relating to the John Hancock Affiliates’ variable annuity and mutual fund operations involving directed brokerage and revenue sharing. Under the terms of the settlement, each John Hancock Affiliate was censured and agreed to pay a $500,000 civil penalty to the United States Treasury. In addition, the Adviser and the Distributor agreed to pay disgorgement of $2,087,477 and prejudgment interest of $359,460 to entities, including certain John Hancock Funds, that participated in the Adviser’s directed brokerage program during the period from 2000 to October 2003. Collectively, all John Hancock Affiliates agreed to pay a total disgorgement of $16,926,420 and prejudgment interest of $2,361,460 to the entities advised or distributed by John Hancock Affiliates. The Adviser discontinued the use of directed brokerage in recognition of the sale of fund shares in October 2003.

79

APPENDIX A – DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENT RISK

MORE ABOUT RISK

A fund’s risk profile is largely defined by the fund’s primary securities and investment practices. You may find the most concise description of the fund’s risk profile in the prospectus.

A fund is permitted to utilize — within limits established by the trustees — certain other securities and investment practices that have higher risks and opportunities associated with them. To the extent that the Fund utilizes these securities or practices, its overall performance may be affected, either positively or negatively. On the following pages are brief definitions of certain associated risks with them with examples of related securities and investment practices included in brackets. See the “Investment Objectives and Policies” and “Investment Restrictions” sections of this SAI for a description of this Fund’s investment policies. The Fund follows certain policies that may reduce these risks.

As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will earn income or show a positive return over any period of time — days, months or years.

TYPES OF INVESTMENT RISK

Correlation risk The risk that changes in the value of a hedging instrument will not match those of the asset being hedged (hedging is the use of one investment to offset the effects of another investment). Incomplete correlation can result in unanticipated risks. (e.g., futures and related options; securities and index options, swaps, caps, floors, collars).

Credit risk The risk that the issuer of a security, or the counterparty to a contract, will default or otherwise become unable to honor a financial obligation. Common to all debt securities.(e.g. borrowing; reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, financial futures and options; securities and index options, securities lending, non-investment grade debt securities, private activity bonds, participation interests and structured securities, swaps, caps, floors, collars).

Information risk The risk that key information about a security or market is inaccurate or unavailable. Common to all municipal securities. (e.g. non-investment grade debt securities, private activity bonds and participation interests).

Interest rate risk The risk of market losses attributable to changes in interest rates. With fixed-rate securities, a rise in interest rates typically causes a fall in values, while a fall in rates typically causes a rise in values. (e.g. financial futures and options; securities and index options, non-investment grade debt securities, private activity bonds, participation interests, structured securities and swaps, caps, floors and collars).

Leverage risk Associated with securities or practices (such as borrowing) that multiply small index or market movements into large changes in value. (e.g. borrowing; reverse repurchase agreements, when-issued securities and forward commitments).

• Hedged When a derivative (a security whose value is based on another security or index) is used as a hedge against an opposite position that the fund also holds, any loss generated by the derivative should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains.

• Speculative To the extent that a derivative is not used as a hedge, the fund is directly exposed to the risks of that derivative. Gains or losses from speculative positions in a derivative may be substantially greater than the derivative’s original cost.

• Liquidity risk The risk that certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time and the price that the seller would like. The seller may have to lower the price, sell other

A-1

securities instead, or forego an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on fund management or performance. (e.g. financial futures and options; securities and index options, non-investment-grade debt securities, restricted and illiquid securities, participation interests, swaps, caps, floors, collars , structured securities).

Management risk The risk that a strategy used by a fund’s management may fail to produce the intended result. Common to all mutual funds.

Market risk The risk that the market value of a security may move up and down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. These fluctuations may cause a security to be worth less than the price originally paid for it, or less than it was worth at an earlier time. Market risk may affect a single issuer, industry, sector of the economy or the market as a whole. Common to all stocks and bonds and the mutual funds that invest in them. (e.g. financial futures and options; securities and index options, short-term trading, when-issued securities and forward commitments, non-investment-grade debt securities, restricted and illiquid securities, structured securities).

Natural event risk The risk of losses attributable to natural disasters, such as earthquakes and similar events. (e.g. private activity bonds).

Opportunity risk The risk of missing out on an investment opportunity because the assets necessary to take advantage of it are tied up in less advantageous investments. (e.g. financial futures and options; securities and index options, when-issued securities and forward commitments).

Political risk The risk of losses attributable to government or political actions of any sort. (e.g. private activity bonds).

Valuation risk The risk that a fund has valued certain of its securities at a higher price than it can sell them for.(e.g. non-investment-grade debt securities, Restricted and illiquid securities, participation interests, structured securities, swaps, caps, floors, collars).

A-2

APPENDIX B – DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt instruments they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt instruments with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt instruments of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.

MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

Aaa: Obligations rated ‘Aaa’ are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated ‘Aa’ are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated ‘A’ are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated ‘Baa’ are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba: Obligations rated ‘Ba’ are judged to have speculative elements are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated ‘B’ are considered speculative elements and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated ‘Caa’ are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated ‘Ca’ are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated ‘C’ are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

STANDARD & POOR’S RATINGS GROUP

AAA: An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A: An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB: An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC and C: Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’ ‘CC’ and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective

B-1

characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB: An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B: An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC: An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC: An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C: The ‘C’ rating may be used to over a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

D: An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or minus (-): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

NR: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE (“Fitch”)

Investment Grade

AAA: Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment grade category.

B-2

Speculative Grade

BB: Speculative.

• ‘BB’ ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B: Highly speculative.

• For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

• For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R1’ (outstanding).

CCC:

• For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions.

• For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R2’ (superior), or ‘R3’ (good) or ‘R4’ (average).

CC:

• For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable.

• For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with Recovery Raging of ‘R4’ (average) or ‘R5’ (below average).

C:

• For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent.

• For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R6’ (poor).

RD:

• Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D:

• Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following:

- failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation;

- the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or

- the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

B-3

Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or CCC-C categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

CORPORATE AND TAX-EXEMPT COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

MOODY’S

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

STANDARD AND POOR’S

Commercial Paper: A standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from ‘A’ for the highest-quality obligations to ‘D’ for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1: This designation indicates that the degrees of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2: Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated ‘A-1’.

A-3: Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B: Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C: This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

B-4

D: Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Dual Ratings — Standard & Poor’s assigns ‘dual’ rating to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With short-term demand debt, not rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

Other Considerations — The ratings of S&P, Moody’s, and Fitch represent their respective opinions of the quality of the municipal securities they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, municipal securities with the same maturity, coupon and ratings may have different yields and municipal securities of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.

TAX-EXEMPT NOTE RATINGS

MOODY’S

Short-Term Debt Ratings: There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels ‘MIG 1’ through ‘MIG 3’. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1: This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Dept instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

STANDARD AND POOR’S

Short-Term Issue: A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

• Amortization schedule – the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as note; and

• Source of payment – the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

B-5

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

B-6

APPENDIX C

EQUIVALENT YIELDS:

Tax Exempt Versus Taxable Income for 2008

The table below shows the effect of the tax status of California Tax Exempt Securities on the yield received by their holders under the regular federal income tax and California personal income tax laws. It gives the approximate yield a taxable security must earn at various income brackets to produce after-tax yields equivalent to those of California Tax Exempt Securities yielding from 3.0% to 9.0%.

												IN CALIFORNIA, A TAX-EXEMPT YIELD OF:
									2008
									Marginal
									Combined
									California
									And
Single Return				Joint Return					Federal
									Income Tax
(Taxable Income)									Bracket*			3.0%			4.0%			5.0%			6.0%			7.0%			8.0%			9.0%
												IS EQUIVALENT TO A TAXABLE YIELD OF:
$0	—		7,168	$	0	—		14,336		10.90	%		3.37	%		4.49	%		5.61	%		6.73	%		7.86	%		8.98	%		10.10	%
$7,169	—		8,025	$	14,337	—		16,050		11.80	%		3.40	%		4.54	%		5.67	%		6.80	%		7.94	%		9.07	%		10.20	%
$8,026	—		16,994	$	16,051	—		33,988		16.70	%		3.60	%		4.80	%		6.00	%		7.20	%		8.40	%		9.60	%		10.80	%
$16,995	—		26,821	$	33,989	—		53,642		18.40	%		3.68	%		4.90	%		6.13	%		7.35	%		8.58	%		9.80	%		11.03	%
$26,822	—		32,550	$	53,643	—		65,100		20.10	%		3.75	%		5.01	%		6.26	%		7.51	%		8.76	%		10.01	%		11.26	%
$32,551	—		37,233	$	65,101	—		74,466		29.50	%		4.26	%		5.67	%		7.09	%		8.51	%		9.93	%		11.35	%		12.77	%
$37,234	—		47,055	$	74,467	—		94,110		31.00	%		4.35	%		5.80	%		7.25	%		8.70	%		10.14	%		11.59	%		13.04	%
$47,056	—		78,850	$	94,111	—		131,450		31.98	%		4.41	%		5.88	%		7.35	%		8.82	%		10.29	%		11.76	%		13.23	%
$78,851	—		164,550	$	131,451	—		200,300		34.70	%		4.59	%		6.13	%		7.66	%		9.19	%		10.72	%		12.25	%		13.78	%
$164,551	—		357,700	$	200,301	—		357,700		39.23	%		4.94	%		6.58	%		8.23	%		9.87	%		11.52	%		13.16	%		14.81	%
$357,701	—	OVER		$	357,701	—	OVER			41.05	%		5.09	%		6.78	%		8.48	%		10.18	%		11.87	%		13.57	%		15.27	%

* The marginal combined bracket includes the effect of deducting state taxes on your federal tax return.

The chart is for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to project performance of the Fund.

While the Fund principally invests in obligations exempt from federal and California state income taxes, a portion of the Fund’s distributions may be subject to these taxes or to the alternative minimum tax.

California state income tax rates and brackets have not yet been set for 2008. This may result in higher or lower actual rates. The above chart is intended for estimation only.

C-1

APPENDIX D

PROXY VOTING SUMMARY OF ADVISER, THE JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS AND THE SUBADVISER

SubadviserSubadvisersubadvisersubadvisersubadvisersubadvisersubadvisersubadvisersubadvisersubadviser subadvisersubadvisersubadvisersubadviser

JOHN HANCOCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT SERVICES, LLC

&

JOHN HANCOCK ADVISERS, LLC

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

General

John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC and John Hancock Advisers, LLC (collectively the “Adviser”) is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and serves as the investment adviser to a number of management investment companies (including series thereof) (each a “Fund”) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Adviser generally retains one or more subadvisers to manage the assets of the Funds, including voting proxies with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities. From time to time, however, the Adviser may elect to manage directly the assets of a Fund, including voting proxies with respect to its portfolio securities, or a Fund’s board of trustees or directors may otherwise delegate to the Adviser authority to vote such proxies. Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires that a registered investment adviser adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that it votes proxies with respect to a client’s securities in the best interest of the client. Pursuant thereto, the Adviser has adopted and implemented these proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Procedures”).

Fiduciary Duty

The Adviser has a fiduciary duty to vote proxies on behalf of a Fund in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders.

Voting of Proxies

The Adviser will vote proxies with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities when authorized to do so by the Fund and subject to the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures and any further direction or delegation of authority by the Fund’s board of trustees or directors. The decision on how to vote a proxy will be made by the person(s) to whom the Adviser has from time to time delegated such responsibility (the “Designated Person”). The Designated Person may include the Fund’s portfolio manager(s) and a Proxy Voting Committee, as described below.

When voting proxies with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities, the following standards will apply:

D-1

•      The Designated Person will vote based on what it believes to be in the best interest of the Fund and its shareholders and in accordance with the Fund’s investment guidelines.

•      Each voting decision will be made independently. The Designated Person may enlist the services of reputable professionals (who may include persons employed by or otherwise associated with the Adviser or any of its affiliated persons) or independent proxy evaluation services such as Institutional Shareholder Services, to assist with the analysis of voting issues and/or to carry out the actual voting process. However, the ultimate decision as to how to vote a proxy will remain the responsibility of the Designated Person.

•      The Adviser believes that a good management team of a company will generally act in the best interests of the company. Therefore, the Designated Person will take into consideration as a key factor in voting proxies with respect to securities of a company that are held by the Fund the quality of the company’s management and, in general, will vote as recommended by such management except in situations where the Designated Person believes such recommended vote is not in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

•      As a general principle, voting with respect to the same portfolio securities held by more than one Fund should be consistent among those Funds having substantially the same mandates.

•      The Adviser will provide the Fund, from time to time in accordance with the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures and any applicable laws and regulations, a record of the Adviser’s voting of proxies with respect to the Fund’s portfolio securities.

Material Conflicts of Interest

In carrying out its proxy voting responsibilities, the Adviser will monitor and resolve potential material conflicts (“Material Conflicts”) between the interests of (a) a Fund and (b) the Adviser or any of its affiliated persons. Affiliates of the Adviser include Manulife Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries. Material Conflicts may arise, for example, if a proxy vote relates to matters involving any of these companies or other issuers in which the Adviser or any of its affiliates has a substantial equity or other interest.

If the Adviser or a Designated Person becomes aware that a proxy voting issue may present a potential Material Conflict, the issue will be referred to the Adviser’s Legal and Compliance Department. If the Legal and Compliance Department determines that a potential Material Conflict does exist, a Proxy Voting Committee will be appointed to consider and resolve the issue. The Proxy Voting Committee may make any determination that it considers reasonable and may, if it chooses, request the advice of an independent, third-party proxy service on how to vote the proxy.

Voting Proxies of Underlying Funds of a Fund of Funds

The Adviser or the Designated Person will vote proxies with respect to the shares of a Fund that are held by another Fund that operates as a fund of funds (a “Fund of Funds”) in the manner provided in the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Fund of Funds (including such policies and procedures relating to material conflicts of interest) or as otherwise directed by the board of trustees or directors of the Fund of Funds.

D-2

Proxy Voting Committee(s)

The Adviser will from time to time, and on such temporary or longer term basis as it deems appropriate, establish one or more Proxy Voting Committees. A Proxy Voting Committee shall include the Adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and may include legal counsel. The terms of reference and the procedures under which a Proxy Voting Committee will operate will be reviewed from time to time by the Legal and Compliance Department. Records of the deliberations and proxy voting recommendations of a Proxy Voting Committee will be maintained in accordance with applicable law, if any, and these Procedures.

Records Retention

The Adviser will retain (or arrange for the retention by a third party of) such records relating to proxy voting pursuant to these Procedures as may be required from time to time by applicable law and regulations, including the following:

i.	these Procedures and all amendments hereto;
ii.	all proxy statements received regarding Fund portfolio securities;
iii.	records of all votes cast on behalf of a Fund;
iv.	records of all Fund requests for proxy voting information;
v.	any documents prepared by the Designated Person or a Proxy Voting Committee that were material to or memorialized the basis for a voting decision;
vi.	all records relating to communications with the Funds regarding Conflicts; and
vii.	all minutes of meetings of Proxy Voting Committees.

Reporting to Fund Boards

The Adviser will provide the board of trustees or directors of a Fund (the “Board”) with a copy of these Procedures, accompanied by a certification that represents that the Procedures have been adopted in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act. Thereafter, the Adviser will provide the Board with notice and a copy of any amendments or revisions to the Procedures and will report quarterly to the Board all material changes to the Procedures.

The CCO’s annual written compliance report to the Board will contain a summary of material changes to the Procedures during the period covered by the report.

If the Adviser votes any proxies in a manner inconsistent with either these Procedures or a Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures, the Adviser will provide the CCO with a report detailing such exceptions.

In the case of proxies voted by a subadviser to a Fund (a “Subadviser”) pursuant to the Fund’s proxy voting procedures, the Adviser will request the Subadviser to certify to the Adviser that the Subadviser has voted the Fund’s proxies as required by the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures and that such proxy votes were executed in a manner consistent with these

D-3

Procedures and to provide the Adviser will a report detailing any instances where the Subadviser voted any proxies in a manner inconsistent with the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures. The Adviser will then report to the Board on a quarterly basis regarding the Subadviser certification and report to the Board any instance where the Subadviser voted any proxies in a manner inconsistent with the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures.

Adopted: December 2007

D-4

JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

POLICY:

General

The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of each registered investment company in the John Hancock family of funds listed on Schedule A (collectively, the “Trust”), including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”)) of the Trust (the “Independent Trustees”), adopts these proxy voting policies and procedures.

Each fund of the Trust or any other registered investment company (or series thereof) (each, a “fund”) is required to disclose its proxy voting policies and procedures in its registration statement and, pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the 1940 Act, file annually with the Securities and Exchange Commission and make available to shareholders its actual proxy voting record. In this regard, the Trust Policy is set forth below.

Delegation of Proxy Voting Responsibilities

It is the policy of the Trust to delegate the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by a fund to the fund’s investment adviser (“adviser”) or, if the fund’s adviser has delegated portfolio management responsibilities to one or more investment subadviser(s), to the fund’s subadviser(s), subject to the Board’s continued oversight. The subadviser for each fund shall vote all proxies relating to securities held by each fund and in that connection, and subject to any further policies and procedures contained herein, shall use proxy voting policies and procedures adopted by each subadviser in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).

Except as noted below under Material Conflicts of Interest, the Trust Policy with respect to a fund shall incorporate that adopted by the fund’s subadviser with respect to voting proxies held by its clients (the “Subadviser Policy”). Each Subadviser Policy, as it may be amended from time to time, is hereby incorporated by reference into the Trust Policy. Each subadviser to a fund is directed to comply with these policies and procedures in voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by a fund, subject to oversight by the fund’s adviser and by the Board. Each adviser to a fund retains the responsibility, and is directed, to oversee each subadviser’s compliance with these policies and procedures, and to adopt and implement such additional policies and procedures as it deems necessary or appropriate to discharge its oversight responsibility. Additionally, the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) shall conduct such monitoring and supervisory activities as the CCO or the Board deems necessary or appropriate in order to appropriately discharge the CCO’s role in overseeing the subadvisers’ compliance with these policies and procedures.

The delegation by the Board of the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the funds is entirely voluntary and may be revoked by the Board, in whole or in part, at any time.

D-5

Voting Proxies of Underlying Funds of a Fund of Funds

A. Where the Fund of Funds is not the Sole Shareholder of the Underlying Fund

With respect to voting proxies relating to the shares of an underlying fund (an “Underlying Fund”) held by a fund of the Trust operating as a fund of funds (a “Fund of Funds”) in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act where the Underlying Fund has shareholders other than the Fund of Funds which are not other Fund of Funds, the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such Underlying Fund shares.

B. Where the Fund of Funds is the Sole Shareholder of the Underlying Fund

In the event that one or more Funds of Funds are the sole shareholders of an Underlying Fund, the adviser to the Fund of Funds or the Trust will vote proxies relating to the shares of the Underlying Fund as set forth below unless the Board elects to have the Fund of Funds seek voting instructions from the shareholders of the Funds of Funds in which case the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the instructions timely received from such shareholders.

1. Where Both the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds are Voting on Substantially Identical Proposals

In the event that the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds are voting on substantially identical proposals (the “Substantially Identical Proposal”), then the adviser or the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the vote of the shareholders of the Fund of Funds on the Substantially Identical Proposal.

2. Where the Underlying Fund is Voting on a Proposal that is Not Being Voted on By the Fund of Funds

a. Where there is No Material Conflict of Interest Between the Interests of the Shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the Adviser Relating to the Proposal

In the event that the Fund of Funds is voting on a proposal of the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds is not also voting on a substantially identical proposal and there is no material conflict of interest between the interests of the shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the adviser relating to the Proposal, then the adviser will vote proxies relating to the shares of the Underlying Fund pursuant to its Proxy Voting Procedures.

b. Where there is a Material Conflict of Interest Between the Interests of the Shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the Adviser Relating to the Proposal

In the event that the Fund of Funds is voting on a proposal of the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds is not also voting on a substantially identical proposal and there is a material conflict of interest between the interests of the shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the adviser relating to the Proposal, then

D-6

the Fund of Funds will seek voting instructions from the shareholders of the Fund of Funds on the proposal and will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the instructions timely received from such shareholders. A material conflict is generally defined as a proposal involving a matter in which the adviser or one of its affiliates has a material economic interest.

Material Conflicts of Interest

If: (1) a subadviser to a fund becomes aware that a vote presents a material conflict between the interests of: (a) shareholders of the fund; and (b) the fund’s adviser, subadviser, principal underwriter, or any of their affiliated persons, and (2) the subadviser does not propose to vote on the particular issue in the manner prescribed by its Subadviser Policy or the material conflict of interest procedures set forth in its Subadviser Policy are otherwise triggered, then the subadviser will follow the material conflict of interest procedures set forth in its Subadviser Policy when voting such proxies.

If a Subadviser Policy provides that in the case of a material conflict of interest between fund shareholders and another party, the subadviser will ask the Board to provide voting instructions, the subadviser shall vote the proxies, in its discretion, as recommended by an independent third party, in the manner prescribed by its Subadviser Policy or abstain from voting the proxies.

Securities Lending Program

Certain of the funds participate in a securities lending program with the Trust through an agent lender. When a fund’s securities are out on loan, they are transferred into the borrower’s name and are voted by the borrower, in its discretion. Where a subadviser determines, however, that a proxy vote (or other shareholder action) is materially important to the client’s account, the subadviser should request that the agent recall the security prior to the record date to allow the subadviser to vote the securities.

Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)

The Trust shall include in its SAI a summary of the Trust Policy and of the Subadviser Policy included therein. (In lieu of including a summary of these policies and procedures, the Trust may include each full Trust Policy and Subadviser Policy in the SAI.)

Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in Annual and Semi-Annual Shareholder Reports

The Trust shall disclose in its annual and semi-annual shareholder reports that a description of the Trust Policy, including the Subadviser Policy, and the Trust’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12 months ended June 30 are available on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website, and without charge, upon request, by calling a specified toll-free telephone number. The Trust will send these documents within three business days of receipt of a request, by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery.

D-7

Filing of Proxy Voting Record on Form N-PX

The Trust will annually file its complete proxy voting record with the SEC on Form N-PX. The Form N-PX shall be filed for the twelve months ended June 30 no later than August 31 of that year.

PROCEDURES:

Review of Subadvisers’ Proxy Voting

The Trust has delegated proxy voting authority with respect to fund portfolio securities in accordance with the Trust Policy, as set forth above.

Consistent with this delegation, each subadviser is responsible for the following:

1)	Implementing written policies and procedures, in compliance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, reasonably designed to ensure that the subadviser votes portfolio securities in the best interest of shareholders of the Trust.
2)	Providing the adviser with a copy and description of the Subadviser Policy prior to being approved by the Board as a subadviser, accompanied by a certification that represents that the Subadviser Policy has been adopted in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act. Thereafter, providing the adviser with notice of any amendment or revision to that Subadviser Policy or with a description thereof. The adviser is required to report all material changes to a Subadviser Policy quarterly to the Board. The CCO’s annual written compliance report to the Board will contain a summary of the material changes to each Subadviser Policy during the period covered by the report.
3)	Providing the adviser with a quarterly certification indicating that the subadviser did vote proxies of the funds and that the proxy votes were executed in a manner consistent with the Subadviser Policy. If the subadviser voted any proxies in a manner inconsistent with the Subadviser Policy, the subadviser will provide the adviser with a report detailing the exceptions.

Adviser Responsibilities

The Trust has retained a proxy voting service to coordinate, collect, and maintain all proxy-related information, and to prepare and file the Trust’s reports on Form N-PX with the SEC.

The adviser, in accordance with its general oversight responsibilities, will periodically review the voting records maintained by the proxy voting service in accordance with the following procedures:

1)	Receive a file with the proxy voting information directly from each subadviser on a quarterly basis.
2)	Select a sample of proxy votes from the files submitted by the subadvisers and compare them against the proxy voting service files for accuracy of the votes.
3)	Deliver instructions to shareholders on how to access proxy voting information via the Trust’s semi-annual and annual shareholder reports.

D-8

Proxy Voting Service Responsibilities

Aggregation of Votes:

The proxy voting service’s proxy disclosure system will collect fund-specific and/or account-level voting records, including votes cast by multiple subadvisers or third party voting services.

Reporting:

The proxy voting service’s proxy disclosure system will provide the following reporting features:

1)	multiple report export options;
2)	report customization by fund-account, portfolio manager, security, etc.; and
3)	account details available for vote auditing.

Form N-PX Preparation and Filing:

The adviser will be responsible for oversight and completion of the filing of the Trust’s reports on Form N-PX with the SEC. The proxy voting service will prepare the EDGAR version of Form N-PX and will submit it to the adviser for review and approval prior to filing with the SEC. The proxy voting service will file Form N-PX for each twelve-month period ending on June 30. The filing must be submitted to the SEC on or before August 31 of each year.

D-9

Schedule A
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS:	Adopted:	Amended:
John Hancock Trust	September 28, 2007	March 26, 2008
John Hancock Funds II	September 28, 2007	March 26, 2008
John Hancock Funds III	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Bond Trust	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Capital Series	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Current Interest	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Equity Trust	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investment Trust	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investment Trust II	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investment Trust III	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Series Trust	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Strategic Series	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock World Fund	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund II	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund III	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Bank & Thrift Opportunity Fund	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Income Securities Trust	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investors Trust	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund	September 11, 2007	June 10, 2008

D-10

MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC (“MFC Global (U.S.)”)

Proxy Voting Summary

We believe in placing our clients’ interests first. Once we invest, we monitor all our clients’ holdings, to ensure that they maintain their potential to produce results for investors.

As part of our active investment management strategy, we keep a close eye on each company we invest in. Routinely, companies issue proxies by which they ask investors like us to vote for or against a change, such as a new management team, a new business procedure or an acquisition. We base our decisions on how to vote these proxies with the goal of maximizing the value of our clients’ investments.

Currently, MFC Global (U.S.) manages open-end funds, closed-end funds and portfolios for institutions and high-net-worth investors. Occasionally, we utilize the expertise of an outside asset manager by means of a subadvisory agreement. In all cases, MFC Global (U.S.) makes the final decision as to how to vote our clients’ proxies. There is one exception, however, and that pertains to our international accounts. The investment management team for international investments votes the proxies for the accounts they manage. Unless voting is specifically retained by the named fiduciary of the client, MFC Global (U.S.) will vote proxies for ERISA clients.

In order to ensure a consistent, balanced approach across all our investment teams, we have established a proxy oversight group comprised of associates from our investment, operations and legal teams. The group has developed a set of policies and procedures that detail the standards for how MFC Global (U.S.) votes proxies. .MFC Global (U.S.)’s other clients have granted us the authority to vote proxies in our advisory contracts or comparable documents.

MFC Global (U.S.) has hired a third party proxy voting service which has been instructed to vote all proxies in accordance with our established guidelines except as otherwise instructed.

In evaluating proxy issues, our proxy oversight group may consider information from many sources, including the portfolio manager, management of a company presenting a proposal, shareholder groups, and independent proxy research services. Proxies for securities on loan through securities lending programs will generally not be voted, however a decision may be made to recall a security for voting purposes if the issue is material.

Below are the guidelines we adhere to when voting proxies. Please keep in mind that these are purely guidelines. Our actual votes will be driven by the particular circumstances of each proxy. From time to time votes may ultimately be cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. Decisions on these matters (case-by-case, abstention, recall) will normally be made by a portfolio manager under the supervision of the chief investment officer and the proxy oversight group. We may abstain from voting a proxy if we conclude that the effect on our clients’ economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant.

D-11

Proxy Voting Guidelines

Board of Directors

We believe good corporate governance evolves from an independent board.

We support the election of uncontested director nominees, but will withhold our vote for any nominee attending less than 75% of the board and committee meetings during the previous fiscal year. Contested elections will be considered on a case by case basis by the proxy oversight group, taking into account the nominee’s qualifications. We will support management’s ability to set the size of the board of directors and to fill vacancies without shareholder approval but will not support a board that has fewer than 3 directors or allows for the removal of a director without cause.

We will support declassification of a board and block efforts to adopt a classified board structure. This structure typically divides the board into classes with each class serving a staggered term.

In addition, we support proposals for board indemnification and limitation of director liability, as long as they are consistent with corporate law and shareholders’ interests. We believe that this is necessary to attract qualified board members.

Selection of Auditors

We believe an independent audit committee can best determine an auditor’s qualifications.

We will vote for management proposals to ratify the board’s selection of auditors, and for proposals to increase the independence of audit committees.

Capitalization

We will vote for a proposal to increase or decrease authorized common or preferred stock and the issuance of common stock, but will vote against a proposal to issue or convert preferred or multiple classes of stock if the board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions of the shares, or if the shares have voting rights inferior or superior to those of other shareholders.

In addition, we will support a management proposal to: create or restore preemptive rights; approve a stock repurchase program; approve a stock split or reverse stock split; and, approve the issuance or exercise of stock warrants

Acquisitions, mergers and corporate restructuring

Proposals to merge with or acquire another company will be voted on a case-by-case basis, as will proposals for recapitalization, restructuring, leveraged buyout, sale of assets, bankruptcy or liquidation. We will vote against a reincorporation proposal if it would reduce shareholder rights. We will vote against a management proposal to ratify or adopt a poison pill or to establish a supermajority voting provision to approve a merger or other business combination. We would however support a management proposal to opt out of a state takeover statutory provision, to spin-off certain operations or divisions and to establish a fair price provision.

Corporate Structure and Shareholder Rights

In general, we support proposals that foster good corporate governance procedures and that provide shareholders with voting power equal to their equity interest in the company.

D-12

To preserve shareholder rights, we will vote against a management proposal to restrict shareholders’ right to: call a special meeting and to eliminate a shareholders’ right to act by written consent. In addition, we will not support a management proposal to adopt a supermajority vote requirement to change certain by-law or charter provisions or a non-technical amendment to by-laws or a charter that reduces shareholder rights.

Equity-based compensation

Equity-based compensation is designed to attract, retain and motivate talented executives and independent directors, but should not be so significant as to materially dilute shareholders’ interests.

We will vote against the adoption or amendment of a stock option plan if:

• the compensation committee is not fully independent

• plan dilution is more than 10% of outstanding common stock,

• the company allows or has allowed the re-pricing or replacement of underwater options in the past three fiscal years (or the exchange of underwater options) without shareholder approval.

• the option is not premium priced or indexed, or does not vest based on future performance

With respect to the adoption or amendment of employee stock purchase plans or a stock award plan, we will vote against management if:

• the plan allows stock to be purchased at less than 85% of fair market value;

• this plan dilutes outstanding common equity greater than 10%

• all stock purchase plans, including the proposed plan, exceed 15% of outstanding common equity

• the potential dilution from all company plans is more than 85%

With respect to director stock incentive/option plans, we will vote against management if:

1.	the minimum vesting period for options or time lapsing restricted stock is less than one year
2.	the potential dilution for all company plans is more than 85%

Other Business

For routine business matters which are the subject of many proxy related questions, we will vote with management proposals to:

• change the company name;

• approve other business;

• adjourn meetings;

• make technical amendments to the by-laws or charters;

• approve financial statements;

• approve an employment agreement or contract.

Shareholder Proposals

Shareholders are permitted per SEC regulations to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. We will generally vote against shareholder proposals and in accordance with the recommendation of management except as follows where we will vote for proposals:

• calling for shareholder ratification of auditors;

• calling for auditors to attend annual meetings;

• seeking to increase board independence;

• requiring minimum stock ownership by directors;

D-13

• seeking to create a nominating committee or to increase the independence of the nominating committee;

• seeking to increase the independence of the audit committee.

Corporate and social policy issues

We believe that “ordinary business matters” are primarily the responsibility of management and should be approved solely by the corporation’s board of directors.

Proposals in this category, initiated primarily by shareholders, typically request that the company disclose or amend certain business practices. We generally vote against business practice proposals and abstain on social policy issues, though we may make exceptions in certain instances where we believe a proposal has substantial economic implications.

D-14

MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC (“MFC Global (U.S.)”)

Proxy Voting Procedures

The role of the proxy voting service

MFC Global (U.S.) has hired a proxy voting service to assist with the voting of client proxies. The proxy service coordinates with client custodians to ensure that proxies are received for securities held in client accounts and acted on in a timely manner. The proxy service votes all proxies received in accordance with the proxy voting guidelines established and adopted by MFC Global (U.S.). When it is unclear how to apply a particular proxy voting guideline or when a particular proposal is not covered by the guidelines, the proxy voting service will contact the proxy oversight group coordinator for a resolution.

The role of the proxy oversight group and coordinator

The coordinator will interact directly with the proxy voting service to resolve any issues the proxy voting service brings to the attention of MFC Global (U.S.). When a question arises regarding how a proxy should be voted the coordinator contacts the firm’s investment professionals and the proxy oversight group for a resolution. In addition the coordinator ensures that the proxy voting service receives responses in a timely manner. Also, the coordinator is responsible for identifying whether, when a voting issue arises, there is a potential conflict of interest situation and then escalating the issue to the firm’s Executive Committee. For securities out on loan as part of a securities lending program, if a decision is made to vote a proxy, the coordinator will manage the return/recall of the securities so the proxy can be voted.

The role of mutual fund trustees

The boards of trustees of our mutual fund clients have reviewed and adopted the proxy voting guidelines of the funds’ investment adviser. The trustees will periodically review the proxy voting guidelines and suggest changes they deem advisable.

Conflicts of interest

Conflicts of interest are resolved in the best interest of clients.

With respect to potential conflicts of interest, proxies will be voted in accordance with MFC Global (U.S.)’s predetermined policies. If application of the predetermined policy is unclear or does not address a particular proposal, a special internal review by the MFC Global (U.S.) Executive Committee will determine the vote. After voting, a report will be made to the client (in the case of an investment company, to the fund’s board of trustees), if requested. An example of a conflict of interest created with respect to a proxy solicitation is when MFC Global (U.S.) must vote the proxies of companies that they provide investment advice to or are currently seeking to provide investment advice to, such as to pension plans.

D-15

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements listed below are included in the Fund’s 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended August 31, 2008; (filed electronically on October 29 2008, accession number 0001010521-08-000508) and are included in and incorporated by reference into Part B of the Registration Statement for John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund (file nos. 811-5979 and 33-31675).

John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund (the “Trust”)

On behalf of John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund (the “Fund”)

Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of August 31, 2008.

Statement of Operations for the year ended August 31, 2008.

Statement of Changes in Net Assets for each of the two years in the period ended August 31, 2008.

Notes to Financial Statements.

Financial Highlights for each of the five years in the period ended August 31, 2008.

Schedule of Investments as of August 31, 2008.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

F-1

JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE INCOME FUND

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 23. Exhibits:

The exhibits to this Registration Statement are listed in the Exhibit Index hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 24. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant.

No person is directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control with Registrant.

Item 25. Indemnification.

Indemnification provisions relating to the Registrant’s Trustees, officers, employees and agents is set forth in Article IV of the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust included as Exhibit 1 herein.

Under Section 12 of the Distribution Agreement, John Hancock Funds, LLC (“John Hancock Funds”) has agreed to indemnify the Registrant and its Trustees, officers and controlling persons against claims arising out of certain acts and statements of John Hancock Funds.

Section 9(a) of the By-Laws of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (“the Insurance Company”) provides, in effect, that the Insurance Company will, subject to limitations of law, indemnify each present and former director, officer and employee of the Insurance Company who serves as a Trustee or officer of the Registrant at the direction or request of the Insurance Company against litigation expenses and liabilities incurred while acting as such, except that such indemnification does not cover any expense or liability incurred or imposed in connection with any matter as to which such person shall be finally adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the Insurance Company. In addition, no such person will be indemnified by the Insurance Company in respect of any final adjudication unless such settlement shall have been approved as in the best interests of the Insurance Company either by vote of the Board of Directors at a meeting composed of directors who have no interest in the outcome of such vote, or by vote of the policyholders. The Insurance Company may pay expenses incurred in defending an action or claim in advance of its final disposition, but only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if he should be determined not to be entitled to indemnification.

Article V of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of John Hancock Advisers, LLC (“the Adviser”) provide as follows:

“Section 5.06. Indemnity.”

1.01 Indemnification and Exculpation.

(a) No Indemnitee, and no shareholder, director, officer, member, manager, partner, agent, representative, employee or Affiliate of an Indemnitee, shall have any liability to the Company

or to any Member for any loss suffered by the Company (or the Corporation) which arises out of any action or inaction by such Indemnitee with respect to the Company (or the Corporation) if such Indemnitee so acted or omitted to act (i) in the good faith (A) belief that such course of conduct was in, or was not opposed to, the best interests of the Company (or the Corporation), or (B) reliance on the provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) such course of conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(b) The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was, or has agreed to become, a Director or

Officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Company (or previously at the request of the Corporation), as a director, officer, manager or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom.

(c) As a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified, the Indemnitee must notify the Company in writing as soon as practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving him for which indemnity hereunder will or could be sought. With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Company is so notified, the Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee.

(d) In the event that the Company does not assume the defense of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Company receives notice under this Section 5.06, the Company shall pay in advance of the final disposition of such matter any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, proceeding or investigation or any appeal therefrom; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in this Section 5.06, which undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of the Indemnitee to make such repayment; and further provided that no such advancement of expenses shall be made if it is determined that (i) the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, or (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

(e) The Company shall not indemnify an Indemnitee seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors. In addition, the Company shall not indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the

Company makes any indemnification payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such indemnification payments to the Company to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

(f) All determinations hereunder as to the entitlement of an Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses shall be made in each instance by (a) a majority vote of the Directors consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“Disinterested Directors”), whether or not a quorum, (b) a majority vote of a quorum of the outstanding Common Shares, which quorum shall consist of Members who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question, (c) independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Company), or (d) a court of competent jurisdiction.

(g) The indemnification rights provided in this Section 5.06 (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any law, agreement or vote of Members or Disinterested Directors or otherwise, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitees. The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification rights to other employees or agents of the Company or other persons serving the Company and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Section 5.06. Any indemnification to be provided hereunder may be provided although the person to be indemnified is no longer a Director or Officer.

Item 26. Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisers.

See “Fund Details” in the Prospectuses and “Investment Advisory and Other Services” in the Statement of Additional Information for information regarding the business of the Adviser and the Subadviser. For information as to the business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of each director, officer or partner of the Adviser and the Subadviser, reference is made to the respective Form ADV, as amended, (801-8124) filed under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 27. Principal Underwriters.

(a) John Hancock Funds acts as principal underwriter for the Registrant and also serves as principal underwriter or distributor of shares for John Hancock Bond Trust, John Hancock Current Interest, John Hancock Series Trust, John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust, John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund, John Hancock Capital Series, John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund, John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series, John Hancock Strategic Series, John Hancock World Fund, John Hancock Investment Trust, John Hancock Institutional Series Trust, John Hancock Investment Trust II, John Hancock Equity Trust, John Hancock Investment Trust III, John Hancock Funds II and John Hancock Funds III.

(b) The following table lists, for each director and officer of John Hancock Funds, LLC, the information indicated.

Name and Principal	Positions and Offices	Positions and Offices
Business Address	with Underwriter	with Registrant
James R. Boyle 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	Chairman and Director	Trustee
Keith F. Hartstein 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer	President and Chief Executive Officer
John G. Vrysen 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer	Chief Operating Officer
Charles A. Rizzo 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	None	Chief Financial Officer
Arthur E. Creel 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	Senior Vice President	None
Bruce R. Speca 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	None	Senior Vice President, Investments
Andrew G. Arnott 601 Congress St. Boston, Massachusetts	Senior Vice President	Vice President
Carey Hoch 601 Congress Boston, Massachusetts	Senior Vice President	None
Robert M. Boyda 601 Congress St. Boston, Massachusetts	None	Vice President, Investments
John J. Danello 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	Vice President and Chief Legal Officer	Vice President, Law
Steven E. Medina 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	None	Vice President, Investments

Name and Principal	Positions and Offices	Positions and Offices
Business Address	with Underwriter	with Registrant
Thomas M. Kinzler 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	Secretary	Secretary and Chief Legal Officer
Jeffrey H. Long 601 Congress St. Boston, Massachusetts	Chief Financial Officer	None
Howard Cronson 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	Vice President and Assistant Treasurer	None
Peter Levitt 200 Bloor Street Toronto, Ontario	Treasurer	None
Gordon M. Shone 601 Congress Street. Boston, Massachusetts	None	Treasurer
Michael J. Mahoney 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	Chief Compliance Officer	None
Frank V. Knox 601 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts	None	Chief Compliance Officer

(c) None.

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records

The Registrant maintains the records required to be maintained by it under Rules 31a-1 (a), 31a-a(b), and 31a-2(a) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as its principal executive offices at 601 Congress Street, Boston Massachusetts 02210-2805 and by MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC (formerly known as Sovereign Asset Management LLC) at its principal executive offices at 101 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02199. Certain records, including records relating to Registrant’s shareholders and the physical possession of its securities, may be maintained pursuant to Rule 31a-3 at the main office of Registrant’s Transfer Agent and Custodian.

Item 29. Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 30. Undertakings

(a) Not applicable.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereto duly authorized, in the City of Boston, and The Commonwealth of Massachusetts on the 18^th day of December, 2008.

JOHN HANCOCK CALIFORNIA TAX FREE INCOME FUND

By:	*
Keith F. Hartstein
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registration has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
* Keith F. Hartstein	President and Chief Executive Officer	*
* John G. Vrysen	Chief Operating Officer	*
/s/ Gordon M. Shone Gordon M. Shone	Treasurer	December 18 , 2008
* James R. Boyle	Trustee	*
* James F. Carlin	Chairman and Trustee	*
* William H. Cunningham	Trustee	*
* Deborah C. Jackson	Trustee	*
* Charles L. Ladner	Trustee	*
* Stanley Martin	Trustee	*
* John A. Moore	Trustee	*
* Patti McGill Peterson	Trustee	*
Steven R. Pruchansky	Trustee	*

*By:
/s/ Alfred P. Ouellette Alfred P. Ouellette Attorney-in-Fact, under Powers of Attorney dated September 9, 2008 and October 1, 2008	December 18, 2008

OPEN END FUNDS:	1933 Act Number		1940 Act Number
John Hancock Bond Trust		2-66906		811-3006
John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund		33-31675		811-5979
John Hancock Capital Series		2-29502		811-1677
John Hancock Current Interest		2-50931		811-2485
John Hancock Equity Trust		2-92548		811-4079
John Hancock Investment Trust		2-10156		811-0560
John Hancock Investment Trust II		2-90305		811-3999
John Hancock Investment Trust III		33-4559		811-4630
John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust		33-32246		811-5968
John Hancock Series Trust		2-75807		811-3392
John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund		2-48925		811-2402
John Hancock Strategic Series		33-5186		811-4651
John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series Trust		33-12947		811-5079
John Hancock World Fund		33-10722		811-4932

JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

     The undersigned Trustees or officers of each of the above listed Trusts, each a Massachusetts business trust, does hereby severally constitute and appoint THOMAS M. KINZLER, BETSY ANNE SEEL, ALFRED P. OUELLETTE, GEORGE M. BOYD, DAVID D. BARR and KINGA KAPUSCINSKI, and each acting singly, to be my true, sufficient and lawful attorneys, with full power to each of them, and each acting singly, to sign for me, in my name and in the capacity indicated below, any Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be filed by the Trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and any and all amendments to said Registration Statements, with respect to the offering of shares and any and all other documents and papers relating thereto, and generally to do all such things in my name and on my behalf in the capacity indicated to enable the Trust to comply with the 1940 Act and the 1933 Act, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, hereby ratifying and confirming my signature as it may be signed by said attorneys or each of them to any such Registration Statements and any and all amendments thereto.

     (THE REMAINDER OF THIS SPACE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunder set my hand on this Instrument as of the 1^st day of October, 2008.

/s/ Deborah C. Jackson                                             
Deborah C. Jackson, as Trustee

OPEN END FUNDS:	1933 Act Number		1940 Act Number
John Hancock Bond Trust		2-66906		811-3006
John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund		33-31675		811-5979
John Hancock Capital Series		2-29502		811-1677
John Hancock Current Interest		2-50931		811-2485
John Hancock Equity Trust		2-92548		811-4079
John Hancock Investment Trust		2-10156		811-0560
John Hancock Investment Trust II		2-90305		811-3999
John Hancock Investment Trust III		33-4559		811-4630
John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust		33-32246		811-5968
John Hancock Series Trust		2-75807		811-3392
John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund		2-48925		811-2402
John Hancock Strategic Series		33-5186		811-4651
John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series Trust		33-12947		811-5079
John Hancock World Fund		33-10722		811-4932

JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS

POWER OF ATTORNEY

     The undersigned Trustees or officers of each of the above listed Trusts, each a Massachusetts business trust, does hereby severally constitute and appoint THOMAS M. KINZLER, BETSY ANNE SEEL, ALFRED P. OUELLETTE, GEORGE M. BOYD, DAVID D. BARR and KINGA KAPUSCINSKI, and each acting singly, to be my true, sufficient and lawful attorneys, with full power to each of them, and each acting singly, to sign for me, in my name and in the capacity indicated below, any Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be filed by the Trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and any and all amendments to said Registration Statements, with respect to the offering of shares and any and all other documents and papers relating thereto, and generally to do all such things in my name and on my behalf in the capacity indicated to enable the Trust to comply with the 1940 Act and the 1933 Act, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, hereby ratifying and confirming my signature as it may be signed by said attorneys or each of them to any such Registration Statements and any and all amendments thereto.

     (THE REMAINDER OF THIS SPACE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunder set my hand on this Instrument as of the 9th day of September, 2008.

/s/ James R. Boyle James R. Boyle, as Trustee	/s/ Patti McGill Peterson Patti McGill Peterson, as Trustee
/s/ James F. Carlin	/s/ Steven R. Pruchansky
James F. Carlin, as Trustee	Steven R. Pruchansky, as Trustee
/s/ William H. Cunningham	/s/ Stanley Martin
William H. Cunningham, as Trustee	Stanley Martin, as Trustee
/s/ Charles L. Ladner	/s/ John G. Vrysen
Charles L. Ladner, as Trustee	John G. Vrysen, as Chief Operating Officer
/s/ John A. Moore	/s/ Charles A. Rizzo
John A. Moore, as Trustee	Charles A. Rizzo, as Chief Financial Officer
	/s/ Keith F. Hartstein
	Keith F. Hartstein, as President and Chief Executive Officer

John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

99.(a)	Articles of Incorporation. Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated March 8, 2005. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(a) to post-effective amendment no. 28 filed on December 28, 2005, accession number 0001010521-05-000528.
99.(a).1	Amendment, effective July 1, 2005, to Declaration of Trust dated March 8, 2005 regarding change of address of principal place of business. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(a).1 to post-effective amendment no. 29 filed on December 27, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000988.
99.(b)	By-Laws. Amended and Restated By-Laws dated March 8, 2005. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(b) to post-effective amendment no. 28 filed on December 28, 2005, accession number 0001010521-05-000528.
99.(b).1	Amendment dated March 11, 2008 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws dated March 8, 2005. FILED HEREWITH.
99.(c)	Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders. See Exhibit 99.(a) and 99.(b).
99.(d)	Investment Advisory Contracts. Investment Advisory Agreement between John Hancock Advisers, Inc. and the Registrant. — previously filed as exhibit 99.B5 to post-effective amendment no. 9 filed on April 19, 1995, accession number 0000950135-95-000965.
99.(d).1	Sub-Advisory Agreement dated December 31, 2005 between the Registrant, John Hancock Advisers, LLC and Sovereign Asset Management LLC. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(d).1 to post-effective amendment no. 29 filed on December 27, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000988.
99.(e).1	Form of Financial Institution Sales and Service Agreement. — previously filed as exhibit 99.B6.1 to post-effective amendment no. 9 filed on April 19, 1995, accession number 0000950135-95-000965.
99.(e).2	Form of Soliciting Dealer Agreement between John Hancock Broker Distribution Services, Inc. and Selected Dealers. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(e).2 to post-effective amendment no. 27 filed on December 30, 2004, accession number 0001010521-04-000320.
99.(f)	Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts. Not Applicable.
99.(g)	Custodian Agreements. Custody Agreement between John Hancock Mutual Funds and Bank of New York dated September 10, 2001. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(g).2 to post-effective amendment no. 22 filed on October 30, 2001, accession number 0001010521-01-500239.
99.(h)	Other Material Contracts. Master Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between John Hancock Funds and John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. dated June 1, 2007. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(h) to post-effective amendment no. 30 filed on October 12, 2007, accession number 0000928816-07-0001464.
99.(h).1	Amendment, dated June 1, 2008, to the Master Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated June 1, 2007, between each investment company advised by John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. — FILED HEREWITH.
99.(h).2	Accounting and Legal Services Agreement between John Hancock Advisers, Inc. and Registrant as of January 1, 1996. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(h).3 to post-effective amendment no. 28 filed on December 28, 2005, accession number 0001010521-05-000528.
99.(h).3	Amendment to Accounting and Legal Services Agreement between John Hancock Advisers, LLC and Registrant as of March 8, 2005. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(h).4 to post-effective amendment no. 28 filed on December 28, 2005, accession number 0001010521-05-000528.
99.(i)	Legal Opinion. FILED HEREWITH.
99.(j)	Other Opinions. Auditor’s Consent. FILED HEREWITH.

99.(k)	Omitted Financial Statements. Not Applicable.
99.(l)	Initial Capital Agreements. None.
99.(m)	Rule 12b-1 Plan. Class A Distribution Plan between Registrant and John Hancock Funds, Inc. — previously filed as exhibit 99.15 to post-effective amendment no. 9 filed on April 19, 1995, accession number 0000950135-95-000965.
99.(m).1	Rule 12b-1 Plan. Class B Distribution Plan between Registrant and John Hancock Funds, Inc. — previously filed as exhibit 99.B15.1 to post-effective amendment no. 9 filed on April 19, 1995, accession number 0000950135-95-000965.
99.(m).2	Rule 12-b1 Plan. Amended and Restated Distribution Plan for Class C shares between the Registrant and John Hancock Funds, Inc. dated April 1, 1999. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(m).2 to post-effective amendment no. 19 filed on December 27, 1999, accession number 0001010521-99-000394.
99.(n)	Financial Data Schedule. Not Applicable
99.(o)	Rule 18f-3 Plan. John Hancock Funds Class A and Class B Multiple Class Plan Pursuant to Rule 18f-3 dated May 1, 1998. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(o) to post-effective amendment no. 16 filed on October 13, 1998, accession number 0001010521-98-000358.
99.(o).1	John Hancock Funds Class A, Class B and Class C amended and restated Multiple Class Plan pursuant to Rule 18f-3 dated April 1, 1999. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(o).1 to post-effective amendment no. 18 filed on January 25, 1999, accession number 0001010521-99-000055.
99.(p)	Code of Ethics. Code of Ethics dated January 1, 2008 for John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (each, a “ John Hancock Adviser”), John Hancock Funds, LLC, John Hancock Distributors, LLC, and each open-end and closed end fund advised by a John Hancock Adviser. — previously filed as exhibit 99(p) to post-effective amendment no. 32 filed on December 21, 2007, accession number 0000928816-07-001796.
99.(p).1	Code of Ethics dated December 6, 2005 for the Independent Directors/Trustees of the John Hancock Funds. — previously filed as exhibit 99.(p).1 to post-effective amendment no. 29 filed on December 27, 2006, accession number 0001010521-06-000988.
99.(p).2	Code of Ethics dated March 1, 2008 for MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC. — FILED HEREWITH.

EX-99.B1

AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS OF

JOHN HANCOCK OPEN-END FUNDS

AND

JOHN HANCOCK BANK AND THRIFT OPPORTUNITY FUND
JOHN HANCOCK TAX-ADVANTAGED GLOBAL SHAREHOLDER YIELD FUND

As Amended: March 11, 2008

     Trustees. The By-laws Article addressing Trustees be and it hereby is amended to add a new final section as follows:

     Retirement Age. That the retirement age for Trustees shall be seventy two and that therefore each Trustee shall retire from service on December 31 of the year in which he or she reaches his or her seventy-second birthday.

EX-99.H1

AMENDMENT TO THE
TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT
FOR
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS

     This Amendment dated as of June 1, 2008 is made to the Transfer Agency and Services Agreement dated June 1, 2007 (the “Agreement”) by and between each investment company advised by John Hancock Advisers, Inc. and identified on Exhibit A of the Agreement (individually the “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”) and John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (“JHSS”).

     WHEREAS, the parties to the Agreement desires to amend certain provisions contained in the Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree the Agreement shall be amendment as follows:

1. Section 2.07 titled “Cash Management Accounts” shall be modified by inserting the following new sentence at the end of this section:

“Service Account Earnings” shall be applied as stated above prior to the calculation of any applicable expense cap limitations agreed to between JHSS and the Fund.”

2. Schedule 1.1 — Additional Services is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the attached revised Schedule 1.1.

3. Exhibit B — Transfer Agent Fee Schedule is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the attached revised Exhibit B.

4. Exhibit B.1 — Additional Service Fees is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the attached revised Exhibit B.1.

5. Exhibit C — Out-of-Pocket Fees (OOP) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the attached revised Exhibit C.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed in their names and on their behalf under their seals by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

On Behalf of each Fund and Portfolio Listed on Exhibit A of the Agreement		John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
By:	/s/ Keith Hartstein	By:	/s/ John Hatch
Keith Hartstein		John Hatch
President and CEO		President and CEO

SCHEDULE 1.1

ADDITIONAL SERVICES

Revised June 1, 2008

1. Rule 22c-2 Services. In connection with its obligation set forth in Rule 22c-2 of the 40 Act and in accordance with the procedures established from time to time between the Fund and JHSS, the Fund hereby engages JHSS to provide the following services (the “Rule 22c-2 Services”) and JHSS agrees to provide such services:

(a) establish procedures and/or functionality necessary to request and obtain from Financial Intermediaries (as defined by Rule 22c-2) the following information (“Client-shareholder Information”) regarding Shares held by customers of such Financial Intermediaries (“Client-shareholders”) on the books and records of the Fund in nominee name:

(i)	taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), Individual/International Taxpayer Identification Number (“ITIN”), or other government-issued identifier for each Client-shareholder, if known;
(ii)	amount, date, name or other identifier of any investment professional(s) associated with the Client-shareholder(s) or account, if known; and
(iii)	transaction type (purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange) of every purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange of Shares by such Client-shareholders.

(b)	at such frequency as determined by JHSS and the Fund (which frequency may be different for each Fund), request Client-shareholder Information from Financial Intermediaries;
(c)	review such Client-shareholder Information to ensure compliance with the Funds’ policies relating to excessive trading;
(d)	upon identification of a Client-shareholder as having engaged in transactions of Shares (directly or indirectly through the Financial Intermediary account) that violate policies established by the Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding Shares, JHSS shall (i) provide written instruction to the applicable Financial Intermediary instructing the Financial Intermediary to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of Shares by the Client-shareholder; (ii) obtain written confirmation from the Financial Intermediary of the Financial Intermediary’s compliance with such instructions; and (iii) provide periodic reporting to the Fund with respect to any restrictions or prohibitions placed on Financial Intermediary or Client-shareholder;
(e)	engage the services of such third parties as may be reasonably necessary to facilitate the provision of Rule 22c-2 Services by JHSS; and
(f)	facilitate the payment of such fees and charges imposed by Financial Intermediaries pursuant to shareholder information agreements between such Financial Intermediaries and either (i) JHSS; or (ii) the Funds’ distributor, John Hancock Funds, LLC related to JHSS’s request for Client-shareholder Information and the transmission of such Client-shareholder Information by the Financial Intermediary to JHSS pursuant to such agreements.
(g)	Excessive Trading. In accordance with the procedures established from time to time between the Fund and JHSS, JHSS shall:

(i) monitor activity in shareholder accounts to ensure compliance with the Funds’ policies relating to excessive trading; and

(ii) take such action as required by such procedures with respect to any shareholder deemed to be in violation of such policies prohibiting excessive trading.

2. Omnibus Account and Service Fee Invoice Processing Services. John Hancock Funds, LLC and/or JHSS has entered into certain omnibus account and retirement plan customer/participant service agreements with various firms and other entities which provide certain customer sub-accounting, retirement plan participant recordkeeping and other related administrative services on behalf of their customers that invest in shares of the Funds. In connection with such relationships JHSS agrees to receive and process the payment of such invoices.

Relationship	General Description
Omnibus Accounts	Represents sub-accounting service fees assessed by various Dealers (e.g., Merrill Lynch, Charles Schwab etc...) for recordkeeping and administrative services provided to Dealer customers investing in the Funds and held by the Dealer in omnibus accounts on the books and records of the Funds.
Retirement Plan Accounts	Represents retirement plan participant recordkeeping service fees assessed by various third party retirement plan administrators/recordkeepers (“TPAs”) for services provided to retirement plan participants investing in the Funds and held by TPA in Retirement Plan level accounts on the books and records of the Funds.

EXHIBIT B

TRANSFER AGENT FEE SCHEDULE

Revised June 1, 2008

The transfer agent fees payable monthly under the Transfer Agency and Services Agreement between each Fund and JHSS shall be the following rates plus certain out-of-pocket expenses set forth in Exhibit C.

JOHN HANCOCK EQUITY FUNDS:

	Asset Based Fee
Annual Per Account Fee	(% of daily net assets)
$16.50	0.05%

JOHN HANCOCK INCOME FUNDS:

	Asset Based Fee
Annual Per Account Fee	(% of daily net assets)
$17.50	0.015%

JOHN HANOCK TAX-FREE INCOME FUNDS:

	Asset Based Fee
Annual Per Account Fee	(% of daily net assets)
$17.50	0.010%

JOHN HANCOCK MONEY MARKET FUNDS:

	Asset Based Fee
Annual Per Account Fee	(% of daily net assets)
$17.50	0.010%

EXHIBIT B.1

ADDITIONAL SERVICE FEES

Revised June 1, 2008

A. Rule 22c-2 Service Fees:

In consideration of the Rule 22c-2 Services provided by JHSS, the Funds shall pay the following fees and charges which shall be billed by JHSS to the Fund monthly in arrears until such time as the Fund and JHSS agree in writing to modify the frequency of such billing:

1.	FTE Expense. $120,000 per annum (2 FTE @ $45,000 x 1.33 each).
2.	Reimbursement of fees and charges imposed by such third party service providers required to be used by JHSS in order to provide the Rule 22c-2 Services.
3.	Reimbursement for fees and charges imposed by Financial Intermediaries pursuant to shareholder information agreements between such Financial Intermediaries and either (a) JHSS; or (b) the Funds’ distributor, John Hancock Funds, LLC related to JHSS’s request for Client-shareholder Information and the transmission of such Client-shareholder Information by the Financial Intermediary to JHSS pursuant to such agreements.
4.	The parties acknowledge and agree that the fees set forth above are in the aggregate with respect to all John Hancock Funds for which JHSS provides the Rule 22c-2 Services under this Agreement as well as the Transfer Agency and Service Agreements in effect between (a) JHSS and John Hancock Funds II; and (b) JHSS and John Hancock Funds III.
5.	In as much as the fees set forth in this Appendix A.1 are related to non-transfer agent services, the parties acknowledge and agree (a) JHSS shall invoice the Fund separately for the Rule 22c-2 Services; and (b) the fees for such services shall not apply with respect to any cap on transfer agent fees or out-of-pocket expenses otherwise agreed to by JHSS and the Fund.

B. Omnibus Account and Service Fee Invoice Processing Services.

Payments processed by JHSS in connection with the Omnibus Account and Service Fee Invoice Processing Services described on Schedule 1.1 shall be submitted by JHSS to the Fund for reimbursement as part of the JHSS monthly invoice process. Such items shall be identified and segregated from the standard JHSS fee and out-of-pocket expenses appearing on any such invoice.

EXHIBIT C

Out-of-Pocket Expenses

Revised June 1, 2008

The Funds shall reimburse JHSS monthly for the following out-of-pocket expenses:

Expense	General Description
Confirms and Statements	Production and mailing of JHF customer output and correspondence including base stock, postage, printing and mailing of confirms, statements including daily redemption and replacement checks.
Tax Forms	Production and mailing of original and duplicate tax forms including base stock, print costs and postage.
Bank Processing	Fees assessed by banks for processing and reconciliation of JHSS demand deposit accounts
Checkwriting	Expenses associated with the production and mailing, including base stock and postage, of checkwriting checkbooks.
National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC) Charges	Represents Fund/SERV and networking fees charged by National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC)
Communications Charges	Telephone usage and related expenses including all lease, maintenance and line costs and automated voice response.
Programming / Development	Programming expenses assessed by non-DST 3rd party business partners.
SAS-70	Fees charged with respect to Annual SAS-70 review of transfer agent operations
DST Expenses	Base Fee — base charge for utilization of TA2000 system
	Open Account Fee — expense associated with maintaining open accounts on recordkeeping system
	Closed Account Fee — expense associated with maintaining closed accounts on recordkeeping system
	CDSC Charges — Represents DST expense associated with tracking and reporting Class B and C accounts (i.e. Sharelot facility)
	DST/PFPC Transmission Costs — DST charge to transmit data to PFPC

Expense	General Description
DST Expenses (cont.)
	Compliance Products — Fees associated with the following products:
	•   DST Lost Shareholder Search
	•   DST Lost Shareholder Tracking
	•   DST Identity Check
	•   DST Short Term Trader
	•   Trans Union
	Internet Products: Fees associated with the following products:
	•   FAN: Shareholder access to account history, portfolio value and transaction processing
	•   Vision: Broker/Representative access to account history, portfolio value and transaction processing
	•   TRAC Internet: Participant access to account history, portfolio value and transaction processing
	•   E-delivery: Delivery of quarterly statements electronically
	PowerSelect — Charges associated with PC-based ad hoc reporting tool that provides the ability to run queries on shareholder account and transaction data to generate reports, labels, and other output, including magnetic media
	Remote Asset Allocation — fee assessed by DST for maintaining Asset Allocation groups on TA2000
	TRAC Participant Fees — charges for funded and non-funded participant positions maintained on DST TRAC2000.
	•   Participant Fees
	•   Outside Investment Vehicles
	•   Participant without Money Fees for SIMPLE, 403b and 401k
	Programming — expenses associated with DST development initiatives
	Data Communication — Technology costs associated with maintaining remote access to DST
	Comp/Recon — Additional cost assessed by DST for the use of the Comp/Recon subsystem. JHSS Control Department uses this system for automated reconciliation
	DST National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC) — Per fund fee assessed by DST for processing through the NSCC
	Audio Response — Expenses associated with utilizing DST’s automated voice response products (Advanced, Transfer Connect, Inbound Long Distance)

Expense	General Description
	Computer Tapes — Production and mailing of tapes (i.e. dealer tapes/cartridges, tax reporting/forms, proxies, etc.)
	Express Mail — Charges associated with air delivery of tapes, cartridges, etc.
	Microfiche — Represents the production and delivery, including base stock of microfilm/fiche reports and statements by non-DST 3rd parties
	Disaster Recovery — fee associated with subscribing to DST disaster recovery program
Miscellaneous	Includes one time fees/credits which are not identified in the above list of standard Out-of-Pocket Expenses. If the fee is recurring, a separate category may be established

EX-99.I

U.S. Wealth Management
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210
(617) 663-4324
Fax: (617) 663-2197
E-Mail: aouellette@jhancock.com

Name :
Title: Alfred P. Ouellette
Assistant Vice President and
Senior Counsel

December 18, 2008

John Hancock California Tax-Free Income
601 Congress Street
Boston, MA 02210

RE: John Hancock California Tax-Free Income (the “Trust”)
John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund (the “Fund”)
File Nos. 33—31675; 811-5979 (0000856671)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the filing of Post Effective Amendment No. 33 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Amendment No. 36 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, for John Hancock California Tax-Free Income it is the opinion of the undersigned that the Trust’s shares when sold will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

In connection with this opinion it should be noted that the Fund is an entity of the type generally known as a “Massachusetts business trust.” The Trust has been duly organized and is validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust may be held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for obligations of the Trust and indemnifies the shareholders of a Fund, with this indemnification to be paid solely out of the assets of that Fund. Therefore, the shareholder’s risk is limited to circumstances in which the assets of a Fund are insufficient to meet the obligations asserted against that Fund’s assets.

Sincerely,
 

/s/ Alfred P. Ouellette  

Alfred P. Ouellette 

EX-99.J

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our reports dated October 23, 2008, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights of John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund, John Hancock High Yield Municipal Bond Fund, John Hancock Massachusetts Tax-Free Income Fund, John Hancock New York Tax-Free Income Fund and John Hancock Tax-Free Bond Fund, which are also incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings “Financial Highlights” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in such Registration Statement.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
December 16, 2008

EX-99.P2

MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.) LLC (“MFC Global”)

Code of Ethics
March 1, 2008

MFC Global is required by law to adopt a Code of Ethics. The purposes of a Code of Ethics are to ensure that companies and their “covered employees”¹ comply with all applicable laws and to prevent abuses in the investment advisory business that can arise when conflicts of interest exist between the employees of an investment advisor and its clients. By adopting and enforcing a Code of Ethics, we strengthen the trust and confidence entrusted in us by demonstrating that at MFC Global, client interests come first.

The Code of Ethics (the “Code”) that follows represents a balancing of important interests. On the one hand, as a registered investment adviser, MFC Global owes a duty of undivided loyalty to its clients, and must avoid even the appearance of a conflict that might be perceived as abusing the trust they have placed in MFC Global. On the other hand, MFC Global does not want to prevent conscientious professionals from investing for their own accounts where conflicts do not exist or that are immaterial to investment decisions affecting the MFC Global clients.

When conflicting interests cannot be reconciled, the Code makes clear that, first and foremost, covered employees owe a fiduciary duty to MFC Global clients. In most cases, this means that the affected employee will be required to forego conflicting personal securities transactions. In some cases, personal investments will be permitted, but only in a manner, which, because of the circumstances and applicable controls, cannot reasonably be perceived as adversely affecting MFC Global client portfolios or taking unfair advantage of the relationship MFC Global employees have to MFC Global clients.

The Code contains specific rules prohibiting defined types of conflicts. Since every potential conflict cannot be anticipated by the Code, it also contains general provisions prohibiting conflict situations. In view of these general provisions, it is critical that any covered employee who is in doubt about the applicability of the Code in a given situation seek a determination from Code of Ethics Administration or the Chief Compliance Officer about the propriety of the conduct in advance.

It is critical that the Code be strictly observed. Not only will adherence to the Code ensure that MFC Global renders the best possible service to its clients, it will help to ensure that no individual is liable for violations of law.

It should be emphasized that adherence to this policy is a fundamental condition of employment at MFC Global. Every covered employee is expected to adhere to the requirements of the Code despite any inconvenience that may be involved. Each employee is expected to adhere to the highest standard of professional and ethical conduct and should be sensitive to situations that may give rise to an actual conflict or the appearance of a conflict with our clients’ interests, or have the potential to cause damage to the MFC Global or its affiliate’s reputation. To this end, each employee must act with integrity, honesty, dignity and in a highly ethical manner. Each employee is also required to comply with all applicable securities laws. Moreover, each employee must exercise reasonable care and professional judgment to avoid engaging in actions that put the image of MFC Global or its reputation at risk. While it is not possible to anticipate all instances of potential conflict or unprofessional conduct, the standard is clear. Any covered employee failing to do so may be subject to disciplinary action, including financial penalties and termination of employment in conjunction with the MFC Global Schedule of Fines and Sanctions or as determined by Senior Management of MFC Global.

¹ “Covered employees” includes all “supervised persons” as defined under SEC Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).

This Code recognizes that our fiduciary obligation extends across all of our affiliates, satisfies our regulatory obligations and sets forth the policy regarding employee conduct in those situations in which conflicts with our clients’ interests are most likely to develop.

II

Table of Contents

Section 1: General Principles	1
Section 2: To Whom Does This Code Apply?	2
Access Person Categories	3
Section 3: Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements	4
Preferred Brokerage Account Requirements	5
Section 4: Overview of Policies	7
Section 5: Policies in the Code of Ethics	8
Restriction on Gifts	8
John Hancock Affiliated Funds Reporting Requirement and Holding Period	8
Pre-clearance Requirement of Securities Transactions	9
Pre-clearance of MFC Securities	10
Heightened Pre-clearance of Securities Transactions	10
Ban on Short-Term Profits	11
Ban on IPO’s	11
Ban on Speculative Transactions in MFC	12
Ban on Restricted Securities	12
Excessive Trading	12
Disclosure of Private Placement Conflicts	13
Seven Day Blackout Period	13
Restriction on Securities under Active Consideration	14
Section 6: Policies outside of the Code of Ethics	14
MFC Code of Business Conduct & Ethics	14
John Hancock Insider Trading Policy	15
MFC Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy	15
MFC Anti-Fraud Policy	16
MFC Electronic Communications Disclosure Guidelines	16
Section 7: Reports and Other Disclosures outside the Code of Ethics	17
Broker Letter/Duplicate Confirm Statements	17
Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts	17
Section 8: Reporting Requirements and Other Disclosures inside the Code of Ethics	18
Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Report	18
Reporting of Gifts, Donations, and Inheritances	19
Trading in Broad Based Stock Index Futures and Options	19
Quarterly Transaction Certification	19
Quarterly Brokerage Account Certification	20
Annual Certification of the Code	21
Section 9: Reporting Violations	21
Section 10: Interpretation and Enforcement	22
Section 11: Exemptions & Appeals	23
Section 12: Education of Employees	23
Section 13: Recordkeeping	23
Appendix A: Access Person Categories	25
Appendix B: John Hancock Affiliated Funds	26
Appendix C: Pre-clearance Procedures	33
Appendix D: Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts	37
Appendix E: MFC Global Schedule of Fines and Sanctions	38
Appendix F: Chief Compliance Officer and Compliance Contacts	39

I

1) General Principles

Each covered employee within the MFC Global organization is responsible for maintaining the very highest ethical standards when conducting our business.

This means that:

• You have a fiduciary duty at all times to place the interests of our clients and fund investors first.

• All of your personal securities transactions must be conducted consistent with the provisions of the Code that apply to you and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or other abuse of your position of trust and responsibility.

• You should not take inappropriate advantage of your position or engage in any fraudulent or manipulative practice (such as front-running or manipulative market timing) with respect to our clients’ accounts or fund investors.

• You must treat as confidential any information concerning the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of clients or fund investors.

• You must comply with all applicable federal securities laws, which, for purposes of the Code, means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.

• The term “Employee” for purposes of this Code, includes all employees, including temporary personnel compensated directly by MFC Global and other temporary personnel to the extent that their tenure with MFC Global exceeds 90 days.

• All employees are subject to this Code and adherence to the Code is a basic condition of employment. If an employee has any doubt as to the appropriateness of any activity, believes that he or she has violated the Code, or becomes aware of a violation of the Code by another employee, he or she should promptly consult the Chief Compliance Officer of MFC Global – see Appendix F.

• It is essential that you understand and comply with the general principles, noted above, in letter and in spirit as no set of rules can anticipate every possible problem or conflict situation.

As described in section 10 “Interpretation and Enforcement” on page 22 of the Code, failure to comply with the general principles and the provisions of the Code may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

- 1 -

2) To Whom Does This Code Apply?

This Code applies to you if you are:

• A director, officer or other “supervised employee”² of MFC Global;

Please note that if a policy described below applies to you, it also applies to all accounts over which you have a beneficial interest. Normally, you will be deemed to have a beneficial interest in your personal accounts, those of a spouse, “significant other,” minor children or family members sharing the same household, as well as all accounts over which you have discretion or give advice or information. “Significant others” are defined for these purposes as two people who (1) share the same primary residence; (2) share living expenses; and (3) are in a committed relationship and intend to remain in the relationship indefinitely.

There are three categories for persons covered by the Code, taking into account their positions, duties and access to information regarding fund portfolio trades. You have been notified about which of these categories applies to you, based on Code of Ethics Administration’s understanding of your current role. If you have a level of investment access beyond your assigned category, or if you are promoted or change duties and as a result should more appropriately be included in a different category, it is your responsibility to notify Code of Ethics Administration.

2

A “supervised employee” is defined by the Advisers Act to mean a partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) or employee, as well as any other person who provides advice on behalf of the adviser and is subject to the adviser’s supervision and control. However, in reliance on the Prudential no-action letter, MFC Global does not treat as a “supervised employee” any of its “non-advisory personnel”, as defined below.

In reliance on the Prudential no-action letter, MFC Global treats as an “advisory person” any “supervised employee” who is involved, directly, or indirectly, in MFC Global’s investment advisory activities, as well as any “supervised employee” who is an “access person”. MFC Global treats as “non-advisory personnel”, and does not treat as a “supervised person”, those individuals who have no involvement, directly or indirectly, in MFC Global’s investment advisory activities, and who are not “access persons”

- 2 -

Access Person Categories:

The basic definitions of three categories, with examples, are provided below. The more detailed definitions of each category are attached as Appendix A.

“Access Level I”	“Access Level II”	“Access Level III”
Investment Access	Regular Access	Periodic Access
A person who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities for any John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account advised by MFC Global.3 Examples:    •  Portfolio Managers    •  Analysts    •  Traders	A person who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has regular access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account advised by MFC Global who has regular access to securities recommendations that are made to clients of MFC Global. Examples:    •  Office of the CCO    •  Investment Operations    •  Administration    •  Administrative Personnel for Access Level I Persons    •  Technology Resources Personnel    •  Private Client Group Personnel	A person who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has periodic access to non-public information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account advised by MFC Global. Examples:    •  Legal Staff    •  Sales/Marketing    •  Client Service & Products    •  Administrative Personnel for Access Level II Persons

³ A John Hancock Affiliated Fund includes any fund advised by either John Hancock Advisers, LLC or John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (“John Hancock Advisers”). A complete list of the John Hancock Affiliated Funds is included in appendix B.

- 3 -

3) Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements?

If the Code describes “Personal Trading Requirements” (i.e., John Hancock Mutual Fund reporting requirement and holding period, the pre-clearance requirement, the ban on short-term profits, the ban on IPO’s, the disclosure of private placement conflicts and the reporting requirements) that apply to your access category as described above, then the requirements apply to trades for any account in which you have a beneficial interest. A covered employee is considered to have a beneficial interest in any transaction in which the employee has the opportunity to directly or indirectly profit or share in the profit derived from the securities transacted. An employee is presumed to have a beneficial interest in, and therefore an obligation to pre-clear and report, the following:

• Securities owned by a covered employee in his or her name.

• Securities owned by an individual covered employee indirectly through an account or investment vehicle for his or her benefit, such as an IRA, family trust or family partnership.

• Securities owned in which the covered employee has a joint ownership interest, such as property owned in a joint brokerage account.

• Securities owned by trusts, private foundations or other charitable accounts for which the covered employee has investment discretion (other than client accounts of the firm).

Typically, this includes your personal accounts, those of a spouse, “significant other,” minor children or family members sharing your household, as well as all accounts over which you have discretion or give advice or information. This includes all brokerage accounts that contain securities (including brokerage accounts that only contain securities exempt from reporting, e.g., brokerage accounts holding shares of non-affiliated mutual funds).

This also includes all accounts holding John Hancock Affiliated Funds as well as accounts in the MFC Global Share Ownership Plan.

Accounts over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control are exempt. To prevent potential violations of the Code, you are strongly encouraged to submit a written request for clarification for any accounts that are in question.

These personal trading requirements do not apply to the following securities:

• Direct obligations of the U.S. Government (e.g., treasury securities) and indirect obligations of the U.S. Government having less than one year to maturity;

• Securities Futures and options on direct obligations of the U.S. Government;

• Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt obligations, including repurchase agreements;

- 4 -

• Shares issued by money market funds and all other open-end mutual funds registered under the 1940 Act that are not advised or sub-advised by a John Hancock Adviser or another Manulife entity⁴;

• Commodities and options and futures on commodities;

• Securities in accounts over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control;

• Variable insurance products not managed by a John Hancock Adviser or another Manulife entity; and

• Foreign currency transactions.

Except as noted above, the Personal Trading Requirements apply to all securities, including the following and therefore must be precleared and reported:

• Stocks;

• Bonds;

• Government securities that are not direct obligations of the U.S. Government, such as Fannie Mae, or municipal securities, in each case that mature in more than one year;

• John Hancock Affiliated Funds;

• Closed-end funds;

• Options on securities, on indexes, and on currencies;

• Broad based stock index futures and options;⁵

• Interest rate swaps;

• Limited partnerships and limited liability company interests;

• Exchange traded funds;

• Domestic unit investment trusts;

• Non-US unit investment trusts and Non-US mutual funds;

• Private investment funds and hedge funds;

• Futures, investment contracts or any other instrument that is considered a “security” under the Securities Act of 1933; and

• Warrants, rights, etc., whether publicly traded or privately held.

Preferred Brokerage Account Requirements:

This rule applies to new access persons commencing employment after March 1, 2008.

While employed by MFC Global, you must maintain your accounts at one of the preferred brokers approved by MFC Global. The following are the preferred brokers for you to maintain your covered accounts:

• Charles Schwab

• Citigroup Smith Barney

• E*trade

• Fidelity

4	Different requirements apply to shares of John Hancock Affiliated Funds. See the section titled “John Hancock Affiliated Funds Reporting Requirement and Holding Period” on page 8 of this Code. A list of Affiliated Funds can be found in Appendix B.
5	No pre-clearance requirement on broad based stock index futures and options but trading activity in these securities need to be reported. Please see “Trading in Broad Based Stock Index Futures and Options” on page 19 of this Code.

- 5 -

• Merrill Lynch

• Morgan Stanley

• Scottrade

• TDAmeritrade

• UBS Financial

Exceptions: With approval from Code of Ethics Administration, you can maintain a brokerage account at a broker/dealer other than the ones listed above if any of the following applies:

• it contains only securities that can’t be transferred;

• it exists solely for products or services that one of the above broker/dealers cannot provide;

• it exists solely because your spouse’s or significant other’s employer prohibits external covered accounts;

• it is managed by a third-party registered investment adviser;

• it is restricted to trading interests in non-John Hancock 529 College Savings Plans;

• it is associated with an ESOP (employee stock option plan) or an ESPP (employee stock purchase plan) in which a related covered person is the participant;

• it is required by a direct purchase plan, a dividend reinvestment plan, or an automatic investment plan with a public company in which regularly scheduled investments are made or planned;

• it is required by a trust agreement;

• it is associated with an estate of which you are the executor, but not a beneficiary, and your involvement with the account is temporary; or

• transferring the account would be inconsistent with other applicable rules.

What do I need to do to comply?

You will need to transfer assets of current brokerage accounts to one of the preferred brokers/dealers listed above within 45 days of commencement of employment and close your current accounts.

Or

You should contact Code of Ethics Administration to obtain an exemption request form to request permission to maintain a brokerage account with a broker/dealer not on MFC Global’s preferred broker list.

- 6 -

4) Overview of Policies

	Access Level	Access Level	Access Level
	I Person	II Person	III Person
General principles	Yes	Yes	Yes
Restrictions on gifts	Yes	Yes	Yes
Reporting requirement and holding period for positions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds	Yes	Yes	Yes
Pre-clearance requirement	Yes	Yes	Limited
Pre-clearance requirement for initial public offerings (“IPO’s”)	Prohibited	Yes	Yes
Heightened pre-clearance of securities transactions for “significant personal positions”	Yes	No	No
Pre-clearance requirement on private placements/limited offerings	Yes	Yes	Yes
Ban on IPO’s	Yes	No	No
Ban on short-term profits	Yes	Yes	No
Seven day blackout period rule	Yes	Yes	No
Ban on speculative trading in MFC stock	Yes	Yes	Yes
Reporting of gifts, donations, and inheritances	Yes	Yes	Yes
Duplicate confirms & statements	Yes	Yes	Yes
Initial & annual certification of the Code	Yes	Yes	Yes
Initial & annual holdings reporting	Yes	Yes	Yes
Quarterly personal transaction reporting	Yes	Yes	Yes
Disclosure of private placement conflicts	Yes	No	No
MFC Code of Business Conduct & Ethics	Yes	Yes	Yes
John Hancock Insider Trading Policy	Yes	Yes	Yes
Policy regarding dissemination of portfolio information	Yes	Yes	Yes
Investment Professional Personal Security Ownership Disclosure	Yes	No	No

- 7 -

5) Policies in the Code of Ethics

Restriction on Gifts

Applies to: All Access Levels

You and your family cannot accept preferential treatment or favors (e.g., gifts) from securities brokers/dealers or other organizations with which MFC Global might transact business, except in accordance with the MFC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. For the protection of both you and MFC Global, the appearance of a possible conflict of interest must be avoided. You may not accept travel and lodging which is paid for by someone other than MFC Global without prior approval from your business head and your Chief Compliance Officer. The purpose of this policy is to minimize the basis for any charge that you used your MFC Global position to obtain for yourself opportunities which otherwise would not be offered to you.

John Hancock Affiliated Funds Reporting Requirement and Holding Period

Applies to: All Access Levels

You must follow the reporting requirement and the holding period requirement specified below if you purchase either:

• a “John Hancock Mutual Fund” (i.e., a 1940 Act Mutual Fund that is advised or sub-advised by John Hancock Advisers or by another Manulife entity);

• a “John Hancock Variable Product” (i.e., contracts funded by insurance company separate accounts that use one or more portfolios of John Hancock Trust); or

• any other mutual fund advised or sub advised by MFC Global

The reporting requirement and the holding period requirement for positions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds do not include money market funds and any dividend reinvestment, payroll deduction, systematic investment/withdrawal and/or other program trades.

Reporting Requirement: You must report your holdings and your trades in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund held in an outside brokerage account. This is not a pre-clearance requirement, you can report your holdings after you trade by submitting duplicate confirmation statements to Code of Ethics Administration. If you are an Access Level I Person, Access Level II Person, or Access Level III Person, you must also make sure that your holdings in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund are included in your Initial Holdings Report (upon hire or commencement of access designation).

If you purchase a John Hancock Variable Product, you must notify Code of Ethics Administration of your contract or policy number.

Code of Ethics Administration will rely on the operating groups of John Hancock for administration of trading activity, holdings and monitoring of market timing policies for John Hancock Affiliated Funds. Accordingly employees will not be required to file duplicate transaction and holdings reports for these products as long as the accounts holding these products are held with the respective John Hancock operating group, i.e. John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. and the contract administrators supporting the John Hancock variable products.

- 8 -

Code of Ethics Administration will have access to this information upon request.

Holding Requirement: You cannot profit from the purchase and sale of a John Hancock Affiliated Fund advised by MFC Global within 30 calendar days. The purpose of this policy is to address the risk, real or perceived, of manipulative market timing or other abusive practices involving short-term personal trading in the John Hancock Affiliated Funds. Any profits realized on short-term trades must be surrendered by check payable to John Hancock Advisers, LLC, which will be contributed to a charity of its choice. You may request an exemption from this policy for involuntary sales due to unforeseen corporate activity (such as a merger), or for sales due to hardship reasons (such as unexpected medical expenses) by sending an e-mail to the Chief Compliance Officer.

Pre-clearance Requirement of Securities Transactions

Applies to: Access Level I and Access Level II Persons
Also, for a limited category of trades: Access Level III Persons

Access Level I Persons and Access Level II Persons: If you are an Access Level I Person or Access Level II Person, you must “pre-clear” (i.e., receive advance approval of) any personal securities transactions in the categories described in Section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code.

Clearance for personal securities transactions will be in effect solely for the day on which they were approved.

Due to this pre-clearance requirement, participation in investment clubs and special orders, such as “good until canceled orders” and “limit orders,” are prohibited.

Place day orders only, i.e., orders that automatically expire at the end of the trading session. Be sure to check the status of all orders at the end of the trading day and cancel any orders that have not been executed. If any Access Person leaves an order open and it is executed the next day (or later), the transaction will constitute a violation of the Code.

Limited Category of Trades for Access Level III Persons: If you are an Access Level III Person, you must pre-clear transactions in securities of any closed-end funds advised by MFC Global or a John Hancock Adviser, as well as transactions in IPO’s, private placements and limited offerings. An Access Level III Person is not required to pre-clear other trades. However, please keep in mind that an Access Level III Person is required to report securities transactions after every trade (even those that are not required to be pre-cleared) by requiring your broker to submit duplicate confirmation statements, as described in section 7 of the Code.

Pre-clearance of IPO’s, Private Placements and Limited Offerings: Pre-clearance requests for these securities require some special considerations; the decision will take into account whether, for example: (1) the investment opportunity should be reserved for MFC Global clients; and (2) is it being offered to you because of your position with MFC Global and other relevant factors on a case-by-case basis. A separate procedure should be followed for requesting pre-clearance on these securities. See Appendix C.

- 9 -

Pre-clearance of Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”) securities:

Applies to: Access Level I and Access Level II Persons

All personal transactions in MFC securities including stock, company issued options, and any other securities such as debt must be pre-cleared excluding trades in the MFC Global Share Ownership Plan.

Pre-clearance Process: You may pre-clear a trade through the Personal Trading & Reporting System by following the steps outlined in the pre-clearance procedures. See Appendix C.

Please note that:

• You may not trade until clearance approval is received

• Clearance approval is valid only for the date granted (i.e., the pre-clearance requested date and the trade date should be the same)

• A separate procedure should be followed for requesting pre-clearance of an IPO, a private placement, a limited offering as detailed in Appendix C.

Code of Ethics Administration must maintain a five-year record of all pre-clearances of private placement purchases by Access Level I Persons, and the reasons supporting the clearances.

The pre-clearance policy is designed to proactively identify potential “problem trades” that raise front-running, manipulative market timing or other conflict of interest concerns (i.e., when an Access Level I Person trades a security on the same day as a John Hancock Affiliated Fund).
Certain transactions in securities that would normally require pre-clearance are exempt from the pre-clearance requirement in the following situations: (1) shares are being purchased as part of an automatic investment plan; (2) shares are being purchased as part of a dividend reinvestment plan; or (3) transactions are being made in an account over which you have designated a third party as having discretion to trade (you must have approval from the Chief Compliance Officer to establish a discretionary account).

Heightened Pre-clearance of Securities Transactions for “Significant Personal Positions”

Applies to: Access Level I Persons

If you are an Access Level I Person with a personal securities position that is worth $100,000 or more, this is deemed to be a “Significant Personal Position”. This applies to any personal securities positions in the categories described above in the section “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements”. Before you make personal trades to establish, increase or decrease a Significant Personal Position, you must notify either the Chief Fixed Income Officer or the Chief Equity Officer that (1) you intend to trade in a Significant Personal Position and (2) confirm that you are not aware of any clients for whom related trades should be completed first. You must receive their pre-approval to proceed. Their approval will be based on their conclusion that your personal trade in a Significant Personal Position will not “front-run” any action that John Hancock Affiliated Funds should take for a client. This heightened pre-clearance requirement is in addition to, not in place of, the regular pre-clearance requirement described above—you must also receive the regular pre-clearance before you trade.

- 10 -

Ban on Short-Term Profits

Applies to: Access Level I and Access Level II Persons

If you are an Access Level I Person or Access Level II Person, you cannot profit from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of the same (or equivalent) securities within 60 calendar days. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described in Section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code, except for personal security trades of John Hancock Affiliated Funds which you can not profit from within 30 days.

You may invest in derivatives, excluding certain equity options on MFC securities⁶ or sell short provided the transaction period exceeds the 60-day holding period.

Remember, if you donate or gift a security, it is considered a sale and is subject to this rule.

This restriction does not apply to trading within a sixty calendar day period if you do not realize a profit.

The purpose of this policy is to address the risk, real or perceived, of front-running, manipulative market timing or other abusive practices involving short-term personal trading. Any profits in excess of $100.00 realized on short-term trades must be surrendered by check payable to John Hancock Advisers, LLC, which will be contributed to a charity of its choice.

You may request an exemption from this policy for involuntary sales due to unforeseen corporate activity (such as a merger), or for sales due to hardship reasons (such as unexpected medical expenses) from Code of Ethics Administration. In addition, transactions in securities with the following characteristics will typically be granted an exemption from this provision.

Large Cap Securities Exception: Pre-clearance requests in a security with a market capitalization of $5 billion or more would, in most cases, not be subject to, the ban on short-term profits rule because management determined that transactions in these types of companies do not present any conflict of interest to the John Hancock Affiliated Funds.

Ban on IPO’s

Applies to: Access Level I Persons

If you are an Access Level I Person, you may not acquire securities in an IPO. You may not purchase any newly-issued securities until the next business (trading) day after the offering date. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described above in the section “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements”.

There are two main reasons for this prohibition: (1) these purchases may suggest that persons have taken inappropriate advantage of their positions for personal profit; and (2) these purchases may create at least the appearance that an investment opportunity that should have been available to the MFC Global clients was diverted to the personal benefit of an individual employee.

⁶ You may not buy put options and sell call options or sell short securities of MFC.

- 11 -

You may request an exemption for certain investments that do not create a potential conflict of interest, such as: (1) securities of a mutual bank or mutual insurance company received as compensation in a demutualization and other similar non-voluntary stock acquisitions; (2) fixed rights offerings; or (3) a family member’s participation as a form of employment compensation in their employer’s IPO.

Ban on Speculative Transactions in MFC

Applies to: All Access Levels

All Covered employees under this Code are prohibited from engaging in speculative transactions involving securities of MFC, since these transactions might be seen as evidencing a lack of confidence in, and commitment to, the future of MFC or as reducing the incentive to maximize the performance of MFC and its stock price. Accordingly, all covered employees, as well as their family members, are prohibited from entering into any transaction involving MFC securities for their personal account which falls into the following categories:

• Short sales of MFC securities

• Buying put options or selling call options on MFC securities

Ban on Restricted Securities

Applies to: All Access Levels

No pre-clearance will be approved for securities appearing on the MFC Global Restricted List.

Securities are placed on the Restricted List if:

• MFC Global or a member of MFC Global has received material non-public inside information on a security or company; or

• In the judgment of the Legal Department, circumstances warrant addition of a security to this list

The Restricted List is a confidential list of companies that is maintained in the possession of the Legal Department.

Excessive Trading

Applies to: All Access Levels

While active personal trading may not in and of itself raise issues under applicable laws and regulations, we believe that a very high volume of personal trading can be time consuming and can increase the possibility of actual or apparent conflicts with portfolio transactions. Accordingly, an unusually high level of personal trading activity is strongly discouraged and may be monitored by Code of Ethics Administration to the extent appropriate for the category of person, and a pattern of excessive trading may lead to the taking of appropriate action under the Code.

An Access Person effecting more than 45 trades in a quarter, or redeeming shares of a John Hancock Affiliated Fund within 30 days of purchase, should expect additional scrutiny of his or her

- 12 -

trades and he or she may be subject to limitations on the number of trades allowed during a given period.

Disclosure of Private Placement Conflicts

Applies to: Access Level I Persons

If you are an Access Level I Person and you own securities purchased in a private placement, you must disclose that holding when you participate in a decision to purchase or sell that same issuer’s securities for a John Hancock Affiliated Fund. This applies to any private placement holdings in the categories described above in Section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code. Private placements are securities exempt from SEC registration under section 4(2), section 4(6) and/or rules 504 — 506 under the Securities Act.

The investment decision must be subject to an independent review by investment personnel with no personal interest in the issuer.

The purpose of this policy is to provide appropriate scrutiny in situations in which there is a potential conflict of interest.

Seven Day Blackout Period

Applies to: Access Level I and Access Level II Persons

Blackout Periods: No Access person may engage in covered security transactions involving securities or instruments which the access person knows are actively contemplated for transactions on behalf of clients, even through no buy or sell orders have been placed. This restriction applies from the moment that an access person has been informed in any fashion that any Portfolio Manager intends to purchase or sell a specific security or instrument. In this area each access person must exercise caution to avoid actions which, to his or her knowledge, are in conflict or in competition with the interests of clients.

An Access Level I Person is prohibited from buying or selling a security within seven calendar days before and after that security is traded for a fund that the person manages unless no conflict of interest exists in relation to that security (as determined by Senior Management of MFC Global).

In addition, Access Level I and Access Level II Persons are prohibited from knowingly buying or selling a security within seven calendar days before and after that security is traded for a John Hancock Affiliated Fund unless no conflict of interest exists in relation to that security. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described above in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code. If a John Hancock Affiliated Fund trades in a security within seven calendar days before or after an Access Level I and Access Level II Person trades in that security, the person may be required to demonstrate that he or she did not know that the trade was being considered for that John Hancock Affiliated Fund.

You will be required to sell any security purchased in violation of this policy unless it is determined that no conflict of interest exists in relation to that security (as determined by Senior Management of MFC Global). Any profits realized on trades determined by Senior Management of MFC Global

- 13 -

to be in violation of this policy must be surrendered by check payable to John Hancock Advisers, LLC, which will be contributed to a charity of its choice.

Restriction on Securities under Active Consideration

Applies to: Access Level I and Access Level II Persons

Access Level I and Access Level II Persons are prohibited from buying or selling a security if the security is under active consideration by a John Hancock Affiliated Fund.

Exceptions: The Personal Trading and Reporting System will utilize the following exception criteria when determining approval or denial of pre-clearances requests:

De Minimis Trading Rule: Pre-clearance requests for 500 shares or less of a particular security with a market value of $25,000.00 or less, aggregated daily, would, in most cases, not be subject to the blackout period restrictions and the restriction on actively traded securities because management has determined that transactions of this size do not present any conflict of interest as long as the requestor is not associated with the conflicting fund or account.

Large Cap Securities Exception: Pre-clearance requests in a security with a market capitalization of $5 billion or more would in most cases, not be subject to the blackout period restrictions and the restriction on actively traded securities because management determined that transactions in these types of companies do not present any conflict of interest as long as the requestor is not associated with the conflicting fund or account.

6) Policies Outside of the Code of Ethics

Information acquired in connection with employment by the organization, including information regarding actual or contemplated investment decisions, portfolio composition, research, research recommendations, firm activities, or client interests, is confidential and may not be used in any way that might be contrary to, or in conflict with the interests of clients or the firm. Employees are reminded that certain clients have specifically required their relationship with MFC Global to be treated confidentially.

There are certain policies that apply to MFC Global that are not part of the Code, but are equally important. Five important policies are the: (1) MFC Code of Business Conduct & Ethics; (2) John Hancock Insider Trading Policy; (3) MFC Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy; (4) Manulife Financial Corporation Anti-Fraud Policy; and (5) Electronic Communication Disclosure Guidelines.

MFC Code of Business Conduct & Ethics

Applies to: All Covered Employees

The MFC Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “MFC Code”) provides standards for ethical behavior when representing the Company and when dealing with employees, field representatives, customers, investors, external suppliers, competitors, government authorities and the public.

The MFC Code applies to directors, officers and employees of MFC, its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates. Sales representatives and third party business associates are also expected to abide by all applicable provisions of the MFC Code and adhere to the principles and values set out in the MFC

- 14 -

Code when representing Manulife to the public or performing services for, or on behalf of, Manulife.

Other important issues in the MFC Code include:

• MFC values — P.R.I.D.E.;

• Ethics in workplace;

• Ethics in business relationships;

• Misuse of inside information;

• Receiving or giving of gifts, entertainment or favors;

• Misuse or misrepresentation of your corporate position;

• Disclosure of confidential or proprietary information;

• Disclosure of outside business activities;

• Antitrust activities; and

• Political campaign contributions and expenditures relating to public officials.

John Hancock Insider Trading Policy

Applies to: All Covered Employees

The antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws generally prohibit persons with material non-public information from trading on or communicating the information to others. Sanctions for violations can include civil injunctions, permanent bars from the securities industry, civil penalties up to three times the profits made or losses avoided, criminal fines and jail sentences. While Access Level I Persons are most likely to come in contact with material non-public information, the rules (and sanctions) in this area apply to all persons covered under this code and extend to activities both related and unrelated to your job duties.

The John Hancock Insider Trading Policy (the “Insider Trading Policy”) covers a number of important issues, such as:

• The misuse of material non-public information;

• The information barrier procedure;

• The “restricted list”; and

• Broker letters and duplicate confirmation statements (see section 7: “Reports and Other Disclosures outside the Code of Ethics” on page 17 of the Code).

MFC Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy

Applies to: All Covered Employees

Information about securities held in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund or any other client portfolio sub-advised by MFC Global cannot be disclosed except in accordance with the Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy, which generally requires time delays of approximately one month and public posting of the information to ensure that it uniformly enters the public domain.

- 15 -

MFC Anti-Fraud Policy

Applies to: All Covered Employees

The prevention, identification, and detection of fraud are vital to Manulife Financial Corporation. The Anti-Fraud Policy describes the framework within which the Company strives to: (1) prevent, identify, and detect fraud; and (2) ensures that adequate controls are in place to accomplish those objectives.

Suspicions or allegations of possible fraud, fraudulent activity, and dishonest activity in relation to the Company shall be handled by all MFC directors, officers, and employees on a timely basis and with the utmost care. Failure to do so may result in a wide range of risks, including but not limited to reputation risk to the Company.

To maintain the Company’s reputation for conducting business with integrity, any suspicion or allegation of fraud, fraudulent activity, or dishonest activity, in relation to the Company shall be reported promptly and according to the Reporting Protocols and Responsibilities described in the Policy.

MFC Electronic Communications Disclosure Guidelines

Applies to: All Covered Employees

Employees must use e-mail in a professional manner and must not engage in any activity which contravenes the Manulife Financial Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Manulife Code of Conduct”) and all e-mail content, attachments, tag lines or signatures must be consistent with the Manulife Code of Conduct.

Employees are reminded that their corporate e-mail address is a Company address and that all correspondence received and sent via e-mail is to be considered corporate correspondence.

Manulife prohibits its employees from participating in Internet chat rooms or newsgroups in discussions relating to the Company or its securities.

Communications over the Internet via e-mail may not be secure. Employees should be aware of the danger of transmitting the Company’s confidential information externally via unencrypted e-mail.

If an employee becomes aware of a rumor on a chat room, newsgroup or any other source, that may have a significant effect on the price of the Company’s share price, they should notify Corporate Communications.

Non-compliance with these Guidelines may result in disciplinary action against an employee, up to and including termination of employment.

The complete policies can be found on MFCentral under Company Policies/Global Compliance/ Policies.

- 16 -

7) Reports and Other Disclosures outside the Code of Ethics

Broker Letter/Duplicate Confirm Statements

Applies to: All Access Levels

In accordance with Rule 204A-1(b) under the Advisers Act, you are required to report to Code of Ethics Administration each transaction in any reportable security. This applies to any personal securities trades in the categories described above in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code, as well as trades in John Hancock Affiliated Funds.

To comply with these rules noted above you are required by this Code and by the Insider Trading Policy to inform your broker/dealer that you are employed by a financial institution. Your broker/dealer is subject to certain rules designed to prevent favoritism toward your accounts. You may not accept negotiated commission rates that you believe may be more favorable than the broker grants to accounts with similar characteristics.

When a brokerage account in which you have a beneficial interest is opened you must do the following before any trades are made:

• Notify the broker/dealer with which you are opening an account that you are an employee of MFC Global and whether or not you are registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority;

• Notify Code of Ethics Administration, in writing, to disclose the new brokerage account before you place any trades,

Code of Ethics Administration will notify the broker/dealer to have duplicate written confirmations of any trade, as well as statements or other information concerning the account, sent to John Hancock, Code of Ethics Administration, 601 Congress Street, 11th Floor, Boston, MA 02210-2805.

Code of Ethics Administration may rely on information submitted by your broker as part of your reporting requirements under the Code.

Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts

Applies to: Access Level I Persons

As an investment professional, you must promptly disclose your direct or indirect beneficial interest in a security that is under consideration for purchase or sale in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund or Client account. See Appendix D.

Applies to: All Access Levels

Outside Activities: All outside business affiliations (e.g., directorships, officerships or trusteeships) of any kind or membership in investment organizations (e.g., an investment club) must be approved by the Employee’s Business Manager and cleared by the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel prior to the acceptance of such a position to ensure that such affiliations do not present a

- 17 -

conflict with our clients’ interests. New Employees are required to disclose all outside business affiliations to their Business Manager upon joining the firm. As a general matter, directorships in public companies or companies that may reasonably be expected to become public companies will not be authorized because of the potential for conflicts that may impede our freedom to act in the best interests of clients. Service with charitable organizations generally will be authorized, subject to considerations related to time required during working hours, use of proprietary information and disclosure of potential conflicts of interest. Employees who engage in outside business and charitable activities are not acting in their capacity as employees of MFC Global and may not use MFC Global’s name.

Outside Employment: Employees who are officers of the firm may not seek additional employment outside of MFC Global without the prior written approval of the Human Resources Department. All new Employees are required to disclose any outside employment to the Human Resources Department upon joining the firm.

8) Reporting Requirements and Other Disclosures inside the Code of Ethics

Initial Holdings Report and Annual Holdings Report

Applies to: All Access Levels

In accordance with Rule 204A-1(b) under the Advisers Act; you must file an initial holdings report within 10 calendar days after becoming an Access Person. The information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to your becoming an Access Person.

In addition, on an annual basis you must also certify to an annual holdings report within 45 calendar days after the required certification date determined by Code of Ethics Administration. The information in the report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report is submitted. This applies to any personal securities holdings in the categories described in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” found on page 4 of the Code. It also includes holdings in John Hancock Affiliated Funds, including holdings in the John Hancock 401(k) plan and variable insurance contracts issued by John Hancock.

You will receive an annual holdings certification request from Code of Ethics Administration. Your annual holdings certification requirement will ask you to log into the John Hancock Personal Trading and Reporting System to certify that the system has accurately captured all your reportable security holdings as of the certification date.

Holdings in John Hancock Affiliated Funds & John Hancock Variable Products must be reported if these holdings are held in an outside brokerage account.

Group Savings and Retirement Services is charged with the administration of the Global Share Ownership Plan. Accordingly employees will not be required to file a duplicate holding report for the shares held in this plan. Code of Ethics Administration will have access to this information upon request.

Prior to certifying, access persons must ensure that they provide all covered holdings on their initial holdings report and further ensure that Code of Ethics Administration capture all

- 18 -

covered holdings on their annual reporting requirement. An access person that fails to file by the specified deadline, 10 days on initial reporting and 45 days for annual reporting will, at a minimum, be prohibited from engaging in personal trading until the reporting requirement is made and may give rise to other sanctions.

Even if you have no holdings to report you will be asked to complete this requirement.

Reporting of Gifts, Donations, and Inheritances

Applies to: All Access Levels

• If you gift or donate shares of a reportable security it is considered a sale and you must notify Code of Ethics Administration of the gift or donation on the date given. You must also make sure the transaction is properly reported on your next quarterly transaction certification.

• If you receive a gift or inherit a reportable security you must report the new holding to Code of Ethics Administration in a timely manner and you must make sure the holding is properly reported on your next annual holdings certification.

Trading in Broad Based Stock Index Futures and Options

Applies to: All Access Levels

The following Index securities do not require your pre-clearance, yet do require you to report these transactions:

• Options on, or exchange-traded funds that track, the S&P 100, S&P Midcap 400, S&P 500, FTSE 100, and Nikkei 225

Quarterly Transaction Certification

Applies to: All Access Levels

In accordance with Rule 204A-1(b) under the Advisers Act, on a quarterly basis, all access persons are required to certify that all covered transactions in their brokerage accounts, as well as transactions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds, have been effected in accordance with the Code. Within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, you will be asked to log into the John Hancock Personal Trading and Reporting System to certify that the system has accurately captured all transactions for the preceding calendar quarter for accounts and trades which are required to be reported pursuant to section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code.

Transactions in John Hancock Affiliated Funds and John Hancock Variable Products must be reported if these transactions are executed in an outside brokerage account.

Group Savings and Retirement Services is charged with the administration of the Global Share Ownership Plan. Accordingly employees will not be required to file a duplicate transaction report for this plan. Code of Ethics Administration will have access to this information upon request.

- 19 -

All access persons are required to certify a quarterly report, even if there were no reportable transactions during the quarter.

Prior to certifying, access persons should ensure that Code of Ethics Administration has captured all reportable transactions such as:

• Transactions in all covered securities

• Gift Transactions

• Corporate actions including dividend reinvestments, mergers, stock splits, etc.

For each transaction required to be reported you must certify the following information was captured accurately:

• the date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and principal amount of each reportable security involved;

• the nature of the transaction (i.e. purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

• the price at which the transaction was effected; and

• the name of the broker/dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected.

At the end of each calendar quarter, access persons will be reminded of the reporting requirement. An access person that fails to certify within the 30 calendar day deadline will, at a minimum, be prohibited from engaging in personal trading until the reporting requirement is made and may give rise to other sanctions.

Quarterly Brokerage Account Certification

Applies to: All Access Levels

On a quarterly basis, all Access Persons will be required to certify to a listing of brokerage accounts as described in section 3: “Which Accounts and Securities are Subject to the Code’s Personal Trading Requirements” on page 4 of the Code. This includes all brokerage accounts, including brokerage accounts that only contain securities exempt from reporting.

This also includes all accounts holding John Hancock Affiliated Funds and John Hancock Variable Products as well as accounts in the MFC Global Share Ownership Plan.

All access persons are required to certify a quarterly report, even if there were no existing or new accounts to report.

Prior to certifying, access persons should ensure that Code of Ethics Administration has captured all reportable accounts including any new or closed account during the quarter:

Within 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter you will be asked to log into the John Hancock Personal Trading and Reporting System and certify that all brokerage accounts are listed and the following information is accurate:

• Account number;

• Account registration; and

• Brokerage firm

- 20 -

An access person that fails to file within the 30 calendar day deadline will, at a minimum, be prohibited from engaging in personal trading until the reporting requirement is made and may give rise to other sanctions.

Annual Certification of the Code

Applies to: All Access Levels

At least annually (or additionally when the Code has been materially changed), you must provide a certification at a date designated by Code of Ethics Administration that you:

1.	have read and understood the Code;
2.	recognize that you are subject to its policies; and
3.	have complied with its requirements

You are required to make this certification to demonstrate that you understand the importance of these policies and your responsibilities under the Code.

An access person that fails to certify within the specified deadline will, at a minimum, be prohibited from engaging in personal trading until the reporting requirement is made and may give rise to other sanctions.

9) Reporting Violations

If you know of any violation of the Code, you have a responsibility to promptly report it to the Chief Compliance Officer. You should also report any deviations from the controls and procedures that safeguard MFC Global and the assets of our clients.

Since we cannot anticipate every situation that will arise, it is important that we have a way to approach questions and concerns. Always ask first, act later. If you are unsure of what to do in any situation, seek guidance before you act.

Speak to your manager, a member of the Human Resources Department or Law Department or the Chief Compliance Officer if you have:

• a doubt about a particular situation;

• a question or concern about a business practice; or

• a question about potential conflicts of interest

You may report suspected or potential illegal or unethical behavior without fear of retaliation. MFC Global does not permit retaliation of any kind for good faith reports of illegal or unethical behavior.

Concerns about potential or suspected illegal or unethical behavior should be referred to a member of the Human Resources or Law Department.

Unethical, unprofessional, illegal, fraudulent or other questionable behavior may also be reported by calling the confidential toll free Ethics Hotline at 1-866-294-9534 or by visiting www.ManulifeEthics.com.

- 21 -

10) Interpretation and Enforcement

Compliance with the Code is expected and violations of its provisions are taken seriously. Employees must recognize that the Code is a condition of employment with MFC Global and a serious violation of the Code or related policies may result in dismissal. Since many provisions of the Code also reflect provisions of the US Securities Laws, employees should be aware that violations could also lead to regulatory enforcement action resulting in suspension or expulsion from the securities business, fines and penalties, and imprisonment.

The Code cannot anticipate every situation in which personal interests may be in conflict with the interests of our clients and fund investors. You should be responsive to the spirit and intent of the Code as well as its specific provisions.

When any doubt exists regarding any Code provision or whether a conflict of interest with clients or fund investors might exist, you should discuss the situation in advance with the Chief Compliance Officer. The Code is designed to detect and prevent fraud against clients and fund investors, and to avoid the appearance of impropriety.

The Chief Compliance Officer has general administrative responsibility for the Code as it applies to the covered employees; an appropriate member of Code of Ethics Administration will administer procedures to review personal trading activity. Code of Ethics Administration also regularly reviews the forms and reports it receives. If these reviews uncover information that is incomplete, questionable, or potentially in violation of the rules in this document, Code of Ethics Administration will investigate the matter and may contact you.

Senior Management of MFC Global approves amendments to the Code of Ethics and dispenses sanctions for violations of the Code of Ethics. Accordingly, Code of Ethics Administration will refer violations to Senior Management for review and recommended action based on the MFC Global Schedule of Fines and Sanctions. See Appendix E.

The following factors will be considered when determining a fine or other disciplinary action:

• the person’s position and function (senior personnel may be held to a higher standard);

• the amount of the trade or nature of the violation;

• whether the John Hancock Affiliated Funds hold the security and were trading the same day;

• whether the violation was by a family member;

• whether the person has had a prior violation and which policy was involved; and

• whether the employee self-reported the violation

You should be aware that other securities laws and regulations not addressed by the Code may also apply to you, depending on your role at MFC Global.

MFC Senior Management and the Chief Compliance Officer retain the discretion to interpret the Code’s provisions and to decide how they apply to any given situation.

- 22 -

11) Exemptions & Appeals

Exemptions may be granted where warranted by applicable facts and circumstances. If you believe that you have a situation that warrants an exemption to the any of the rules and restrictions of this Code you need to complete a “Pre-Clearance Exemption Request Form” to request approval from Code of Ethics Administration and/or the Chief Compliance Officer.

Sole Discretion Exemption: A transaction does not need to be pre-cleared if it takes place in an account that Code of Ethics Administration has approved in writing as exempt from the pre-clearance requirement. In the sole discretion of Code of Ethics Administration and the Chief Compliance Officer, accounts that will be considered for exclusion from the pre-clearance requirement are only those for which an employee’s securities broker or investment advisor has complete discretion. Employees wishing to seek such an exemption must complete a “Pre-Clearance Waiver Form for Sole Discretion Accounts” and satisfy all requirements.

These forms can be found on the home page of the John Hancock Personal Trading and Reporting System under “Forms and Filings.”

You will be notified of the outcome of your request by the Code of Ethics Administrator and/or the Chief Compliance Officer.

Appeals: If you believe that your request has been incorrectly denied or that an action is not warranted, you may appeal the decision. To make an appeal, you need to give Code of Ethics Administration a written explanation of your reasons for appeal within 30 days of the date that you were informed of the decision. Be sure to include any extenuating circumstances or other factors not previously considered. During the review process, you may, at your own expense, engage an attorney to represent you. Code of Ethics Administration may arrange for senior management or other parties to be part of the review process.

You will be notified of the outcome of your appeal by the Code of Ethics Administrator and/or the Chief Compliance Officer.

12) Education of Employees

The Code constitutes the Code of Ethics required by Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act for MFC Global. Code of Ethics Administration will provide a paper copy or electronic version of the Code (and any amendments) to each person subject to the Code. Code of Ethics Administration will also administer training to employees on the principles and procedures of the Code.

13) Recordkeeping

Code of Ethics Administration will maintain:

• a copy of the current Code for MFC Global and a copy of each Code of Ethics in effect at any time within the past five years;

• a record of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation, for six years;

• a copy of each report made by an Access Person under the Code, for six years (the first two years in a readily accessible place);

- 23 -

• a record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were, required to make reports under the Code. This record will also indicate who was responsible for reviewing these reports; and

• a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by an Access Level 1 Person of an IPO or an access person of a private placement, for six years

- 24 -

Appendix A: Access Person Categories

You have been notified about which of these categories applies to you, based on Code of Ethics Administration’s understanding of your current role. If you have a level of investment access beyond that category, or if you are promoted or change duties and as a result should more appropriately be included in a different category, it is your responsibility to immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer of your company.

1.	Access Level I — Investment Access Person: An associate, officer or non-independent board member of MFC Global who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the John Hancock Affiliated Funds (i.e., Portfolio Managers, Analysts, and Traders).
2.	Access Level II — Regular Access Person: An associate of MFC Global who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has regular access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund or any Client account advised by MFC Global; or who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has regular access to such recommendations that are nonpublic (i.e., Office of the Chief Compliance Officer, Administration, Investment Operations, Administrative Personnel supporting Access Level I Persons, Technology Resources Personnel with access to investment systems, Private Client Group Personnel, and anyone else that Code of Ethics Administration deems to have regular access).
3.	Access Level III — Periodic Access Person: An associate of MFC Global who, in connection with his/her regular functions or duties, has periodic access to non-public information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any John Hancock Affiliated Fund or any Client account advised by MFC Global (i.e., Legal Staff, Client Services and Products, Administrative Personnel supporting Access Level II Persons, and anyone else that Code of Ethics Administration deems to have periodic access).

- 25 -

Appendix B: John Hancock Affiliated Funds

JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS

Name of Trust and Fund(s):	Adviser: John Hancock Advisers, LLC.
Open-End Funds:	Subadviser for Fund:
Bond Trust:
Government Income Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
High Yield Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Investment Grade Bond Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
California Tax-Free Income Fund:
California Tax-Free Income Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Capital Series:
Classic Value Fund	Pzena Investment Management, LLC
Classic Value Fund II	Pzena Investment Management, LLC
Core Equity Fund	Independence Investments, LLC
International Classic Value Fund	Pzena Investment Management, LLC
Large Cap Select Fund	Shay Assets Management, Inc.
U. S. Global Leaders Growth Fund	Sustainable Growth Advisers, LP
Current Interest:
Money Market Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Equity Trust:
Growth Trends Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Small Cap Fund	Independence Investments LLC
Technology Leaders Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Investment Trust:
Balanced Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Global Opportunities Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Large Cap Equity Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Small Cap Intrinsic Value Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Sovereign Investors Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Investment Trust II:
Financial Industries Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Regional Bank Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Small Cap Equity Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Investment Trust III:
Greater China Opportunities Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Municipal Securities Trust:
High Yield Municipal Bond Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Tax-Free Bond Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC

- 26 -

Name of Trust and Fund(s):	Adviser: John Hancock Advisers, LLC.
Open-End Funds:	Subadviser for Fund:
Series Trust:
Mid Cap Equity Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Global Real Estate Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Technology Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Sovereign Bond:
Bond Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Strategic Series:
Strategic Income Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Tax-Exempt Series Fund:
Massachusetts Tax-Free Income Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
New York Tax-Free Income Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
World Fund:
Health Sciences Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Closed end Funds:
Bank & Thrift Opportunity Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Income Securities Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Investors Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Preferred Income Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Preferred Income Fund II	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Preferred Income Fund III	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC

JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II

Name of Fund:	Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC. Subadviser for Fund:
Absolute Return Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Active Bond Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC and
	Declaration Management & Research LLC
All Cap Core Fund	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
All Cap Growth Fund	AIM Capital Management, Inc.
All Cap Value Fund	Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC.
Blue Chip Growth Fund	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Capital Appreciation Fund	Jennison Associates LLC
Core Allocation Plus Fund	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Core Bond Fund	Wells Capital Management, Incorporated
Core Equity Fund	Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc.
Dynamic Growth Fund	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
Emerging Growth Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Emerging Markets Value Fund	Dimensional Fund Advisers, Inc.

- 27 -

Name of Fund:	Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC. Subadviser for Fund:
Emerging Small Company Fund	RCM Capital Management LLC
Equity-Income Fund	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Floating Rate Income Fund	Western Asset Management Company
Fundamental Value Fund	Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Global Allocation Fund	UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc.
Global Bond Fund	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Global Fund	Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Global Real Estate Fund	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
High Income Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
High Yield Fund	Western Asset Management Company
Income Fund	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Index 500 Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
International Equity Index Fund	SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
International Opportunities Fund	Marsico Capital Management, LLC
International Small Cap Fund	Templeton Investment Counsel LLC
International Small Company Fund	Dimensional Fund Advisors
International Value Fund	Templeton Investment Counsel LLC
Investment Quality Bond Fund	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Large Cap Fund	UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc.
Large Cap Value Fund	BlackRock Investment Management LLC
Lifecycle 2010 Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2015 Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2020 Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2025 Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2030 Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2035 Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2040 Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2045 Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2050 Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle Retirement Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifestyle Aggressive Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Lifestyle Balanced Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Lifestyle Conservative Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Lifestyle Growth Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Lifestyle Moderate Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Mid Cap Index Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Mid Cap Intersection Fund	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Mid Cap Stock Fund	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Mid Cap Value Equity Fund	Riversource Investments, LLC
Mid Cap Value Fund	Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC.
Money Market Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Natural Resources Fund	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Optimized Value Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Quantitative All Cap Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Quantitative Mid Cap Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Real Estate Equity Fund	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Real Estate Securities Fund	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
Real Return Bond Fund	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

- 28 -

Name of Fund:	Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC. Subadviser for Fund:
Retirement Distribution Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Retirement Rising Distribution Portfolio	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Science & Technology Fund	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., RCM Capital Management LLC
Small Cap Fund	Independence Investments LLC
Small Cap Growth Fund	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Small Cap Index Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Small Cap Opportunities Fund	Munder Capital Management
Small Cap Value Fund	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Small Company Fund	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
Small Company Growth Fund	AIM Capital Management, Inc.
Small Company Value Fund	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Spectrum Income Fund	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Strategic Bond Fund	Western Asset Management Company
Strategic Income Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Total Bond Market Fund	Declaration Management & Research, LLC
Total Return Fund	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Total Stock Market Index Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
U.S. Global Leaders Growth Fund	Sustainable Growth Advisers, L.P.
U.S. Government Securities Fund	Western Asset Management Company
U.S. High Yield Bond Fund	Wells Capital Management, Incorporated
U.S. Multi Sector Fund	Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Value & Restructuring Fund	UST Advisers, Inc.
Value Fund	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. (Van Kampen)
Vista Fund	American Century Investment Management, Inc.

JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III

Name of Fund:	Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC. Subadviser for Fund:
Active Value Fund	Grantham, May, Van Otterloo & Co., LLC
Classic Value Mega Cap Fund	Pzena Investment Management, LLC
Global Fund	Grantham, May, Van Otterloo & Co., LLC
Global Shareholder Yield Fund	Epoch Investment Partners, Inc.
Growth Fund	Grantham, May, Van Otterloo & Co., LLC
Growth Opportunities Fund	Grantham, May, Van Otterloo & Co., LLC
International Allocation Fund	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
International Core Fund	Grantham, May, Van Otterloo & Co., LLC
International Growth Fund	Grantham, May, Van Otterloo & Co., LLC
Intrinsic Value Fund	Grantham, May, Van Otterloo & Co., LLC
U. S. Core Fund	Grantham, May, Van Otterloo & Co., LLC
U. S. Quality Equity Fund	Grantham, May, Van Otterloo & Co., LLC
Value Opportunities Fund	Grantham, May, Van Otterloo & Co., LLC

- 29 -

JOHN HANCOCK TRUST

Name of Trust:	Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC. Subadviser for Fund:
500 Index Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
500 Index Trust B	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Absolute Return Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Active Bond Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC and Declaration Management & Research LLC
All Cap Core Trust	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and RREEF America LLC
All Cap Growth Trust	AIM Capital Management, Inc.
All Cap Value Trust	Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC.
American Asset Allocation Trust	Capital Research Management Company
American Blue Chip Income and Growth Trust	Capital Research Management Company
American Bond Trust	Capital Research Management Company
American Global Diversification Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
American Growth Trust	Capital Research Management Company
American Growth-Income Trust	Capital Research Management Company
American Fundamental Holdings Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
American International Trust	Capital Research Management Company
American Global Small Capitalization Trust	Capital Research Management Company
American Global Growth Trust	Capital Research Management Company
American High-Income Bond Trust	Capital Research Management Company
American New World Trust	Capital Research Management Company
Blue Chip Growth Trust	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Capital Appreciation Trust	Jennison Associates LLC
Classic Value Trust	Pzena Investment Management, LLC
Core Bond Trust	Wells Capital Management, Incorporated
Core Equity Trust	Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc.
Dynamic Growth Trust	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
Emerging Growth Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Emerging Markets Value Trust	Dimensional Fund Advisers, Inc.
Emerging Small Company Trust	RCM Capital Management LLC
Equity-Income Trust	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Financial Services Trust	Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Floating Rate Income Trust	Western Asset Management Company
Franklin Templeton Founding Allocation Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
Fundamental Value Trust	Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Global Asset Allocation Trust	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Global Allocation Trust	UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc.
Global Balanced Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Global Bond Trust	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Global Trust	Templeton Global Advisors Limited
Global Real Estate Trust	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
Growth & Income Trust	Independence Investment LLC
Growth Trust	Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Growth Opportunities Trust	Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Health Sciences Trust	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
High Income Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC
High Yield Trust	Western Asset Management Company Limited
Income Trust	Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Income and Value Trust	Capital Guardian Trust Company

- 30 -

Name of Trust:	Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC. Subadviser for Fund:
Index Allocation Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
International Equity Index Trust A	SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
International Equity Index Trust B	SSgA Funds Management, Inc.
International Core Trust	Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
International Growth Trust	Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
International Opportunities Trust	Marsico Capital Management, LLC
International Small Cap Trust	Templeton Investment Counsel LLC
International Small Company Trust	Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc.
International Value Trust	Templeton Investment Counsel LLC
Intrinsic Value Trust	Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Investment Quality Bond Trust	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Large Cap Trust	UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc.
Large Cap Value Trust	BlackRock Investment Management LLC
Lifecycle 2010 Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2015 Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2020 Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2025 Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2030 Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2035 Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2040 Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2045 Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle 2050 Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifecycle Retirement Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifestyle Aggressive Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited and Deutsche Investment Management Americas, Inc.
Lifestyle Balanced Trust	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
Lifestyle Conservative Trust Lifestyle Growth Trust	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Lifestyle Moderate Trust Managed Trust	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC and Declaration Management & Research LLC
Mid Cap Index Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Mid Cap Intersection Trust	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Mid Cap Stock Trust	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Mid Cap Value Equity Trust	Riversource Investments, LLC
Mid Cap Value Trust	Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC.
Mid Value Trust	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Money Market Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Money Market Trust B	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Mutual Shares Trust	Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC
Natural Resources Trust	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Overseas Equity Trust	Capital Guardian Trust Company
Pacific Rim Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Quantitative All Cap Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Quantitative Mid Cap Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Quantitative Value Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Real Estate Equity Trust	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

- 31 -

Name of Trust:	Adviser: John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC. Subadviser for Fund:
Real Estate Securities Trust	Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc.
Real Return Bond Trust	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Science & Technology Trust	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. & RCM Capital Management LLC
Short-Term Bond Trust	Declaration Management & Research, LLC
Small Cap Trust	Independence Investments LLC
Small Cap Growth Trust	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Small Cap Index Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Small Cap Opportunities Trust	Munder Capital Management
Small Cap Intrinsic Value Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
Small Cap Value Trust	Wellington Management Company, LLP
Small Company Trust	American Century Investment Management, Inc.
Small Company Growth Trust	AIM Capital Management, Inc.
Small Company Value Trust	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Special Value Trust	ClearBridge Advisors, LLC
Spectrum Income Trust	T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
Strategic Bond Trust	Western Asset Management Company
Strategic Income Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC and Declaration Management & Research LLC
Strategic Opportunities Trust	UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc.
Total Bond Market Index Trust A	Declaration Management & Research LLC
Total Bond Market Index Trust B	Declaration Management & Research LLC
Total Return Trust	Pacific Investment Management Company LLC
Total Stock Market Index Trust	MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited
U.S. Core Trust	Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
U.S. Large Cap Trust	Capital Guardian Trust Company
U.S. Global Leaders Growth Trust	Sustainable Growth Advisers, L.P.
U.S. Government Securities Trust	Western Asset Management Company
U.S. High Yield Bond Trust	Wells Capital Management, Incorporated
U.S. Multi Sector Trust	Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Utilities Trust	Massachusetts Financial Services Company
Value & Restructuring Trust	UST Advisers, Inc. (Excelsior)
Value Trust	Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. (Van Kampen)
Value Opportunities Trust	Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co. LLC
Vista Trust	American Century Investment Management, Inc.

- 32 -

Appendix C: Pre-clearance Procedures

You should read the Code to determine whether you must obtain a pre-clearance before you enter into a securities transaction. If you are required to obtain a pre-clearance, you should follow the procedures detailed below.

Pre-clearance for Covered Securities including Derivatives, Futures, Options:

A request for pre-clearance needs to be entered through the John Hancock Personal Trading & Reporting System which can be accessed through your Start Menu on your Desktop under Programs\Personal Trading & Reporting\Personal Trading & Reporting.

If the John Hancock Personal Trading & Reporting System is not on your Desktop, please use the following link:

https://cti-prd.prd.manulifeusa.com/iTrade3

The Trade Request Screen

At times you may receive a message “System is currently unavailable”. The system is scheduled to be off-line from 8:00 PM until 7:00 AM each night.

Required Information

Ticker/Security Cusip: Fill in either the ticker, cusip or security name with the proper information of the security you want to buy or sell. Then click the [Lookup] button. Select one of the hyperlinks for the desired security, and the system will populate the proper fields Ticker, Security Cusip, Security Name and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen.

- 33 -

If You Don’t Know the Ticker, Cusip, or Security Name: If you do not know the full ticker, you may type in the first few letters followed by an asterisk * and click the [Lookup] button. For example, let’s say you want to buy some shares of Intel, but all you can remember of the ticker is that it begins with int, so you enter int* for Ticker. If any tickers beginning with int are found, they are displayed on a new screen. Select the hyperlink of the one you want, and the system will populate Security Cusip, Security Name and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen. If you do not know the full cusip, you may type in the first few numbers followed by an asterisk * and click the [Lookup] button. For example, let’s say you want to buy some shares of Microsoft, but all you can remember of the cusip is that it begins with 594918, so you enter 594918* for Ticker. If any cusips beginning with 594918 are found, they are displayed on a new screen. Select the hyperlink of the one you want, and the system will fill in Ticker, Security Name and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen. If you do not know the Ticker but have an idea of what the Security Name is, you may type in an asterisk, a few letters of the name and an asterisk * and click the [Lookup] button. For example, let’s say you want to buy some shares of American Brands, so you enter *amer* for Security Name. Any securities whose names have amer in them are displayed on a new screen, where you are asked to select the hyperlink of the one you want, and the system will fill in Ticker, Cusip and Security Type automatically on the Trade Request Screen.

Transaction Type: Choose one of the values displayed when you click the dropdown arrow to the right of this field.

Brokerage Account: Click on the dropdown arrow to the right of the Brokerage Account field to choose the account to be used for the trade.

Quantity: Enter the amount of shares you wish to trade.

Notes Text Box: Enter any applicable notes regarding your trade request.

Click the [Preview] button to review your trade request, if everything is correct hit the [Submit] button to present request for approval; after which you will receive immediate feedback unless the system identifies a potential violation of the Ban on Short Term Profits Rule.

In this case, your request will be forwarded to Code of Ethics Administration for review and you will receive feedback via the e-mail system.

Starting Over: To clear everything on the screen and start over, click the [Clear Screen] button.

Exiting Without Submitting the Trade Request: If you decide not to submit the trade request before clicking the [Submit Request] button, simply exit from the browser by clicking the Logout menu option.

Note: When submitting your request for approval, please make sure the information you are submitting for is correct. Submission of requests with incorrect brokerage account, incorrect trade direction, or incorrect security identifier (ticker/cusip) may subject you to fines and sanctions.

Ticker/Security Name Lookup Screen: You arrive at this screen from the Trade Request Screen, where you’ve clicked the [Lookup] button (see above, “If You Don’t Know the Ticker, Cusip, or Security Name”). If you see the security you want to trade, you simply select its corresponding hyperlink (ticker or cusip) and you will automatically return to the Trade Request Screen, where

- 34 -

you finish making your trade request. If the security you want to trade is not shown, that means that it is not recognized by the system.

You must contact Code of Ethics Administration to add the security to the system. Send an email including the following information; security name, security ticker symbol, security cusip number, security type and an attestation that the security is not an IPO or a Private Placement to Code of Ethics Administration:

Fred Spring (617) 663-3485 or Trina Robinson (617)-663-3484

Adding Brokerage Accounts: To access this functionality, click on the Brokerage Account\Add Brokerage Account menu item. You will be prompted to enter the Brokerage Account Number, Brokerage Account Name, Broker Contact Name, Broker Contact Email, and Initiated Dates. When you click the [Create New Brokerage Account] button, you will receive a message that informs you whether the account was successfully created.

Pre-clearance for Private Placements, IPO’s and Limited Offerings: You may request a pre-clearance of private placement securities, limited offerings, or an IPO by contacting Fred Spring via email (please “cc.” Frank Knox on all such requests). The request must include:

• the associate’s name;

• the complete name of the security;

• the seller (i.e. the selling party if identified and/or the broker/dealer or placement agent) and whether or not the associate does business with those individuals or entities on a regular basis;

- 35 -

• the basis upon which the associate is being offered this investment opportunity;

• any potential conflict, present or future, with fund trading activity and whether the security might be offered as inducement to later recommend publicly traded securities for any fund or to trade through a particular broker/dealer or placement agent; and

• the date of the request

Clearance of private placements or IPO’s may be denied for any appropriate reason, such as if the transaction could create the appearance of impropriety. Clearance of IPO’s will also be denied if the transaction is prohibited for a person due to his or her access category under the Code of Ethics.

Please keep in mind that the Code of Ethics prohibits Access Level I Persons from purchasing securities in an IPO.

- 36 -

Appendix D: Investment Professional Disclosure of Personal Securities Conflicts:

As an investment professional, Access Level I Persons, you must promptly disclose your direct or indirect beneficial interest in a security that is under consideration for purchase or sale in a John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account advised by MFC Global. You are required to follow the following guidelines.

If you or a member of your family own:

• a 5% or greater interest in a company, John Hancock Affiliated Funds advised by MFC Global and its affiliates may not make any investment in that company;

• a 1% or greater interest in a company, you cannot participate in any decision by John Hancock Affiliated Funds advised by MFC Global and its affiliates to buy or sell that company’s securities;

• ANY other interest in a company, you cannot recommend or participate in a decision by John Hancock Affiliated Funds advised by MFC Global, and its affiliates to buy or sell that company’s securities unless your personal interest is fully disclosed at all stages of the investment decision

In such instances, you must initially disclose that beneficial interest orally to the primary portfolio manager (or other appropriate analyst) of the John Hancock Affiliated Fund or account advised by MFC Global or the appropriate Chief Investment Officer. Following the oral disclosure, you must send a written acknowledgement to the primary portfolio manager with a copy to the Code of Ethics Administration Department.

For the purposes of this requirement investment professionals are defined as analysts and portfolio managers.

- 37 -

Appendix E: MFC Global Schedule of Fines and Sanctions

	Remedy
			Meet w/		Liquidate
Code Violation	Policy Memo	Violation Notice	Compliance	Fine	Position	Profit Surrender4	Restrict Trading	Termination	Comments
De Minimus Pre-clearance Violation1	X		*						Subsequent violations may result in fines**
Procedural Pre-clearance Violation2	X		*						Subsequent violations may result in fines**
1st Failure to Pre-clear (new employee w/o notice — would have been approved)	X		*				**		Subsequent violations may result in fines**
1st Failure to Pre-clear (new employee w/o notice — would have been denied)	X		*		X	X	**		Subsequent violations may result in fines**
1st Violation of New Rule	X		*						Subsequent violations may result in fines**
Certifying to incorrect data (i. e. holdings discrepancies)	X								Subsequent violations may result in fines**
1st Failure to Pre-clear for Employee w/ Prior Notice (would have been approved)		X					**		Subsequent violations may result in fines**
1st Failure to Pre-clear for Employee w/ Prior Notice (would have been denied)		X			X	X	**		Subsequent violations may result in fines**
1st Violation of any other Material Rule (i.e. reporting)		X							Subsequent violations may result in fines**
IPO w/out approval (would have been approved)		X							Subsequent violations may result in fines**
IPO w/out approval (would have been denied)		X		X	X	X			3First Violation = $250/$1000 - Subsequent Violations set by Compliance and Business Practices Committee at least = $500/$2000
No Pre-clearance after Violation Notice				X	X	X			3First Violation = $250/$1000 - Subsequent Violations set by Compliance and Business Practices Committee at least = $500/$2000
Trading after Pre-clearance Denial				X	X	X	**		3First Violation = $250/$1000 - Subsequent Violations set by Compliance and Business Practices Committee at least = $500/$2000
PM Violation of 7-Day Blackout Period				X	X	X	**		3First Violation = $250/$1000 - Subsequent Violations set by Compliance and Business Practices Committee at least = $500/$2000
Private Placement w/o Approval				X	X	X			3First Violation = $250/$1000 - Subsequent Violations set by Compliance and Business Practices Committee at least = $500/$2000
Refusal to Acknowledge Code								X

*	Meeting at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer
**	At the discretion of Senior Management
1	De Minimus = lesser of 500 shares or $25,000
2	Procedure Pre-clearance = incorrect symbol, incorrect trade direction or incorrect brokerage account
3	Tiered Fines — lesser amount is for Regular Access persons with a job grade below AVP and higher amount is for Investment Access Persons and anyone with a job grade of AVP or higher
4	Disgorgement only if profit is greater than $100

- 38 -

Appendix F: Chief Compliance Officer and Compliance Contacts

Entity	Chief Compliance Officer
MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.)	Frank Knox – 617-663-2430

Code of Ethics Contact	Phone number
Fred Spring	617-663-3485
Trina Robinson	617-663-3484

- 39 -